Fillable 126261 2014 Manual (Colorado DORA)

Fill Online, Printable, Fillable, Blank 126261 2014 Manual (Colorado DORA) Form

Use Fill to complete blank online COLORADO DORA pdf forms for free. Once completed you can sign your fillable form or send for signing. All forms are printable and downloadable.

126261 2014 Manual (Colorado DORA)

On average this form takes 105 minutes to complete

The 126261 2014 Manual (Colorado DORA) form is 1049 pages long and contains:

  • 0 signatures
  • 81 check-boxes
  • 381 other fields

Country of origin: US
File type: PDF

Use our library of forms to quickly fill and sign your DORA forms online.

Colorado Department of Regulatory Agencies (DORA) is responsible for professional licensing and consumer protection in Colorado USA.

BROWSE COLORADO DORA FORMS

Related forms
Fill has a huge library of thousands of forms all set up to be filled in easily and signed.
Fill in your chosen form
Sign the form using our drawing tool
Send to someone else to fill in and sign.
find another form
 
2014
POST
MANUAL
Colorado Department of Law
Criminal Justice Section, POST Board
Ralph L. Carr Colorado Judicial Center
1300 Broadway, 9th Floor
Denver CO 80203
720-508-6721
E-Mail: post@state.co.us
POST Web Site:
http://www.coloradoattorneygeneral.gov/departments/criminal_justice/post_board
MISSION
The mission of Colorado POST is to establish
and maintain standards for peace officer
training and certification that are relevant,
realistic and responsive to our ever-changing
world.
BOARD AND STAFF VISION
Integrity, ethics, innovation, customer
service, focus on mission, honest
communication, results orientation, a pledge
to excellence, resource responsibility,
enlightened and authentic leadership, a
future orientation and service to the Colorado
community.
Law Enforcement Code of Ethics
As a Certified Peace Officer, my fundamental duty is to
serve mankind; to safeguard lives and property; to
protect the innocent against deception, the weak against
oppression or intimidation, and the peaceful against
violence or disorder; and, to respect the Constitutional
rights of all men to liberty, equality and justice.
I will keep my private life unsullied as an example to all;
maintain courageous calm in the face of danger, scorn or
ridicule; develop self-restraint; and be constantly
mindful of the welfare of others. Honest in thought and
deed in both my personal and official life. I will be
exemplary in obeying the laws of the land and the
regulations of my department. Whatever I see or hear of
a confidential nature or that is confided in me in my
official capacity will be kept ever secret unless revelation
is necessary in the performance of my duty.
I will never act officiously or permit personal feelings,
prejudices, animosities or friendships to influence my
decisions. With no compromise for crime and relentless
prosecution of criminals, I will enforce the law
courteously and appropriately without fear or favor,
malice or ill will, never employing unnecessary force of
violence and never accepting gratuities.
I recognize the badge of my office as a symbol of public
faith and I accept it as a public trust to be held so long
as I am true to the ethics of law enforcement service. I
will constantly strive to achieve these objectives and
ideals, dedicating myself before God to my chosen
profession . . . law enforcement.
i
TABLE OF CONTENTS
COLORADO REVISED STATUTES
Title 6 – Consumer and Commercial Affairs
Article 17 – Uniform Records Retention Act .................................................. A-3
6-17-101. Short title .................................................................................. A-3
6-17-102. Legislative declaration ............................................................. A-3
6-17-103. Definitions ................................................................................. A-3
6-17-104. Records retention period .......................................................... A-4
6-17-105. Form of record ........................................................................... A-4
6-17-106. Scope of article .......................................................................... A-4
TITLE 16 – Criminal Proceedings - ARTICLE 2.5 – Peace Officers
PART 1 – Peace Officers .................................................................................. A-5
16-2.5-101. Peace officer – description – general authority ...................... A-5
16-2.5-102. Certified peace officer – POST certification required. .......... A-6
16-2.5-103. Sheriff – undersheriff – certified deputy sheriff –
noncertified deputy sheriff...................................................... A-6
16-2.5-104. Coroner. .................................................................................... A-7
16-2.5-105. Police officer. ............................................................................ A-7
16-2.5-106. Southern Ute Indian police officer. ......................................... A-7
16-2.5-107. Ute Mountain Ute Indian police officer. ................................. A-7
16-2.5-108. Town marshal – deputy. .......................................................... A-7
16-2.5-109. Fire arson investigator. ........................................................... A-8
16-2.5-110. Reserve police officer – reserve deputy sheriff – reserve
deputy town marshal – definitions. ......................................... A-8
16-2.5-111. Executive director of the department of public safety -
deputy executive director of the department of public safety -
director of the division of criminal justice in the department of
public safety. .......................................................................... A-10
16-2.5-112. Director of the division of homeland security and emergency
management. .......................................................................... A-10
16-2.5-113. Colorado bureau of investigation director – agent ............... A-10
16-2.5-114. Colorado state patrol officer. ................................................. A-11
ii
16-2.5-115. Port of entry officer. .............................................................. A-11
16-2.5-116. Colorado wildlife officer – special wildlife officer. ............... A-11
16-2.5-117. Colorado parks and recreation officer - special parks and
recreation officer. ................................................................. A-11
16-2.5-118. Commissioner of agriculture. ............................................... A-12
16-2.5-119. State brand inspector. .......................................................... A-12
16-2.5-120. Colorado state higher education security officer. ................ A-12
16-2.5-121. Executive director of the department of revenue – senior
director of enforcement for the department of revenue. ..... A-12
16-2.5-122. Auto industry investigator. .................................................. A-13
16-2.5-123. Director of the division of gaming – gaming investigator. .. A-13
16-2.5-124. Liquor enforcement investigator. ......................................... A-13
16-2.5-124.5. Director of marijuana enforcement and marijuana
enforcement investigator ..................................................... A-13
16-2.5-125. State lottery investigator. ................................................... A-14
16-2.5-126. Director of racing events – racing events supervisor –
racing events investigator. ................................................. A-14
16-2.5-127. State student loan investigator. .......................................... A-14
16-2.5-128. Colorado attorney general - chief deputy attorney
general - solicitor general - assistant solicitor general -
deputy attorney general - assistant attorney general of
criminal enforcement - assistant attorney general and
employee as designated. ..................................................... A-14
16-2.5-129. Attorney general criminal investigator. ............................. A-15
16-2.5-130. POST director – POST board investigator. ........................ A-15
16-2.5-131. Chief security officer for the general assembly. ................. A-15
16-2.5-132. District attorney - assistant district attorney - chief
deputy district attorney - deputy district attorney -
special deputy district attorney - special prosecutor. ........ A-15
16-2.5-133. District attorney chief investigator – district attorney
investigator........................................................................... A-16
16-2.5-134. Department of corrections inspector general – department
of corrections investigator. .................................................. A-16
iii
16-2.5-135. Executive director of the department of corrections –
warden – corrections officer. ................................................ A-16
16-2.5-136. Community parole officer. ................................................... A-16
16-2.5-137. Adult probation officer......................................................... A-17
16-2.5-138. Juvenile probation officer – juvenile parole officer. ........... A-17
16-2.5-139. Police administrator – police officer employed by the
Colorado mental health institute at Pueblo. ....................... A-17
16-2.5-140. Correctional security officer employed by the Colorado
mental health institute at Pueblo. ..................................... A-17
16-2.5-141. Colorado state security guard. ............................................ A-18
16-2.5-142. Railroad peace officer. ......................................................... A-18
16-2.5-143. Public utilities commission member. .................................. A-18
16-2.5-144. Colorado National Guardsman. .......................................... A-18
16-2.5-145. Municipal court marshal ..................................................... A-18
16-2.5-146. Public transit officer – definitions. ..................................... A-19
16.25-147. Federal special agents. ........................................................ A-19
16-2.5-148. Colorado state higher education police officer. ................... A-21
16-2.5-149. City attorney - town attorney - senior assistant city
attorney - assistant city attorney - chief deputy city
attorney - deputy city attorney - special deputy city
attorney - prosecuting attorney - senior prosecuting
attorney - senior prosecutor - special prosecutor. .............. A-21
16-2.5-150. Fort Carson police officers ................................................... A-22
16-2.5-151. Federal secret service agents .............................................. A-22
TITLE 16 – Criminal Proceedings - ARTICLE 2.5 – Peace Officers
Part 2 – Sunrise Review of Peace Officer Status ......................................... A-25
16-2.5-201. General assembly sunrise review of groups seeking
statutory peace officer status. ............................................ A-25
16-2.5-202. POST board review of peace officer status. ........................ A-26
16-2.5-203. Rules. .................................................................................... A-27
TITLE 18 – Criminal Code - ARTICLE 5 – Offenses Involving Fraud
PART 1 – Forgery, Simulation, Impersonation, and Related Offenses ...... A-29
18-5-114. Offering a false instrument for recording ............................ A-29
iv
TITLE 18 – Criminal Code -
ARTICLE 8 – Offenses – Governmental Operations
PART 1 – Obstruction of Public Justice ....................................................... A-31
18-8-112. Impersonating a peace officer. ............................................ A-31
TITLE 24 – Government – State - ARTICLE 7 – State Security Officers ......... A-33
24-7-100.2. Legislative declaration. ....................................................... A-33
24-7-101. State Institutions authorized to employ security officers. . A-33
24-7-102. Supervision and control. ...................................................... A-34
24-7-103. Powers conferred. ................................................................ A-34
24-7-104. State property not exempt from local law enforcement. .... A-34
24-7-105. Officers’ qualifications. ........................................................ A-35
24-7-106. Peace officers standards and training board evaluation
and recommendation – legislative authorization of peace
officer status required. ........................................................ A-35
TITLE 24 – Government – State
ARTICLE 7.5 – Colorado Higher Education Police Officers ........................ A-37
24-7.5-101. State institutions of higher education authorized to
employ police officers. ......................................................... A-37
24-7.5-102. Supervision and control. ...................................................... A-37
24-7.5-103. Powers conferred. ................................................................ A-37
24-7.5-104. State institution of higher education property not exempt
from local law enforcement. ................................................ A-38
24-7.5-105. Officers’ qualifications. ........................................................ A-38
24-7.5-106. Peace officers standards and training board evaluation
and recommendation – legislative authorization of peace
officer status required. ........................................................ A-38
TITLE 24 – Government – State - ARTICLE 31 – Department of Law
PART 1 – Attorney General .......................................................................... A-39
24-31-105. Criminal enforcement section ............................................. A-39
24-31-107. Applications for licenses – authority to suspend licenses –
rules ..................................................................................... A-39
TITLE 24 – Government – State - ARTICLE 31 – Department of Law
PART 3 – Peace Officer Standards and Training ........................................ A-41
24-31-301. Definitions. .......................................................................... A-41
24-31-302. Creation of board. ............................................................... A-42
v
24-31-303. Duties - powers of the P.O.S.T. board ................................. A-43
24-31-304. Applicant for training – fingerprint-based criminal
history record check. ........................................................... A-46
24-31-305. Certification - issuance - renewal - revocation .................. A-47
24-31-306. Qualifications for peace officers. (Repealed) ..................... A-51
24-31-307. Enforcement. ....................................................................... A-51
24-31-308. Reciprocity – provisional certificate. .................................. A-52
24-31-309. Profiling – officer identification – training. ....................... A-53
24-31-310. Resources for the training of peace officers – peace
officers in rural jurisdictions – legislative declaration. ..... A-54
24-31-311. DNA evidence – collection – retention. .............................. A-55
24-31-312. School resource officer training .......................................... A-56
24-31-313. Training concerning abuse and exploitation of at-risk
elders.................................................................................... A-57
24-31-314. Advanced roadside impaired driving enforcement
training ................................................................................ A-57
TITLE 24 – Government – State-
ARTICLE 76.5 – Restrictions on Public Benefits ........................................... A-59
24-76.5-101. Legislative declaration. ....................................................... A-59
24-76.5-102. Definitions. ........................................................................... A-59
24-76.5-103. Verification of lawful presence - exceptions - reporting –
rules ..................................................................................... A-59
TITLE 26 – Human Services Code
ARTICLE 13 – Child Support Enforcement Act .......................................... A-65
26-13-126. Authority to deny, suspend, or revoke professional,
occupational, and recreational licenses. ............................. A-65
TITLE 29 – Government – Local - ARTICLE 1 – Budget and Services
PART 2 – Intergovernmental Relationships ................................................ A-69
29-1-206. Law enforcement agreements. ............................................ A-69
TITLE 29 – Government – Local
ARTICLE 5 – Peace Officers and Firefighters ............................................. A-71
29-5-101. Peace officers must be residents – exception. .................... A-71
29-5-102. Impersonating an officer – penalty. (Repealed) ................ A-71
29-5-103. Assignment of police officers or deputy sheriffs for
temporary duty. ................................................................... A-71
vi
29-5-104. Request for temporary assignment of police officers or
deputy sheriffs – authority. ................................................ A-72
29-5-106. Temporary assignment to labor dispute area. ................... A-73
29-5-112. Dog interactions with local law enforcement officers -
training to be provided by local law enforcement agencies -
policies and procedures - scope - task force - creation -
composition - immunity - definitions - short title - legislative
declaration. .......................................................................... A-74
TITLE 30 – Government – County - ARTICLE 10 – County Officers
PART 5 – Sheriff ............................................................................................ A-81
30-10-501.5. Qualifications. ..................................................................... A-81
30-10-501.6. Training. .............................................................................. A-82
30-10-501.7. Enforcement. ....................................................................... A-83
TITLE 42 – Vehicles and Traffic - ARTICLE 1 – General and Administrative
PART 1 – Definitions and Citation ............................................................... A-85
42-1-102. Definitions. .......................................................................... A-85
TITLE 42 – Vehicles and Traffic
ARTICLE 3 – Registration, Taxation, and License Plates
PART 3 – Fees and Cash Funds ................................................................... A-87
42-3-304. Registration fees – passenger and passenger-mile taxes –
clean screen fund – repeal .................................................. A-87
TITLE 42 – Vehicles and Traffic
ARTICLE 5 – Automobile Theft Law – Inspection of Motor Vehicle
Identification Numbers
PART 2 – Vehicle Identification Number Inspection ................................... A-89
42-5-201. Definitions. .......................................................................... A-89
42-5-206. Certification of inspectors. .................................................. A-91
POST RULES
Rule 1 – Definitions ................................................................................... B-3
Rule 2 – Meetings ...................................................................................... B-7
Rule 3 – Director’s Authority .................................................................... B-9
Rule 4 – Subject Matter Experts ............................................................. B-11
Rule 5 – Hearings .................................................................................... B-13
Rule 6 – Declaratory Orders ................................................................... B-15
Rule 7 – Variances ................................................................................... B-17
vii
Rule 8 – Appeal Process for Peace Officer Applicants – Certification
Denial as a Result of a Misdemeanor Conviction ................... B-19
Rule 9 – Revocation Hearings for Criminal Conduct ............................ B-21
Rule 10– Basic Peace Officer Certification ............................................. B-23
Rule 11 – Provisional Certification ......................................................... B-25
Rule 12 – Reserve Certification .............................................................. B-27
Rule 13 – Renewal of Basic Certification ............................................... B-29
Rule 14 – Fingerprint-Based Criminal History Record Check .............. B-31
Rule 15 – Certification Examination-Basic, Provisional, Renewal ....... B-35
Rule 16 – Skills Examinations for Provisional and Renewal
Applicants ............................................................................... B-37
Rule 17 – Certification Records .............................................................. B-39
Rule 18 – Certification Suspension And Revocation - Basic,
Provisional, Renewal, And Reserves ...................................... B-41
Rule 19 – Vehicle Identification Number Inspectors ............................. B-43
Rule 20 – Vehicle Identification Number Inspector Programs .............. B-45
Rule 21 – Basic and Reserve Training Academies ................................. B-47
Rule 22 – Concerning Sunrise Review of Peace Officer Status ............. B-61
Rule 23 – Academy Skills Instructors .................................................... B-65
Rule 24 – Skills Training Safety and Skills Program Requirements
for Basic and Reserve Academies ........................................... B-69
Rule 25 – Academy Instructor Training Programs ................................ B-73
Rule 26 – Academy and Training Program Inspections ........................ B-77
Rule 27 – Retired Law Enforcement Officer Authority to Carry Concealed
Firearms .................................................................................. B-79
PROGRAMS
Basic Academic Training Program ........................................................ C-1
Reserve Academic Training Program ................................................... D-1
Refresher Academic Training Program ................................................. E-1
Arrest Control Training Program .......................................................... F-1
Law Enforcement Driving Program ..................................................... G-1
Firearms Training Program ................................................................. H-1
viii
Anti-Bias Training Program ................................................................... I-1
Vehicle Identification Number Inspector Training Program ............... J-1
Bail Recovery Training Program .......................................................... K-1
INSTRUCTOR TRAINING PROGRAMS
Instruction Methodology Program ......................................................... L-3
Arrest Control Instructor Program ...................................................... M-1
Law Enforcement Driving Instructor Program ................................... N-1
Handgun Instructor Program ............................................................... O-1
CURRICULUM BIBLIOGRAPHY
Curriculum Bibliography ................................................................................ P-3
OTHER
Misdemeanors Which Will Affect Certification ............................................. Q-3
Declaratory Order
The Peace Officer Standards and Training Board, Peace Officer Levels
Recodification Subcommittee ................................................................... Q-5
FORMS
Application for Basic Peace Officer Certification Form 1
Application for Reserve Certification Form 2
Application for Provisional Certification Form 3
Application for Renewal of Certification Form 4
Change of Name, Address or Telephone Form 5
Notice of Peace Officer Appointment/Separation Form 6
Application for Academy Approval Form 7
Application for Academy Instructor Training Program Approval Form 8
Application for VIN Inspector Certification Form 9
Application for VIN Inspector Training Program Approval Form 9A
Instructor/Course Evaluation Form 10
Course Evaluation (Recommended by the Curriculum Form 10A
SME Committee)
Academy Evaluation (Recommended by the Curriculum Form 10B
SME Committee)
Enrollment Advisory Form Form 11E
Application for Group/Position Peace Officer Authority Form 12
and Status – Sunrise Provision
ADA Accommodations Form N/A
Scheduling Request for POST Exam N/A
COLORADO
REVISED
STATUTES
This portion of Colorado Revised Statutes, reprinted with the permission of
the committee on Legal Services in accordance with Section 2-5-118, C.R.S.,
is an unofficial publication of Colorado Revised Statutes
A-2
Return to Table of Contents
A-3
Return to Table of Contents
Title 6 – Consumer and Commercial Affairs
Article 17 – Uniform Records Retention Act
6-17-101. Short title
This article shall be known and may be cited as the "Uniform Records Retention Act".
Source: L. 90: Entire article added, p. 384, § 1, effective July 1.
6-17-102. Legislative declaration
The general assembly hereby finds that there is a need to minimize the paperwork
burden associated with the retention of business records for individuals, small
businesses, state and local agencies, corporations, and other persons, and there is a
need to minimize the costs of collecting, maintaining, using, storing, and
disseminating information and business records. The general assembly therefore finds
that the provisions of this article are necessary to promote efficiency and economy.
Source: L. 90: Entire article added, p. 384, § 1, effective July 1.
6-17-103. Definitions
As used in this article, unless the context otherwise requires:
(1) "Business record" means books of account; vouchers; documents; cancelled
checks; payrolls; correspondence; records of sales, personnel, equipment, and
production; reports relating to any or all of such records; and other business papers.
(2) "Record" means any letter, word, sound, number, or its equivalent, set down by
handwriting, typewriting, printing, photostating, photographing, magnetic impulse,
mechanical, or electronic recording of other forms of data compilation. Unless
otherwise specified, reproductions are records for purposes of this article.
(3) "Reproduction" means any counterpart produced by the same impression as the
original or from the same matrix, or by means of photography, including enlargements
and miniatures, or by mechanical or electronic rerecording or by chemical
reproduction or by any equivalent technique which accurately reproduces the original.
Source: L. 90: Entire article added, p. 384, § 1, effective July 1.
A-4
Return to Table of Contents
6-17-104. Records retention period
Any record required to be created or kept by any state or local law or regulation
may be destroyed after three years from the date of creation, unless such law or
regulation establishes a specified records retention period or a specific procedure to
be followed prior to destruction.
Source: L. 90: Entire article added, p. 385, § 1, effective July 1.
6-17-105. Form of record
Retention of reproductions produced pursuant to this article shall constitute
compliance with any state or local law requiring that any record be created or kept.
Source: L. 90: Entire article added, p. 385, § 1, effective July 1.
6-17-106. Scope of article
This article shall apply to all records prepared by private individuals, partnerships,
corporations, or any other association, whether carried on for profit or not, and to
any government entity operating under the laws of this state and shall apply to all
records created before and after July 1, 1990.
Source: L. 90: Entire article added, p. 385, § 1, effective July 1.
A-5
Return to Table of Contents
TITLE 16 – Criminal Proceedings
ARTICLE 2.5 – Peace Officers
PART 1 – Peace Officers
16-2.5-101. Peace officer – description – general authority
(1) A person who is included within the provisions of this article and who meets
all standards imposed by law on a peace officer is a peace officer, and,
notwithstanding any other provision of law, no person other than a person
designated in this article is a peace officer. A peace officer may be certified by the
peace officers standards and training board pursuant to part 3 of article 31 of title
24, C.R.S., and, at a minimum, has the authority to enforce all laws of the state of
Colorado while acting within the scope of his or her authority and in the
performance of his or her duties, unless otherwise limited within this part 1.
(2) A peace officer certified by the peace officers standards and training board
shall have the authority to carry firearms at all times, concealed or otherwise,
subject to the written firearms policy created by the agency employing the peace
officer. All other peace officers shall have the authority to carry firearms, concealed
or otherwise, while engaged in the performance of their duties or as otherwise
authorized by the written policy of the agency employing the officer.
(3) As used in every statute, unless the context otherwise requires, "law
enforcement officer" means a peace officer.
Source:. L. 2003: Entire article added, p. 1605, § 2, effective August 6. L. 2006: (1)
amended, p. 27, § 1, effective July 1, 2007.
ANNOTATION
Annotator's note. Since § 16-2.5-101 is similar to repealed § 18-1-901 (3)(l),
relevant cases construing that provision have been included in the annotations to
this section.
Jailer included as peace officer. The jailer is a deputy sheriff and as such is a
peace officer within the definition of subsection (3)(l). People v. Shockley, 41 Colo.
App. 515, 591 P.2d 589 (1978).
Fellow officer doctrine applicable to parole officer. By definition in the
"Colorado Criminal Code", the parole officer is a "peace officer", and there is no
persuasive reason why a parole officer should not come within the fellow officer
doctrine. People v. Bergstrom, 190 Colo. 105, 544 P.2d 396 (1975).
A-6
Return to Table of Contents
Under the "fellow officer rule", a sheriff's deputies were entitled to rely upon and
accept the information supplied by the parole officer. People v. Bergstrom, 190 Colo.
105, 544 P.2d 396 (1975).
For purposes of the reference to subsection (3)(l)(I) made in § 24-31-302 (5),
the certification requirement does not constitute a part of that the referenced
definition. Fraternal Order, No. 27 v. Denver, 914 P.2d 483 (Colo. App. 1995).
The phrase "has the authority to enforce all the laws of the state of
Colorado while acting within the scope of his authority and in the
performance of his duties", does not constitute a part of the definition of peace
officer, level I. Fraternal Order, No. 27 v. Denver, 914 P.2d 483 (Colo. App. 1995).
Applied in People v. Roberts, 43 Colo. App. 100, 601 P.2d 654 (1979); People v.
Herrera, 633 P.2d 1091 (Colo. App. 1981).
16-2.5-102. Certified peace officer – POST certification
required.
The following peace officers shall meet all the standards imposed by law on a peace
officer and shall be certified by the peace officers standards and training board,
referred to in this article as the "POST board": A chief of police; a police officer; a
sheriff; an undersheriff; a deputy sheriff; a Colorado state patrol officer; a town
marshal; a deputy town marshal; a reserve police officer; a reserve deputy sheriff; a
reserve deputy town marshal; the director of the Colorado bureau of investigation; a
police officer or reserve police officer employed by a state institution of higher
education; a Colorado wildlife officer; a Colorado parks and recreation officer; a
Colorado police administrator or police officer employed by the Colorado mental
health institute at Pueblo; an attorney general criminal investigator; a community
parole officer; a public transit officer; a municipal court marshal; and the
department of corrections inspector general.
Source:. L. 2003: Entire article added, p. 1606, § 2, effective August 6. L. 2004:
Entire section amended, p. 1162, § 2, effective May 27. L. 2008: Entire section
amended, p. 85, § 1, effective March 18. L. 2010: Entire section amended, (HB 10-
1422), ch. 419, p. 2069, § 26, effective August 11.
16-2.5-103. Sheriff – undersheriff – certified deputy sheriff –
noncertified deputy sheriff.
(1) A sheriff, an undersheriff, and a deputy sheriff are peace officers whose
authority shall include the enforcement of all laws of the state of Colorado. A sheriff
shall be certified by the POST board pursuant to section 30-10-501.6, C.R.S. An
undersheriff and a deputy sheriff shall be certified by the POST board.
(2) A noncertified deputy sheriff or detention officer is a peace officer employed by
A-7
Return to Table of Contents
a county or city and county whose authority is limited to the duties assigned by and
while working under the direction of the chief of police, sheriff, an official who has the
duties of a sheriff in a city and county, or chief executive of the employing law
enforcement agency.
Source: L. 2003: Entire article added, p. 1606, § 2, effective August 6.
16-2.5-104. Coroner.
A coroner is a peace officer while engaged in the performance of his or her duties
whose authority shall be limited pursuant to part 6 of article 10 of title 30, C.R.S.
Source: L. 2003: Entire article added, p. 1606, § 2, effective August 6.
16-2.5-105. Police officer.
A police officer, including a chief of police employed by a municipality, is a peace
officer whose authority shall include the enforcement of all laws of the state of
Colorado and who shall be certified by the POST board.
Source: L. 2003: Entire article added, p. 1606, § 2, effective August 6.
16-2.5-106. Southern Ute Indian police officer.
A Southern Ute Indian police officer is a peace officer whose authority shall include
the enforcement of all laws of the state of Colorado and who may be certified by the
POST board.
Source: L. 2003: Entire article added, p. 1606, § 2, effective August 6.
16-2.5-107. Ute Mountain Ute Indian police officer.
A Ute Mountain Ute Indian police officer is a peace officer whose authority shall
include the enforcement of all laws of the state of Colorado and who may be certified
by the POST board.
Source: L. 2003: Entire article added, p. 1606, § 2, effective August 6.
16-2.5-108. Town marshal – deputy.
A town marshal or deputy town marshal is a peace officer whose authority shall
include the enforcement of all laws of the state of Colorado and who shall be
certified by the POST board.
A-8
Return to Table of Contents
Source: L. 2003: Entire article added, p. 1607, § 2, effective August 6.
16-2.5-109. Fire arson investigator.
A fire arson investigator authorized by a unit of local government is a peace officer
while engaged in the performance of his or her duties whose authority shall be limited
to the enforcement of arson and related laws and who may be certified by the POST
board.
Source:. L. 2003: Entire article added, p. 1607, § 2, effective August 6. L. 2008:
Entire section amended, p. 703, § 1, effective May 1.
16-2.5-110. Reserve police officer – reserve deputy sheriff –
reserve deputy town marshal – definitions.
(1) (a) A reserve police officer, a reserve deputy sheriff, and a reserve deputy
town marshal are reserve officers.
(b) "Reserve officer" means a person authorized by a city, city and county,
town, county, or state institution of higher education within this state to act
as a reserve police officer, reserve deputy sheriff, or reserve town marshal for
certain specific and limited periods of time while the person is authorized to
be on duty and acting at the express direction or under the direct
supervision of a fully POST-certified peace officer pursuant to section 16-2.5-
103, 16-2.5-105, 16-2.5-108, or 16-2.5-120. A reserve officer is a peace officer
while engaged in the performance of his or her duties whose authority shall
be limited to the authority granted by his or her authorizing agency.
(c) A reserve officer:
(I) Shall obtain reserve certification by the POST board as a
reserve officer; or
(II) May be a fully POST-certified peace officer serving as a
volunteer and may be granted full peace officer status and authority at
the discretion of the appointing authority.
(2) A city, city and county, town, county, or state institution of higher education
assigning duties to a reserve officer beyond those duties included in the POST board
training shall assume the responsibility for ensuring that the reserve officer is
adequately trained for the duties. Any expenses associated with the additional
training shall be authorized by the city, city and county, town, county, or state
institution of higher education. If the jurisdiction allows or requires the reserve
officer to carry or use a firearm while on duty, the reserve officer shall be certified
A-9
Return to Table of Contents
for firearms proficiency with the same frequency and subject to the same
requirements as a POST-certified peace officer in the jurisdiction. A reserve officer
who does not comply with the training requirements set forth in this subsection (2)
is not authorized to enforce the laws of the state of Colorado.
(3) (Deleted by amendment, L. 2007, p. 121, § 1, effective August 3, 2007.)
(3.5) If a police chief, sheriff, or town marshal determines that a reserve officer
has been adequately trained to perform a law-enforcement function that the police
chief, sheriff, or town marshal is required to perform, the police chief, sheriff, or
town marshal may allow the reserve officer to perform the function either in
uniform or in civilian clothes, whichever is appropriate.
(4) When performing extradition duties, the reserve officer shall be accompanied
by a POST-certified officer.
(5) A reserve officer may be compensated for his or her time during a declared
emergency or during a time of special need. In all other circumstances, a reserve
officer shall serve without compensation, but may be reimbursed at the discretion of
the city, city and county, town, county, or state institution of higher education
benefitting from the services of the reserve officer for any authorized out-of-pocket
expenses incurred in the course of his or her duties. The city, city and county, town,
county, or state institution of higher education shall pay the cost of workers'
compensation benefits for injuries incurred by a reserve officer while on duty and
while acting within the scope of his or her assigned duties. A reserve officer is an
authorized volunteer for purposes of article 10 of title 24, C.R.S.
(6) For the purposes of this section:
(a) "Direct supervision" means an assignment given by a fully POST-
certified peace officer to a reserve officer, which assignment is carried out in the
personal presence of, or in direct radio or telephone contact with, and under the
immediate control of, the fully POST-certified peace officer.
(b) "Express direction" means a defined, task-specific assignment given by
a fully POST-certified peace officer to a reserve officer. The fully POST-certified
peace officer need not be present while the reserve officer carries out the
assignment.
(7) For the purposes of this section, a person serving as a citizen auxiliary is not
a peace officer and the POST board shall not require the person to be certified.
Source:. L. 2003: Entire article added, p. 1607, § 2, effective August 6. L. 2004: (3),
(4), and (6) amended and (3.5) added, p. 678, § 1, effective August 4. L. 2007: (1), (3),
A-10
Return to Table of Contents
and (6) amended, p. 121, § 1, effective August 3. L. 2008: (1)(b), (2), and (5)
amended, p. 85, § 2, effective March 18.
16-2.5-111. Executive director of the department of public
safety - deputy executive director of the department of public safety -
director of the division of criminal justice in the department of
public safety.
The executive director and deputy executive director of the department of public
safety and the director of the division of criminal justice in the department of public
safety are peace officers whose authority shall include the enforcement of all laws of
the state of Colorado and who may be certified by the POST board.
Source:. L. 2003: Entire article added, p. 1608, § 2, effective August 6. L. 2012:
Entire section amended, (HB12-1079), ch. 21, p. 56, § 1, effective March 16.
16-2.5-112. Director of the division of homeland security and
emergency management.
The director of the division of homeland security and emergency management in the
department of public safety is a peace officer whose authority includes the
enforcement of all laws of the state of Colorado and who may be certified by the
POST board.
Source: L. 2003: Entire article added, p. 1608, § 2, effective August 6. L. 2012:
Entire section amended, (HB 12-1283), ch. 240, p. 1132, § 39, effective July 1.
16-2.5-113. Colorado bureau of investigation director – agent
A director of the Colorado bureau of investigation is a peace officer whose authority
shall include the enforcement of all laws of the state of Colorado and who may be
certified by the P.O.S.T. board. A Colorado bureau of investigation agent is a peace
officer whose authority shall include the enforcement of all laws of the state of
Colorado pursuant to section 24-33.5-409, C.R.S., and who may be certified by the
P.O.S.T. board.
Source: L. 2003: Entire article added, p. 1608, § 2, effective August 6.L. 2013:
Entire section amended, (HB 13-1076), ch. 6, p. 16, § 1, effective February 27.
A-11
Return to Table of Contents
16-2.5-114. Colorado state patrol officer.
A Colorado state patrol officer is a peace officer whose authority shall include the
enforcement of all laws of the state of Colorado pursuant to section 24-33.5-212,
C.R.S., and who shall be certified by the POST board.
Source: L. 2003: Entire article added, p. 1609, § 2, effective August 6.
16-2.5-115. Port of entry officer.
A port of entry officer is a peace officer while engaged in the performance of his or her
duties whose authority shall be limited pursuant to section 42-8-104, C.R.S.
Source: L. 2003: Entire article added, p. 1609, § 2, effective August 6.
16-2.5-116. Colorado wildlife officer – special wildlife officer.
(1) A Colorado wildlife officer employed by the Colorado division of parks and
wildlife in the department of natural resources is a peace officer whose authority
shall include the enforcement of all laws of the state of Colorado pursuant to section
33-1-102 (4.3), C.R.S., and who shall be certified by the POST board. Each Colorado
wildlife officer shall be required to complete a minimum of forty hours of continuing
law enforcement education per calendar year, or such number of hours as may
otherwise be required by law.
(2) A special wildlife officer is a peace officer whose authority is limited as
defined by the director of the division of parks and wildlife pursuant to section 33-1-
110 (5), C.R.S.
Source: L. 2003: Entire article added p. 1609, § 2, effective August 6; (2) amended,
p. 1954, § 50, effective August 6.
16-2.5-117. Colorado parks and recreation officer - special
parks and recreation officer.
(1) A Colorado parks and recreation officer employed by the Colorado division of
parks and wildlife in the department of natural resources is a peace officer whose
authority shall include the enforcement of all laws of the state of Colorado pursuant
to section 33-10-102 (17), C.R.S., and who shall be certified by the POST board.
Each Colorado parks and recreation officer shall be required to complete a
minimum of forty hours of continuing law enforcement education per calendar year,
or such number of hours as may otherwise be required by law.
(2) A special parks and recreation officer is a peace officer whose authority is
A-12
Return to Table of Contents
limited as defined by the director of the division of parks and wildlife pursuant to
section 33-10-109 (1) (f), C.R.S.
Source: L. 2003: Entire article added, p. 1609, § 2, effective August 6; (2) amended,
p. 1954, § 51, effective August 6.
16-2.5-118. Commissioner of agriculture.
The commissioner of agriculture or his or her designee is a peace officer while
engaged in the performance of his or her duties whose authority shall be limited
pursuant to the "Farm Products Act", section 12-16-114, C.R.S., the "Commodity
Handler Act", section 12-16-210, C.R.S., the "Animal Protection Act", section 35-42-
107 (4), C.R.S., and the "Pet Animal Care and Facilities Act", section 35-80-109 (6),
C.R.S.
Source: L. 2003: Entire article added, p. 1609, § 2, effective August 6.
16-2.5-119. State brand inspector.
A state brand inspector is a peace officer while engaged in the performance of his or
her duties whose authority shall be limited pursuant to section 35-53-128, C.R.S.
Source: L. 2003: Entire article added, p. 1609, § 2, effective August 6.
16-2.5-120. Colorado state higher education security officer.
A Colorado state higher education security officer employed by a state institution of
higher education pursuant to sections 24-7-101 to 24-7-106, C.R.S., is a peace officer
whose authority shall include the enforcement of all laws of the state of Colorado
and who may be certified by the POST board.
Source:. L. 2003: Entire article added, p. 1610, § 2, effective August 6. L. 2008:
Entire section amended, p. 86, § 3, effective March 18.
16-2.5-121. Executive director of the department of revenue –
senior director of enforcement for the department of revenue.
The executive director and the senior director of enforcement of the department of
revenue are peace officers while engaged in the performance of their duties whose
authority includes the enforcement of laws and rules regarding automobile dealers
pursuant to section 12-6-105 (1) (d) (II), C.R.S., the lottery pursuant to sections 24-35-
205 (3) and 24-35-206 (7), C.R.S., medical marijuana pursuant to article 43.3 of title
12, C.R.S., limited gaming pursuant to section 12-47.1-204, C.R.S., liquor pursuant to
section 12-47-904 (1), C.R.S., and racing events pursuant to section 12-60-203 (1),
A-13
Return to Table of Contents
C.R.S., and the enforcement of all laws of the state of Colorado and who may be
certified by the POST board.
Source:. L. 2003: Entire article added, p. 1610, § 2, effective August 6. L. 2010:
Entire section amended, (HB 10-1284), ch. 355, p. 1685, § 4, effective July 1.
16-2.5-122. Auto industry investigator.
An auto industry investigator is a peace officer while engaged in the performance of
his or her duties whose authority shall be limited to the enforcement of section 12-6-
105 (1) (d) (II), C.R.S.
Source: L. 2003: Entire article added, p. 1610, § 2, effective August 6.
16-2.5-123. Director of the division of gaming – gaming
investigator.
The director of the division of gaming in the department of revenue or a gaming
investigator in the department of revenue is a peace officer while engaged in the
performance of his or her duties whose primary authority shall be as stated in
section 12-47.1-204, C.R.S., and shall also include the enforcement of all laws of the
state of Colorado and who may be certified by the POST board.
Source: L. 2003: Entire article added, p. 1610, § 2, effective August 6.
16-2.5-124. Liquor enforcement investigator.
A liquor enforcement investigator is a peace officer while engaged in the
performance of his or her duties and while acting under proper orders or regulations
whose primary authority shall be as stated in sections 12-47-904 (1) and 24-35-504,
C.R.S., and shall also include the enforcement of all laws of the state of Colorado
and who may be certified by the POST board.
Source: L. 2003: Entire article added, p. 1610, § 2, effective August 6.
16-2.5-124.5. Director of marijuana enforcement and marijuana
enforcement investigator
The director of the marijuana enforcement division or a marijuana enforcement
investigator is a peace officer while engaged in the performance of his or her duties
and while acting under proper orders or rules pursuant to article 43.3 or 43.4 of title
12, C.R.S., and shall also include the enforcement of all laws of the state of Colorado
and who may be certified by the P.O.S.T. board.
A-14
Return to Table of Contents
Source: L. 2010: Entire section added, (HB 10-1284), ch. 355, p. 1685, § 5, effective
July 1.L. 2013: Entire section amended, (HB 13-1317), ch. 329, p. 1864, § 6, effective
May 28.
16-2.5-125. State lottery investigator.
A state lottery investigator is a peace officer while engaged in the performance of
his or her duties whose primary authority shall be as stated in sections 24-35-205
(3) and 24-35-206 (7), C.R.S., and shall also include the enforcement of all laws of
the state of Colorado and who may be certified by the POST board.
Source: L. 2003: Entire article added, p. 1610, § 2, effective August 6.
16-2.5-126. Director of racing events – racing events supervisor
– racing events investigator.
The director of racing events, a racing events supervisor, and a racing events
investigator are peace officers while engaged in the performance of their duties
whose primary authority shall be as stated in section 12-60-203 (1), C.R.S., and
shall also include the enforcement of all laws of the state of Colorado and who may
be certified by the POST board.
Source: L. 2003: Entire article added, p. 1610, § 2, effective August 6.
16-2.5-127. State student loan investigator.
A state student loan investigator is a peace officer while engaged in the performance
of his or her duties whose authority shall be limited pursuant to section 23-3.1-104 (2)
(q), C.R.S.
Source: L. 2003: Entire article added, p. 1611, § 2, effective August 6.
16-2.5-128. Colorado attorney general - chief deputy attorney
general - solicitor general - assistant solicitor general - deputy
attorney general - assistant attorney general of criminal
enforcement - assistant attorney general and employee as
designated.
The attorney general, chief deputy attorney general, solicitor general, assistant
solicitors general, deputy attorneys general, assistant attorneys general of criminal
enforcement, and certain other assistant attorneys general and employees of the
department of law who are designated by the attorney general are peace officers
A-15
Return to Table of Contents
whose authority shall include the enforcement of all laws of the state of Colorado
and who may be certified by the POST board.
Source:. L. 2003: Entire article added, p. 1611, § 2, effective August 6. L. 2011:
Entire section amended, (SB 11-020), ch. 39, p. 105, § 1, effective March 21.
16-2.5-129. Attorney general criminal investigator.
An attorney general criminal investigator is a peace officer whose authority shall
include the enforcement of all laws of the state of Colorado and who shall be certified
by the POST board.
Source: L. 2003: Entire article added, p. 1611, § 2, effective August 6.
16-2.5-130. POST director – POST board investigator.
The director of the POST board and a POST board investigator are peace officers
while engaged in the performance of their duties whose primary authority shall
include the enforcement of laws and rules pertaining to the training and
certification of peace officers and shall include the enforcement of all laws of the
state of Colorado and who may be certified by the POST board.
Source: L. 2003: Entire article added, p. 1611, § 2, effective August 6.
16-2.5-131. Chief security officer for the general assembly.
The chief security officer for the general assembly is a peace officer while engaged in
the performance of his or her duties whose authority shall be limited pursuant to
section 2-2-402, C.R.S.
Source: L. 2003: Entire article added, p. 1611, § 2, effective August 6.
16-2.5-132. District attorney - assistant district attorney - chief
deputy district attorney - deputy district attorney - special deputy
district attorney - special prosecutor.
A district attorney, an assistant district attorney, a chief deputy district attorney, a
deputy district attorney, a special deputy district attorney, and a special prosecutor
are peace officers whose authority shall include the enforcement of all laws of the
state of Colorado and who may be certified by the POST board.
Source: L. 2003: Entire article added, p. 1611, § 2, effective August 6.
A-16
Return to Table of Contents
16-2.5-133. District attorney chief investigator – district
attorney investigator.
A district attorney chief investigator and a district attorney investigator are peace
officers whose authority shall include the enforcement of all laws of the state of
Colorado and who may be certified by the POST board.
Source: L. 2003: Entire article added, p. 1611, § 2, effective August 6.
16-2.5-134. Department of corrections inspector general –
department of corrections investigator.
The department of corrections inspector general and a department of corrections
investigator are peace officers whose authority shall be pursuant to section 17-1-103.8,
C.R.S., and whose authority shall include the enforcement of all the laws of the state
of Colorado. A department of corrections investigator may be certified by the POST
board. The inspector general shall be certified by the POST board.
Source: L. 2003: Entire article added, p. 1612, § 2, effective August 6.
16-2.5-135. Executive director of the department of corrections
– warden – corrections officer.
The executive director of the department of corrections, a warden, a corrections officer
employed by the department of corrections, or other department of corrections
employee assigned by the executive director, is a peace officer while engaged in the
performance of his or her duties pursuant to title 17, C.R.S., whose primary authority
is the supervision of persons in the custody or confinement of the department of
corrections and who may be certified by the POST board.
Source: L. 2003: Entire article added, p. 1612, § 2, effective August 6.
16-2.5-136. Community parole officer.
A community parole officer employed by the department of corrections is
responsible for supervising offenders in the community and supporting the division
of adult parole in providing assistance to parolees to secure employment, housing,
and other services to support their successful reintegration into the community
while recognizing the need for public safety. A community parole officer is a peace
officer whose authority shall be pursuant to section 17-27-105.5, C.R.S., and whose
authority shall include the enforcement of all laws of the state of Colorado, and who
shall be certified by the POST board.
A-17
Return to Table of Contents
Source:. L. 2003: Entire article added, p. 1612, § 2, effective August 6. L. 2010:
Entire section amended, (HB 10-1360), ch. 263, p. 1193, § 1, effective May 25.
16-2.5-137. Adult probation officer.
An adult probation officer is a peace officer while engaged in the performance of his or
her duties whose authority shall be limited pursuant to part 2 of article 11 of this title.
Source: L. 2003: Entire article added, p. 1612, § 2, effective August 6.
16-2.5-138. Juvenile probation officer – juvenile parole officer.
A juvenile probation officer and a juvenile parole officer are peace officers while
engaged in the performance of their duties whose authority shall be limited
pursuant to sections 19-2-926 and 19-2-1003, C.R.S.
Source: L. 2003: Entire article added, p. 1612, § 2, effective August 6.
16-2.5-139. Police administrator – police officer employed by
the Colorado mental health institute at Pueblo.
A police administrator and a police officer employed by the Colorado mental health
institute at Pueblo are peace officers whose authority shall include the enforcement
of all laws of the state of Colorado pursuant to article 7 or title 24, C.R.S., and who
shall be certified by the POST board. Each police administrator or police officer
employed by the Colorado mental health institute at Pueblo shall complete a
minimum of forty hours of continuing law enforcement education per calendar year,
or such number of hours as may otherwise be required by law.
Source: L. 2003: Entire article added, p. 1612, § 2, effective August 6. L. 2009:
Entire section amended, (SB 09-097), ch. 110, p. 456, § 1, effective August 5.
16-2.5-140. Correctional security officer employed by the
Colorado mental health institute at Pueblo.
A police administrator and a police officer employed by the Colorado mental health
institute at Pueblo are peace officers whose authority shall include the enforcement of
all laws of the state of Colorado pursuant to article 7 of title 24, C.R.S., and who shall
be certified by the POST board. Each police administrator or police officer employed
by the Colorado mental health institute at Pueblo shall complete a minimum of forty
hours of continuing law enforcement education per calendar year, or such number of
hours as may otherwise be required by law.
A-18
Return to Table of Contents
Source:. L. 2003: Entire article added, p. 1612, § 2, effective August 6. L. 2009:
Entire section amended, (SB 09-097), ch. 110, p. 456, § 1, effective August 5.
16-2.5-141. Colorado state security guard.
A Colorado state security guard is a peace officer while engaged in the performance
of his or her duties pursuant to article 7 of title 24, C.R.S., whose authority shall be
limited to the scope and authority of his or her assigned duties and who may be
certified by the POST board.
Source:. L. 2003: Entire article added, p. 1613, § 2, effective August 6. L. 2009:
Entire section amended, (SB 09-097), ch. 110, p. 456, § 3, effective August 5.
16-2.5-142. Railroad peace officer.
A railroad peace officer is a peace officer while engaged in the performance of his or
her duties whose authority shall be limited pursuant to section 40-32-104.5, C.R.S.,
and who may be certified by the POST board.
Source: L. 2003: Entire article added, p. 1613, § 2, effective August 6.
16-2.5-143. Public utilities commission member.
A public utilities commission member is a peace officer while engaged in the
performance of his or her duties whose authority shall be limited pursuant to articles
1 to 17 of title 40, C.R.S.
Source: L. 2003: Entire article added, p. 1613, § 2, effective August 6.
16-2.5-144. Colorado National Guardsman.
A Colorado National Guardsman is a peace officer while acting under call of the
governor in cases of emergency or civil disorder. His or her authority shall be
limited to the period of call-up specified by the governor and shall be exercised only
if the executive order of the governor calling the National Guard to state duty
specifies that enforcement of the laws of the state of Colorado is a purpose for the
call-up.
Source: L. 2003: Entire article added, p. 1613, § 2, effective August 6.
16-2.5-145. Municipal court marshal
A municipal court marshal who is employed by a municipality and is specifically
designated a peace officer by the municipality is a peace officer while engaged in the
A-19
Return to Table of Contents
performance of his or her duties. The authority of such a municipal court marshal
shall be limited to providing security for the municipal court, transporting,
detaining, and maintaining control over prisoners, executing all arrest warrants
within the municipal court and its grounds, executing municipal court arrest
warrants within the municipal limits, and serving legal process issued by the
municipal court within the municipal limits. A municipal court marshal shall be
certified by the POST board.
Source:. L. 2004: Entire section added, p. 414, § 1, effective April 12. L. 2006:
Entire section amended, p. 27, § 2, effective July 1, 2007.
16-2.5-146. Public transit officer – definitions.
(1) A public transit officer who is employed by a public transportation entity, as
defined in section 42-4-1416 (5) (b), C.R.S., and is specifically designated a peace
officer by the public transportation entity is a peace officer while engaged in the
performance of his or her duties. A public transit officer's authority shall be limited
to the enforcement of all laws of the state of Colorado and the provision of security
for passengers, employees, and property of the public transportation entity on
public transportation vehicles, as defined in section 42-4-1416 (5) (c), C.R.S., and at
public transportation facilities. A public transit officer's authority shall include the
power of arrest based upon probable cause while engaged in the performance of his
or her duties. A public transit officer shall be certified by the POST board.
(2) As used in this section, "public transportation facilities" means any movable
or fixed facility operated by a transit authority and used primarily for mass
transportation purposes, including but not limited to fixed guideway systems,
parking lots, parking buildings, bus stops, transit stations, garages, and offices.
Source:. L. 2004: Entire section added, p. 1162, § 1, effective May 27. L. 2006: (1)
amended, p. 28, § 3, effective July 1, 2007. L. 2012: (1) amended, (SB 12-044), ch.
274, p. 1449, § 5, effective June 8.
16.2.5-147. Federal special agents.
(1) A special agent of the federal bureau of investigation or the United States
bureau of alcohol, tobacco, firearms, and explosives, a deputy or special deputy
United States marshal, or an officer of the federal protective service of the United
States department of homeland security immigration and customs enforcement, in
any jurisdiction within the state of Colorado, is a peace officer whose authority is
limited as provided in this section. The special agent, deputy or special deputy, or
officer is authorized to act in the following circumstances:
(a) The special agent, deputy or special deputy, or officer is:
A-20
Return to Table of Contents
(I) Responding to a nonfederal felony or misdemeanor that has
been committed in the presence of the special agent, deputy or special
deputy, or officer;
(II) Responding to an emergency situation in which the special
agent, deputy or officer has probable cause to believe that a
nonfederal felony or misdemeanor involving injury or threat of injury
to a person or property has been, or is being, committed and immediate
action is required to prevent escape, serious bodily injury, or
destruction of property;
(III) Rendering assistance at the request of a Colorado peace officer;
or
(IV) Effecting an arrest or providing assistance as part of a bona fide
task force or joint investigation with Colorado peace officers; and
(b) The agent, deputy or special deputy, or officer acts in accordance with
the rules and regulations of his or her employing agency.
(2) A special agent of the federal bureau of investigation or the United States
bureau of alcohol, tobacco, firearms, and explosives, a deputy or special deputy
United States marshal, or an officer of the federal protective service of the United
States department of homeland security immigration and customs enforcement is a
person who is employed by the United States government, assigned to the federal
bureau of investigation, the United States bureau of alcohol, tobacco, firearms, and
explosives, the United States marshal service, or the federal protective service of
the United States department of homeland security immigration and customs
enforcement, empowered to effect an arrest with or without a warrant for violations
of the United States code, and authorized to carry a firearm and use deadly force in
the performance of the special agent's, deputy's or special deputy's, or officer's
official duties as a federal law enforcement officer.
(3) Upon effecting an arrest under the authority of this section, a special agent of
the federal bureau of investigation or the United States bureau of alcohol, tobacco,
firearms, and explosives, a deputy or special deputy United States marshal, or an
officer of the federal protective service of the United States department of homeland
security immigration and customs enforcement shall immediately surrender
custody of the arrested individual to a Colorado peace officer.
(4) This section does not impose liability on or require indemnification or create
a waiver of sovereign immunity by the state of Colorado for any action performed
under this section by a special agent of the federal bureau of investigation or the
United States bureau of alcohol, tobacco, firearms, and explosives, a deputy or
A-21
Return to Table of Contents
special deputy United States marshal, or an officer of the federal protective service
of the United States department of homeland security immigration and customs
enforcement.
(5) Nothing in this section shall be construed to expand the authority of federal
law enforcement officers to initiate or conduct an independent investigation into
violations of Colorado law.
Source:. L. 2006: Entire section added, p. 126, § 1, effective March 27. L. 2008:
Entire section amended, p. 701, § 1, effective August 5. L. 2011: Entire section
amended, (HB 11-1073), ch. 32, p. 90, § 1, effective August 10.
16-2.5-148. Colorado state higher education police officer.
A Colorado state higher education police officer employed by a state institution of
higher education pursuant to article 7.5 of title 24, C.R.S., is a peace officer whose
authority shall include the enforcement of all laws of the state of Colorado and who
shall be certified by the POST board.
Source:. L. 2008: Entire section added, p. 86, § 4, effective March 18. L. 2009:
Entire section amended, (SB 09-097), ch. 110, p. 457, § 4, effective August 5.
16-2.5-149. City attorney - town attorney - senior assistant city
attorney - assistant city attorney - chief deputy city attorney - deputy
city attorney - special deputy city attorney - prosecuting attorney -
senior prosecuting attorney - senior prosecutor - special prosecutor.
(1) A city attorney, town attorney, senior assistant city attorney, assistant city
attorney, chief deputy city attorney, deputy city attorney, special deputy city
attorney, prosecuting attorney, senior prosecuting attorney, senior prosecutor, or
special prosecutor employed or contracted by a municipality, city, town, statutory
city or town, or city and county is a peace officer only while engaged in the
performance of his or her duties as a prosecutor. Such peace officer's authority shall
include the enforcement of all laws of the municipality, city, town, statutory city or
town, or city and county and the state of Colorado, and the peace officer may be
certified by the POST board.
(2) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (1) of this section, the peace
officer status conferred by subsection (1) of this section shall not be available to an
attorney specified in subsection (1) of this section who chooses to practice as a
criminal defense attorney in the state of Colorado while also working as a
prosecuting attorney or an attorney who contracts with a municipality, city, town,
statutory city or town, or city and county, local government to serve as a city
attorney, town attorney, senior assistant city attorney, assistant city attorney, chief
A-22
Return to Table of Contents
deputy city attorney, deputy city attorney, special deputy city attorney, prosecuting
attorney, senior prosecuting attorney, senior prosecutor, or special prosecutor on a
less than a full-time basis.
Source: L. 2012: Entire section added, (HB 12-1026), ch. 76, p. 256, § 1, effective
April 6.
16-2.5-150. Fort Carson police officers
A Fort Carson police officer is a peace officer while engaged in the performance of
his or her duties. Fort Carson police officers are employed by the Fort Carson police,
a federal civilian law enforcement agency within the state of Colorado. A Fort
Carson police officer's authority includes enforcing all the laws of the constitution of
the United States, the United States code, the "Uniform Code of Military Justice",
10 U.S.C. chapter 47, and the laws of the state of Colorado within the jurisdiction
and properties of Fort Carson and the Piñon Canyon maneuver site, including all
fixed and mobile properties of Fort Carson and the Piñon Canyon maneuver site. A
Fort Carson police officer may be P.O.S.T.-certified.
Source: L. 2013: Entire section added, (SB 13-005), ch. 109, p. 377, § 1, effective
August 7.
16-2.5-151. Federal secret service agents
(1) A special agent, uniform division officer, physical security technician,
physical security specialist, or special officer of the United States secret service,
referred to in this section as a "secret service agent", in any jurisdiction within the
state of Colorado, is a peace officer whose authority is limited as provided in this
section. The secret service agent is a peace officer in the following circumstances:
(a) (I) Responding to a nonfederal felony or misdemeanor that has
been committed in his or her presence;
(II) Responding to an emergency situation in which he or she has
probable cause to believe that a nonfederal felony or misdemeanor
involving injury or threat of injury to a person or property has been, or
is being, committed and immediate action is required to prevent
escape, serious bodily injury, or destruction of property;
(III) Rendering assistance at the request of a Colorado peace officer;
or
(IV) Effecting an arrest or providing assistance as part of a bona fide
task force or joint investigation with Colorado peace officers; and
A-23
Return to Table of Contents
(b) The secret service agent acts in accordance with the rules and
regulations of his or her employing agency.
(2) A secret service agent is a person who is employed by the United States
government, assigned to the United States secret service, empowered to effect an
arrest with or without a warrant for violations of the United States code, and
authorized to carry a firearm and use deadly force in the performance of his or her
duties as a federal law enforcement officer.
(3) Upon effecting an arrest under the authority of this section, a secret service
agent shall immediately surrender custody of the arrested individual to a Colorado
peace officer.
(4) This section does not impose liability on or require indemnification or create
a waiver of sovereign immunity by the state of Colorado for any action performed
under this section by a secret service agent.
(5) Nothing in this section shall be construed to expand the authority of federal
law enforcement officers to initiate or conduct an independent investigation into
violations of Colorado law.
Source: L. 2013: Entire section added, (SB 13-013), ch. 126, p. 424, § 1, effective
April 19.
A-24
Return to Table of Contents
A-25
Return to Table of Contents
TITLE 16 – Criminal Proceedings
ARTICLE 2.5 – Peace Officers
Part 2 – Sunrise Review of Peace Officer Status
16-2.5-201. General assembly sunrise review of groups seeking
statutory peace officer status.
(1) The general assembly finds that it is necessary to ensure that clear
standards exist for obtaining peace officer status in the state of Colorado. The
general assembly further finds it made statutory changes in 2003 to end the
stratification of peace officers and ensure all peace officers receive a consistent level
of statutory protection. The general assembly therefore declares, in order to
maintain clear standards and consistent statutory protections for peace officers, it is
necessary for the POST board to review a group that seeks peace officer status
either for the group or for a specific position, prior to the group seeking
authorization from the general assembly for the status.
(2) No later than July 1 of any year, a group, or political subdivision of the state
that seeks peace officer status either for the group or for a specific position, shall
submit to the POST board, for its review, a proposal containing the following
information:
(a) A complete description of the position or a description of the group
proposed for peace officer status and an estimate of the number of persons
who hold the position or are in the group;
(b) A description of the specific need for the authority and protections
required for the position or group;
(c) The benefit to the public that would result from granting the status;
(d) The costs associated with granting the status; and
(e) A resolution or letter of support for proposed change in status from the
chief executive officer of the unit of government or political subdivision
employing the group or overseeing the proposed position.
(3) After receiving the information specified in subsection (2) of this section, the
POST board shall prepare an analysis, evaluation, and recommendation of the
proposed status. The analysis, evaluation, and recommendation shall be based upon
A-26
Return to Table of Contents
criteria established by the POST board in rules adopted pursuant to section 16-2.5-
203.
(4) (a) The POST board shall conduct a hearing with the group seeking peace
officer status for the group or for a specific position.
(b) At the hearing, the determination as to whether peace officer status is
needed shall be based upon the criteria contained in the POST board rules.
(5) After the hearing, the POST board shall submit a report to the group seeking
peace officer status for the group or specific position and to the judiciary committees
of the house of representatives and the senate no later than October 15 of the year
following the year in which the proposal was submitted.
(6) The group seeking peace officer status for the group or specific position may
request members of the general assembly to present appropriate legislation to the
general assembly during each of the two regular sessions that immediately succeed
the date of the report required pursuant to subsection (2) of this section without
having to comply again with the provisions of subsections (2) and (4) of this section.
Bills introduced pursuant to this subsection (6) shall count against the number of
bills to which members of the general assembly are limited by joint rule of the
senate and the house of representatives. The general assembly shall not consider
peace officer status of more than five positions or groups in any one session of the
general assembly.
(7) This section is exempt from the provisions of section 24-1-136 (11), C.R.S.,
and the periodic reporting requirement of that section shall remain in effect until
changed by the general assembly acting by bill.
Source: L. 2004: Entire part added, p. 1896, § 1, effective June 4.
16-2.5-202. POST board review of peace officer status.
(1) For a position, group, or political subdivision that received peace officer status
after July 1, 2003, and did not go through the process described in section 16-2.5-201,
the POST board shall review the peace officer authority of the position, group, or
political subdivision.
(2) The POST board shall require the group that received the peace officer status
or the group or political subdivision that oversees a position that received peace officer
status to submit to the POST board the information required in section 16-2.5-201 (2).
(3) After receiving the information, the POST board shall prepare an analysis,
A-27
Return to Table of Contents
evaluation, and recommendation of the peace officer status. The analysis, evaluation,
and recommendation shall be based upon the criteria established in POST board rule.
(4) The POST board shall conduct a hearing concerning peace officer status for the
group or the specific position, pursuant to the provisions of section 16-2.5-201 (4).
(5) The POST board shall submit a report to the group or political subdivision
seeking to retain peace officer status, either for the group or for a specific position, and
to the judiciary committees of the house of representatives and the senate no later
than October 15 of the year following the year in which the POST board began the
review. The report may include legislative recommendations.
Source: L. 2004: Entire part added, p. 1898, § 1, effective June 4.
16-2.5-203. Rules.
Pursuant to article 4 of title 24, C.R.S., the POST board shall promulgate rules
establishing the criteria that shall be applied in determining whether to recommend
peace officer status for a group or specific position as provided in section 16-2.5-201
(4).
Source: L. 2004: Entire part added, p. 1898, § 1, effective June 4.
A-28
Return to Table of Contents
A-29
Return to Table of Contents
TITLE 18 – Criminal Code
ARTICLE 5 – Offenses Involving Fraud
PART 1 – Forgery, Simulation, Impersonation, and Related
Offenses
18-5-114. Offering a false instrument for recording
(1) A person commits offering a false instrument for recording in the first degree if,
knowing that a written instrument relating to or affecting real or personal property or
directly affecting contractual relationships contains a material false statement or
material false information, and with intent to defraud, he presents or offers it to a
public office or a public employee, with the knowledge or belief that it will be
registered, filed, or recorded or become a part of the records of that public office or
public employee.
(2) Offering a false instrument for recording in the first degree is a class 5 felony.
(3) A person commits offering a false instrument for recording in the second degree
if, knowing that a written instrument relating to or affecting real or personal property
or directly affecting contractual relationships contains a material false statement or
material false information, he presents or offers it to a public office or a public
employee, with the knowledge or belief that it will be registered, filed, or recorded or
become a part of the records of that public office or public employee.
(4) Offering a false instrument for recording in the second degree is a class 1
misdemeanor.
Source:. L. 71: R&RE, p. 437, § 1. C.R.S. 1963: § 40-5-114. L. 80: Entire section
amended, p. 536, § 1, effective April 13.
ANNOTATION
Comparison with section 18-8-114. Abuse of public records under § 18-8-114 was
not meant to cover the offense of offering a false instrument for recording under this
section. People v. Trujillo, 189 Colo. 23, 536 P.2d 46 (1975).
Information charging this offense must set forth alleged false statements, either
verbatim or in substance. People v. Fueston, 717 P.2d 978 (Colo. App. 1985), aff'd in
part and rev'd in part on other grounds, 749 P.2d 952 (Colo. 1988).
Offering a false instrument for recording in the second degree is a lesser
included offense of offering a false instrument for recording in the first degree.
People v. Freda, 817 P.2d 588 (Colo. App. 1991).
A-30
Return to Table of Contents
The use of an intermediary to file a false statement with a public office will
not insulate a person from liability. Because there was evidence that defendant
directed that medicaid billings be prepared with false information and that the
defendant had knowledge that these forms would be submitted to the medicaid office,
the trial court did not err in finding that there was sufficient evidence that the
defendant "offered or presented" the billings. People v. Freda, 817 P.2d 588 (Colo. App.
1991).
Applied in People v. Swearingen, 649 P.2d 1102 (Colo. 1982), People v. Norman, 703
P.2d 1261 (Colo. 1985).
A-31
Return to Table of Contents
TITLE 18 – Criminal Code
ARTICLE 8 – Offenses – Governmental Operations
PART 1 – Obstruction of Public Justice
18-8-112. Impersonating a peace officer.
(1) A person who falsely pretends to be a peace officer and performs an act in
that pretended capacity commits impersonating a peace officer.
(2) Impersonating a peace officer is a class 6 felony.
Source:. L. 71: R&RE, p. 456, § 1. C.R.S. 1963: § 40-8-112. L. 2003: Entire section
amended, p. 1383, § 1, effective May 1. L. 2004: Entire section amended, p. 1080, §
1, effective July 1.
ANNOTATION
Law reviews. For article, "Mens Rea and the Colorado Criminal Code", see 52 U.
Colo. L. Rev. 167 (1981).
A-32
Return to Table of Contents
A-33
Return to Table of Contents
TITLE 24 – Government – State
ARTICLE 7 – State Security Officers
24-7-100.2. Legislative declaration.
(1) The general assembly hereby finds that the efforts of security officers employed
by institutions of higher education to protect the persons and property of their
environments are important elements of effective public safety management.
(2) The general assembly acknowledges the operational and environmental
acumen of security officers of institutions of higher education regarding their facilities
and the importance of including representatives of the institutions in emergency
preparedness planning and training efforts conducted by local law enforcement
agencies and emergency planning agencies intended to reduce the likelihood of, and
develop effective responses to, emergency situations occurring at their facilities.
(3) The general assembly hereby encourages ongoing cooperation efforts among
local law enforcement agencies, emergency planning agencies, and the security officers
of institutions of higher education regarding emergency preparedness and response
planning and training and development of communication capabilities supporting
effective coordination among these groups during emergencies.
Source: L. 2008: Entire section added, p. 87, § 5, effective March 18.
Cross references: For elections, see title 1; for peace officers and firefighters, see
article 5 of title 29; for state engineer, see article 80 of title 37; for state chemist, see
part 4 of article 1 of title 25; for offenses against government, see article 8 of title 18;
for the "Uniform Records Retention Act", see article 17 of title 6.
24-7-101. State Institutions authorized to employ security
officers.
The institutions, agencies, and departments of state government, including any
institution of higher education, are hereby authorized to employ security officers to
protect the property of the institution, agency, or department employing the officer
and to perform other police, security, and administrative functions as may be deemed
necessary.
Source: L. 71: p. 120, § 1. C.R.S. 1963: § 3-32-1. L. 2008: Entire section amended, p.
87, § 6, effective March 18.
A-34
Return to Table of Contents
24-7-102. Supervision and control.
The security officers employed pursuant to this article shall be under the control
and supervision of the governing authority or head of the employing state
institution. The governing authorities or heads of the state institutions, agencies,
and departments shall provide appropriate credentials for the officers. The
employing institution, department, or agency may permit its security officers that
have been designated as peace officers pursuant to section 16-2.5-101, C.R.S., to
hold and receive such other law enforcement commissions or appointments as are
appropriate to carry out their duties.
Source: L. 71: p. 120, § 1. C.R.S. 1963: § 3-32-2. L. 2008: Entire section amended,
p. 87, § 7, effective March 18.
24-7-103. Powers conferred.
(1) Security officers employed and commissioned pursuant to this article that have
been designated as peace officers pursuant to section 16-2.5-101, C.R.S., when
operating on state owned or leased property, are hereby granted all the powers
conferred by law upon peace officers to carry weapons and to make arrests.
(2) When not on state owned or leased property, security officers employed and
commissioned pursuant to this article shall not have any authority not possessed by
private citizens to arrest, investigate, or carry weapons. This subsection (2) shall not
apply to peace officers as described in section 16-2.5-101, C.R.S.
Source: L. 71: p. 120, § 1. C.R.S. 1963: § 3-32-3. L. 2002: Entire section amended, p.
840, § 2, effective May 30. L. 2003: (2) amended, p. 1622, § 38, effective August 6. L.
2008: (1) amended, p. 87, § 8, effective March 18.
24-7-104. State property not exempt from local law
enforcement.
Nothing in this article shall be construed to exempt state property from the authority
of law enforcement agencies within whose jurisdiction the state property is located;
except that representatives of the law enforcement agencies shall coordinate their
official actions on state property with the appropriate security officers or police
officers, except when emergency circumstances preclude such coordination.
Source: L. 71: p. 121, § 1. C.R.S. 1963: § 3-32-4. L. 2008: Entire section amended, p.
88, § 9, effective March 18.
A-35
Return to Table of Contents
24-7-105. Officers’ qualifications.
Security officers shall be at least twenty-one years of age and shall possess such other
qualifications as may be specified by the state personnel director, including continuing
training as may be prescribed by the said director.
Source: L. 71: p. 121, § 1. C.R.S. 1963: § 3-32-5. L. 94: Entire section amended, p.
1731, § 10, effective May 31.
Cross references: For provisions concerning the Colorado law enforcement training
academy, see part 3 of article 33.5 of this title.
24-7-106. Peace officers standards and training board
evaluation and recommendation – legislative authorization of peace
officer status required.
Notwithstanding other provisions of this article, a person or group of persons
employed as security officers or guards by any institution, agency, or department of
state government, including any institution of higher education, shall not be
designated as peace officers, after June 3, 2004, without completing the peace
officer standards and training board processes described in sections 16-2.5-201 and
16-2.5-202, C.R.S., and obtaining the legislative authorization described in section
16-2.5-101, C.R.S.
Source: L. 2008: Entire section added, p. 88, § 10, effective March 18.
A-36
Return to Table of Contents
A-37
Return to Table of Contents
TITLE 24 – Government – State
ARTICLE 7.5 – Colorado Higher Education Police Officers
24-7.5-101. State institutions of higher education authorized to
employ police officers.
The state institutions of higher education are authorized to employ police officers to
provide law enforcement and property protection for the institution employing the
officers and to perform other police, emergency planning, community safety, and
administrative functions as may be deemed necessary.
Source: L. 2008: Entire article added, p. 88, § 11, effective March 18.
Cross references: For elections, see title 1; for peace officers and firefighters, see
article 5 of title 29; for state engineer, see article 80 of title 37; for state chemist, see
part 4 of article 1 of title 25; for offenses against government, see article 8 of title
18; for the "Uniform Records Retention Act", see article 17 of title 6.
24-7.5-102. Supervision and control.
State higher education police officers employed pursuant to this article shall be
under the supervision and control of the governing board of the employing state
institution of higher education or its designee. The governing board or head of the
state institution of higher education shall provide institutional police commissions
and other appropriate credentials for the police officers. The employing institution
may permit its police officers to hold and receive other law enforcement
commissions or appointments as are appropriate to carry out their duties.
Source: L. 2008: Entire article added, p. 88, § 11, effective March 18.
24-7.5-103. Powers conferred.
(1) State higher education police officers employed and commissioned pursuant
to this article, when operating on property owned or leased by the state institution
of higher education, are granted all the powers conferred by law upon peace officers
to carry weapons and make arrests.
(2) When not on property owned or leased by the state institution of higher
education, state higher education police officers shall not have any greater
authority than that conferred upon peace officers by section 16-3-110, C.R.S.
Source: L. 2008: Entire article added, p. 88, § 11, effective March 18.
A-38
Return to Table of Contents
24-7.5-104. State institution of higher education property not
exempt from local law enforcement.
Nothing in this article shall be construed to exempt the property of a state
institution of higher education from the authority of law enforcement agencies
within whose jurisdiction the property is located; except that representatives of the
law enforcement agencies shall coordinate their official actions on the property with
the appropriate higher education police officers, except when emergency
circumstances preclude such coordination.
Source: L. 2008: Entire article added, p. 89, § 11, effective March 18.
24-7.5-105. Officers’ qualifications.
State higher education police officers shall be at least twenty-one years of age and
shall possess other qualifications as may be specified by the state personnel
director, including continuing training as may be prescribed by the director. State
higher education police officers shall be certified by the peace officers standards and
training board.
Source: L. 2008: Entire article added, p. 89, § 11, effective March 18.
24-7.5-106. Peace officers standards and training board
evaluation and recommendation – legislative authorization of peace
officer status required.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this article, a person or group of persons
employed by any institution of higher education shall not be designated as police
officers after June 3, 2004, without completing the peace officers standards and
training board processes described in sections 16-2.5-201 and 16-2.5-202, C.R.S., and
obtaining the certification described in section 16-2.5-102, C.R.S.
Source: L. 2009: Entire section added, (SB 09-097), ch. 110, p. 457, § 5, effective
August 5.
A-39
Return to Table of Contents
TITLE 24 – Government – State
ARTICLE 31 – Department of Law
PART 1 – Attorney General
24-31-105. Criminal enforcement section
There is hereby established, within the department of law and under the control of the
attorney general, a criminal enforcement section. The criminal enforcement section or
any attorney in the department of law authorized by the attorney general shall
prosecute all criminal cases for the attorney general and shall perform other functions
as may be required by the attorney general. The attorney general is hereby authorized
to appoint a deputy attorney general as chief of the criminal enforcement section. The
chief of said section shall be a licensed attorney with a minimum of two years of
criminal experience as a trial or appellate prosecutor.
HISTORY: Source:. L. 83: Entire section added, p. 903, § 2, effective July 1.L. 96:
Entire section amended, p. 737, § 9, effective July 1.
24-31-107. Applications for licenses – authority to suspend
licenses – rules
(1) Every application by an individual for a license issued by the department of law
or any authorized agent of such department shall require the applicant's name,
address, and social security number.
(2) The department of law or any authorized agent of the department shall deny,
suspend, or revoke any license pursuant to the provisions of section 26-13-126, C.R.S.,
and any rules promulgated in furtherance thereof, if the department or agent thereof
receives a notice to deny, suspend, or revoke from the state child support enforcement
agency because the licensee or applicant is out of compliance with a court or
administrative order for current child support, child support debt, retroactive child
support, child support arrearages, or child support when combined with maintenance
or because the licensee or applicant has failed to comply with a properly issued
subpoena or warrant relating to a paternity or child support proceeding. Any such
denial, suspension, or revocation shall be in accordance with the procedures specified
by rule of the department of law, rules promulgated by the state board of human
services, and any memorandum of understanding entered into between the
department of law or an authorized agent thereof and the state child support
enforcement agency for the implementation of this section and section 26-13-126,
C.R.S.
A-40
Return to Table of Contents
(3) (a) The department of law shall enter into a memorandum of understanding
with the state child support enforcement agency, which memorandum shall
identify the relative responsibilities of the department of law and the state
child support enforcement agency in the department of human services with
respect to the implementation of this section and section 26-13-126, C.R.S.
(b) The appropriate rule-making body of the department of law is authorized
to promulgate rules to implement the provisions of this section.
(4) For purposes of this section, "license" means any recognition, authority, or
permission that the department of law or any authorized agent of such department is
authorized by law to issue for an individual to practice a profession or occupation or
for an individual to participate in any recreational activity. "License" may include, but
is not necessarily limited to, any license, certificate, certification, letter of
authorization, or registration issued for an individual to practice a profession or
occupation or for an individual to participate in any recreational activity.
Source: L. 97: Entire section added, p. 1279, § 21, effective July 1.
Editor's note: Section 51(2) of chapter 236, Session Laws of Colorado 1997, provides
that the act enacting this section applies to all orders whether entered on, before, or
after July 1, 1997.
A-41
Return to Table of Contents
TITLE 24 – Government – State
ARTICLE 31 – Department of Law
PART 3 – Peace Officer Standards and Training
Cross references: For the legislative declaration contained in the 1992 act
enacting this part 3, see section 12 of chapter 167, Session Laws of Colorado 1992.
24-31-301. Definitions.
As used in this part 3, unless the context otherwise requires:
(1) "Applicant" means any person seeking certification to serve as a peace officer
or a reserve peace officer.
(1.5) "Basic training" means the basic law enforcement training received by a
peace officer at any approved law enforcement training academy.
(2) "Certification" means the issuance to an applicant of a signed instrument
evidencing that such applicant has met the requirements imposed by this part 3
and the POST board. Certification includes "basic certification" and "provisional
certification" that shall be issued to peace officers, "reserve certification" that shall
be issued to reserve peace officers, and such additional certifications as the board
may approve for peace officers.
(3) (Deleted by amendment, L. 94, p. 1725, § 3, effective May 31, 1994.)
(3.5) Repealed.
(4) "Local government representative" means a member of a board of county
commissioners, member of a city or town council or board of trustees, or mayor of a
city or town or city and county.
(5) "Peace officer" means any person described in section 16-2.5-101, C.R.S., and
who has not been convicted of a felony or convicted on or after July 1, 2001, of any
misdemeanor as described in section 24-31-305 (1.5), or released or discharged from
the armed forces of the United States under dishonorable conditions.
(5.5) "Reserve peace officer" means any person described in section 16-2.5-110,
C.R.S., and who has not been convicted of a felony or convicted on or after July 1,
2001, of any misdemeanor as described in section 24-31-305 (1.5), or released or
discharged from the armed forces of the United States under dishonorable
conditions.
A-42
Return to Table of Contents
(6) "Training academy" means any school approved by the POST board where
peace officers and reserve peace officers receive instruction and training.
(7) "Training program" means a course of instruction approved by the POST
board for peace officer or reserve peace officer certification and other peace officer
training programs.
Source:. L. 92: Entire part added, p. 1091, § 3, effective March 6. L. 94: Entire
section amended, p. 1725, § 3, effective May 31. L. 96: (5) amended, pp. 1349, 1477,
§ § 1, 42, effective June 1. L. 98: (2) and (5) amended, p. 749, § 1, effective May 22.
L. 2003: (5) and (5.5) amended, p. 1619, § 29, effective August 6. L. 2005: (2), (5),
(5.5), and (7) amended and (3.5) added, p. 112, § 1, effective August 8. L. 2012: (2)
amended and (3.5) repealed, (HB 12-1163), ch. 50, p. 182, § 1, effective August 8.
Cross references: For elections, see title 1; for peace officers and firefighters, see
article 5 of title 29; for state engineer, see article 80 of title 37; for state chemist, see
part 4 of article 1 of title 25; for offenses against government, see article 8 of title
18; for the "Uniform Records Retention Act", see article 17 of title 6.
Cross references: For statutory provisions relating to the other principal
departments of state government, see article 1 of title 8 (department of labor and
employment); article 1 of title 17 (department of corrections); part 1 of article 2 of
title 22 (department of education); article 1 of title 23 (department of higher
education); article 21 of this title (department of state); part 1 of article 50 of this
title (department of personnel); part 1 of article 1 of title 25 (department of public
health and environment); article 1 of title 25.5 (department of health care policy
and financing); article 1 of title 26 (department of human services); part 1 of article
1 of title 27 (department of human services); title 28 (department of military and
veterans affairs); article 1 of title 35 (department of agriculture); and part 1 of
article 1 of title 43 (department of transportation).
Cross references: For the legislative declaration contained in the 1992 act
enacting this part 3, see section 12 of chapter 167, Session Laws of Colorado 1992.
24-31-302. Creation of board.
(1) There is hereby created, within the department of law, the peace officers
standards and training board, referred to in this part 3 as the "POST board.”
(2) The POST board shall exercise its powers and perform its duties and
functions under the department of law as if transferred to the department by a type
2 transfer, as such transfer is defined in the "Administrative Organization Act of
1968", article 1 of this title.
A-43
Return to Table of Contents
(3) The POST board shall consist of twenty members. The chairperson of the
POST board shall be the attorney general, and the board shall annually elect from
its members a vice-chairperson. The other members shall be the special agent in
charge of the Denver division of the federal bureau of investigation, the executive
director of the department of public safety, one local government representative, six
active chiefs of police from municipalities of this state or state institutions of higher
education, six active sheriffs from counties of this state, three active peace officers
with a rank of sergeant or below, and one lay member. The governor shall appoint
the chiefs of police, sheriffs, peace officers, the lay member, and the local
government representative as members of the board for terms of three years per
appointment. If any chief of police, sheriff, peace officer, lay member, or local
government representative vacates such office during the term for which appointed
to the POST board, a vacancy on the board shall exist. Any vacancy shall be filled
by appointment by the governor for the unexpired term.
(4) The members of the POST board shall receive no compensation for their
services but may be reimbursed for actual and necessary expenses incurred in the
performance of their official duties.
Source:. L. 92: Entire part added, p. 1093, § 3, effective March 6. L. 94: (1) and (3)
amended and (4) added, p. 1727, § 4, effective May 31. L. 2003: (3) amended, p.
1715, § 1, effective May 14. L. 2008: (3) amended, p. 89, § 12, effective March 18.
ANNOTATION
Denver deputy sheriffs are peace officers within definition of "peace officer,
level I", in § 18-1-901. Fraternal Order, No. 27 v. Denver, 914 P.2d 483 (Colo. App.
1995).
For purposes of the reference to § 18-1-901(3)(l)(I) made in subsection (5) of
this section, the certification requirement does not constitute a part of that
definition. Fraternal Order, No. 27 v. Denver, 914 P.2d 483 (Colo. App. 1995).
Because the constitution grants Denver the power to control the
qualifications, as well as the powers, duties, and terms or tenure, of its
deputy sheriffs, it necessarily follows that the POST Act is in conflict with the
constitution to the extent that it purports to require Denver deputy sheriffs to be
certified by the POST board. Fraternal Order, No. 27 v. Denver, 914 P.2d 483 (Colo.
App. 1995).
24-31-303. Duties - powers of the P.O.S.T. board
(1) The P.O.S.T. board has the following duties:
(a) To approve and to revoke the approval of training programs and
A-44
Return to Table of Contents
training academies, and to establish reasonable standards pertaining to such
approval and revocation;
(b) To conduct periodic evaluations of training programs and inspections
of training academies;
(c) To establish procedures for determining whether or not an applicant
has met the standards which have been set;
(d) To certify qualified applicants and withhold, suspend, or revoke
certification;
(e) To certify inspectors of vehicle identification numbers and approve
training courses relating thereto;
(f) To require a background investigation of each applicant by means of
fingerprint checks through the Colorado bureau of investigation and the
federal bureau of investigation or such other means as the P.O.S.T. board
deems necessary for such investigation;
(g) To promulgate rules and regulations deemed necessary by such board
for the certification of applicants to serve as peace officers or reserve peace
officers in the state pursuant to the provisions of article 4 of this title;
(h) To establish standards for training in bail recovery practices;
(i) To promulgate rules and regulations that establish the criteria that
shall be applied in determining whether to recommend peace officer status
for a group or specific position as provided in section 16-2.5-201 (4), C.R.S.;
(j) To establish standards for training of school resource officers, as
described in section 24-31-312; and
(k) To establish training standards to prepare law enforcement officers to
recognize and address incidents of abuse and exploitation of at-risk elders, as
described in sections 18-6.5-102 (1) and (10), C.R.S.
(2) (a) The P.O.S.T. board may charge the following fees, the proceeds of
which may be used to support the certification of applicants pursuant to this
part 3:
(I) For the manuals or other materials that the board may publish
in connection with its functions, an amount not to exceed twenty
dollars per publication; and
A-45
Return to Table of Contents
(II) For the administration of certification and skills examinations,
an amount not to exceed one hundred twenty-five dollars per
examination per applicant.
(b) There is hereby created in the state treasury a P.O.S.T. board cash
fund. The fees collected pursuant to paragraph (a) of this subsection (2) and
pursuant to section 42-3-304 (24), C.R.S., shall be transmitted to the state
treasurer who shall credit such revenue to the P.O.S.T. board cash fund. It is
the intent of the general assembly that the fees collected shall cover all direct
and indirect costs incurred pursuant to this section. In accordance with
section 24-36-114, all interest derived from the deposit and investment of
moneys in the P.O.S.T. board cash fund shall be credited to the general fund.
All moneys in the P.O.S.T. board cash fund shall be subject to annual
appropriation by the general assembly and shall be used for the purposes set
forth in this subsection (2) and in section 24-31-310. At the end of any fiscal
year, all unexpended and unencumbered moneys in the P.O.S.T. board cash
fund shall remain in the fund and shall not revert to the general fund or any
other fund.
(3) The P.O.S.T. board may make grants to local governments or to any college or
university for the purpose of funding the training programs required by this section.
(4) (Deleted by amendment, L. 98, p. 749, § 2, effective May 22, 1998.)
(5) It is unlawful for any person to serve as a peace officer, as described in
section 16-2.5-102, C.R.S., or a reserve peace officer as defined in section 16-2.5-110,
C.R.S., in this state unless such person:
(a) Is certified pursuant to this part 3; and
(b) Has undergone both a physical and a psychological evaluation to
determine such person's fitness to serve as a peace officer or a reserve peace
officer. Such evaluations shall have been performed within one year prior to
the date of appointment by a physician and either a psychologist or
psychiatrist licensed by the state of Colorado.
(6) Repealed.
Source: L. 92: Entire part added, p. 1093, § 3, effective March 6.L. 94: (1) and (2)
amended, p. 1727, § 5, effective May 31.L. 96: (2)(a) and (3) amended and (4) and (5)
added, p. 1571, § 1, effective June 3.L. 98: (4) and IP(5) amended, p. 749, § 2,
effective May 22; (1)(h) added, p. 962, § 6, effective May 27.L. 2001: (2)(a)(II)
amended, p. 1449, § 1, effective July 1.L. 2002: (6) added, p. 840, § 3, effective May
30.L. 2003: (2)(b) amended, p. 2114, § 1, effective May 22; (1)(f) amended, p. 2184, §
A-46
Return to Table of Contents
2, effective June 3; IP(5) amended, p. 1622, § 39, effective August 6.L. 2004: (1)(i)
added, p. 1898, § 2, effective June 4.L. 2006: (2)(b) amended, p. 1500, § 34, effective
June 1.L. 2012: (1)(i) amended and (1)(j) added, (HB 12-1345), ch. 188, p. 746, § 31,
effective May 19; (1)(h) amended, (HB 12-1266), ch. 280, p. 1530, § 49, effective July
1.L. 2013: (1)(i) and (1)(j) amended and (1)(k) added, (SB 13-111), ch. 233, p. 1125, §
8, effective May 16.
Editor's note: Subsection (6)(b) provided for the repeal of subsection (6), effective
July 1, 2003. (See L. 2002, p. 840.)
Cross references: (1) For the legislative declaration stating the purpose of and the
provision directing legislative staff agencies to conduct a post-enactment review
pursuant to § 2-2-1201 scheduled in 2016, see sections 21 and 46 of chapter 188,
Session Laws of Colorado 2012. To obtain a copy of the review, once completed, view
Colorado Legislative Council's web site.
(2) For the legislative declaration in the 2013 act amending subsections (1)(i) and
(1)(j) and adding subsection (1)(k), see section 1 of chapter 233, Session Laws of
Colorado 2013.
24-31-304. Applicant for training – fingerprint-based criminal
history record check.
(1) For purposes of this section, "training academy" means a basic or reserve
peace officer training program approved by the POST board that is offered by a
training academy, community college, college, or university.
(2) A training academy shall not enroll as a student a person who has been
convicted of an offense that would result in the denial of certification pursuant to
section 24-31-305 (1.5).
(3) A person seeking to enroll in a training academy shall submit a set of
fingerprints to the training academy prior to enrolling in the academy. The training
academy shall forward the fingerprints to the Colorado bureau of investigation for
the purpose of obtaining a fingerprint-based criminal history record check. Upon
receipt of fingerprints and payment for the costs, the Colorado bureau of
investigation shall conduct a state and national fingerprint-based criminal history
record check utilizing records of the Colorado bureau of investigation and the
federal bureau of investigation. The POST board shall be the authorized agency to
receive information regarding the result of a national criminal history record check.
The POST board shall notify the training academy if the fingerprint-based criminal
history record check indicates that the person is prohibited from enrolling in the
training academy pursuant to subsection (2) of this section. The person seeking to
A-47
Return to Table of Contents
enroll in the training academy shall bear only the actual costs of the state and
national fingerprint-based criminal history record check.
(4) (a) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (2) of this section and
section 24- 31-305 (1.5) to the contrary, if the person anticipates that he or
she will be prohibited from enrolling in the training academy on the
grounds that the person has been convicted on or after July 1, 2001, of one
or more of the misdemeanors described in section 24-31- 305 (1.5), the
person may, at the time of applying for admission to the training academy,
notify the POST board of the conviction or convictions and request the POST
board to grant the person permission to enroll in the training academy.
(b) The POST board shall promulgate rules deemed necessary by the
board concerning the procedures for the granting of permission to enroll in a
training academy pursuant to this subsection (4). The POST board, in
promulgating the rules, shall take into consideration the procedures for
the granting of exemptions to denials of certification and the
withdrawal of denials of certification described in section 24-31-305 (1.6). The
POST board, in promulgating the rules, may specify that an applicant for
certification pursuant to section 24-31-305 need not submit a set of
fingerprints at the time of applying for the certification if the applicant
has already submitted a set of fingerprints pursuant to this section.
Source:. L. 92: Entire part added, p. 1094, § 3, effective March 6. L. 94: Entire
section amended, p. 1729, § 6, effective May 31. L. 96: Entire section amended, p.
1572, § 2, effective June 3. L. 2003: Entire section R&RE, p. 2183, § 1, effective
June 3.
24-31-305. Certification - issuance - renewal - revocation
(1) (a) Basic peace officer certification requirements shall include:
(I) Successful completion of a high school education or its equivalent;
(II) Successful completion of basic training approved by the P.O.S.T. board;
(III) Passage of examinations administered by the P.O.S.T. board; and
(IV) Current first aid and cardiopulmonary resuscitation certificates or
their equivalents.
(b) The training required for basic certification may be obtained through a
training program conducted by a training academy approved by the P.O.S.T.
board or completion of requirements of another state, federal, or tribal
A-48
Return to Table of Contents
jurisdiction having standards deemed at least equivalent to those established
pursuant to this part 3.
(c) Repealed.
(1.3) Reserve peace officer certification requirements shall include:
(a) Successful completion of a high school education or its equivalent;
(b) Successful completion of reserve training approved by the P.O.S.T.
board; and
(c) Current first aid and cardiopulmonary resuscitation certificates or
their equivalents.
(1.5) The P.O.S.T. board shall deny certification to any person who has been
convicted of:
(a) A felony;
(b) Any misdemeanor in violation of sections 18-3-204, 18-3-402, 18-3-404,
18-3-405.5, and 18-3-412.5, C.R.S.;
(c) Any misdemeanor in violation of sections 18-7-201, 18-7-202, 18-7-203,
18-7-204, 18-7-302, and 18-7-601, C.R.S.;
(d) Any misdemeanor in violation of any section of article 8 of title 18,
C.R.S.;
(e) Any misdemeanor in violation of sections 18-9-111 and 18-9-121,
C.R.S.;
(f) Any misdemeanor in violation of sections 18-18-404, 18-18-405, 18-18-
406, and 18-18-411, C.R.S.;
(g) Any misdemeanor in violation of section 18-6-403 (3) (b.5), C.R.S., as it
existed prior to July 1, 2006; or
(h) Any misdemeanor in violation of federal law or the law of any state
that is the equivalent of any of the offenses specified in paragraphs (a) to (g)
of this subsection (1.5).
(1.6) (a) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (1.5) of this section, if an
applicant anticipates prior to the denial of certification that he or she will be
A-49
Return to Table of Contents
denied certification on the ground that the applicant has been convicted on or
after July 1, 2001, of any misdemeanor or misdemeanors described in
subsection (1.5) of this section, the applicant or the chief law enforcement
officer of the agency, if any, employing such applicant may, at the time of the
application for certification, notify the P.O.S.T. board of such conviction or
convictions and request the board to grant the applicant an exemption from
denial of certification.
(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (1.5) of this section, if an
applicant is denied certification on the ground that the applicant has been
convicted on or after July 1, 2001, of any misdemeanor or misdemeanors
described in subsection (1.5) of this section, the applicant or the chief law
enforcement officer of the agency, if any, employing such applicant may,
within thirty days after the effective date of denial, request that the P.O.S.T.
board withdraw the denial of certification.
(c) The P.O.S.T. board shall promulgate rules and regulations deemed
necessary by the board concerning the procedures for the granting of
exemptions to denials of certification and the withdrawal of denials of
certification under this subsection (1.6).
(1.7) (a) Unless revoked, a basic certification or reserve certification issued
pursuant to this part 3 is valid as long as the certificate holder is
continuously serving as a peace officer or reserve peace officer.
(b) If a basic or reserve certificate holder has not served as a peace officer
or reserve peace officer for a total of at least six months during any
consecutive three-year period, the certification automatically expires at the
end of such three-year period, unless the certificate holder is then serving as
a peace officer or reserve peace officer.
(c) The P.O.S.T. board may promulgate rules for the renewal of
certification that expired pursuant to paragraph (b) of this subsection (1.7).
(2) (a) A certification issued pursuant to subsection (1) or (1.3) of this section
or section 24-31-308 shall be suspended or revoked by the P.O.S.T. board if
the certificate holder has been convicted of a felony at any time, or has been
convicted on or after July 1, 2001, of any misdemeanor or misdemeanors
described in subsection (1.5) of this section, or has otherwise failed to meet
the certification requirements established by the board.
(b) (I) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a) of this
subsection (2), if the certification of a certificate holder is revoked
pursuant to paragraph (a) of this subsection (2) on the ground that the
A-50
Return to Table of Contents
certificate holder has been convicted on or after July 1, 2001, of any
misdemeanor or misdemeanors described in subsection (1.5) of this
section, the certificate holder or the chief law enforcement officer of the
agency, if any, employing such certificate holder may, within thirty
days after the effective date of the revocation, request the P.O.S.T.
board to reinstate the certification.
(II) The P.O.S.T. board shall promulgate rules and regulations
deemed necessary by the board concerning the procedures for the
reinstatement of revocations of certification.
(3) Certification shall not vest tenure or related rights. The policies, if any, of the
employing agency shall govern such rights. Additional certification reflecting higher
levels of proficiency may, at the discretion of the employing agency, be required in
hiring, retaining, or promoting peace officers.
(4) The P.O.S.T. board may grant variances from the requirements of this section
to any individual, including any individual called to active duty by the armed forces
of the United States, if strict application thereof would result in practical difficulty
or unnecessary hardship and where the variance would not conflict with the basic
purposes and policies of this part 3. The P.O.S.T. board shall promulgate rules
regarding the procedure for applying for and granting variances pursuant to this
subsection (4).
Source: L. 92: Entire part added, p. 1094, § 3, effective March 6.L. 94: Entire
section amended, p. 1729, § 7, effective May 31.L. 96: Entire section amended, p.
1572, § 3, effective June 3.L. 98: (1.7)(a), (1.7)(b), and (2) amended and (4) added, p.
750, § 3, effective May 22.L. 2000: (1.7)(c) amended, p. 42, § 2, effective March 10.L.
2001: (1.5) and (2) amended and (1.6) added, p. 1449, § 2, effective July 1.L. 2005:
(1)(b), (1.5)(g), and (4) amended and (1)(c) and (1.5)(h) added, p. 113, § § 2, 3,
effective August 8.L. 2006: (1.5)(g) amended, p. 2044, § 5, effective July 1.L. 2012:
(1)(c) repealed, (HB 12-1163), ch. 50, p. 182, § 2, effective August 8.L. 2013: (1.5)(g)
amended, (HB 13-1166), ch. 59, p. 196, § 4, effective August 7.
ANNOTATION
Because the constitution grants Denver the power to control the
qualifications, as well as the powers, duties, and terms or tenure, of its
deputy sheriffs, it necessarily follows that the P.O.S.T Act is in conflict with the
constitution to the extent that it purports to require Denver deputy sheriffs to be
certified by the P.O.S.T. board. Fraternal Order, No. 27 v. Denver, 914 P.2d 483
(Colo. App. 1995).
Because the state's interest under the Peace Officers Standards and
Training Act was not sufficient to outweigh Denver's home rule authority,
A-51
Return to Table of Contents
the provisions of this section supersede the conflicting provisions of the P.O.S.T.
Act. Fraternal Order of Police, Lodge 27 v. Denver, 926 P.2d 582 (Colo. 1996).
The qualification and certification of Denver deputy sheriffs is a local
concern, specifically, where it was shown that there was no need for statewide
uniformity of training that would include Denver deputy sheriffs; that the
extraterritorial impact of Denver deputy sheriffs is, at best, de minimis; that
Denver deputy sheriffs do not substantially impact public safety beyond the
boundaries of Denver; and Denver's interest in the training and certification of its
deputy sheriffs is substantial and has direct textual support in the Colorado
Constitution and in case law precedent. Fraternal Order of Police, Lodge 27 v.
Denver, 926 P.2d 582 (Colo. 1996).
The holding regarding the training and certification under the P.O.S.T.
Act is limited to Denver deputy sheriffs since Colorado Constitution article XX,
§ 2, pertains only to the City and County of Denver. Fraternal Order of Police,
Lodge 27 v. Denver, 926 P.2d 582 (Colo. 1996).
24-31-306. Qualifications for peace officers. (Repealed)
Source:. L. 92: Entire part added, p. 1095, § 3, effective March 6.L. 94: (1) and (7)
amended, p. 1730, § 8, effective May 31. L. 96: (7.5) added, p. 1349, § 2, effective
June 1; (4), (5), (6), and (7) repealed and (8) added, p. 1574, § § 4, 5, effective June 3.
L. 98: (7.5)(c) and (9) added, p. 750, § § 4, 5, effective May 22.
Editor's note: Subsection (1)(b) provided for the repeal of subsection (1), effective
January 1, 1995. (See L. 94, p. 1730.) Subsection (2)(b) provided for the repeal of
subsection (2), effective January 1, 1995. (See L. 92, p. 1095.) Subsection (3)(b)
provided for the repeal of subsection (3), effective January 1, 1995. (See L. 92, p.
1095.) Subsection (8)(b) provided for the repeal of subsection (8), effective January
1, 1997. (See L. 96, p. 1574.) Subsection (7.5)(c) provided for the repeal of subsection
(7.5), effective January 1, 1999. (See L. 98, p. 750.) Subsection (9)(c) provided for the
repeal of subsection (9), effective January 1, 1999. (See L. 98, p. 750.)
24-31-307. Enforcement.
(1) The POST board shall have the power to direct the attorney general to enforce
the provisions of this part 3 through an action in district court for injunctive or other
appropriate relief against:
(a) Any individual undertaking or attempting to undertake any duties as a
peace officer or a reserve peace officer in this state in violation of this part 3;
and
(b) Any agency permitting any individual to undertake or attempt to
A-52
Return to Table of Contents
undertake any duties as a peace officer or a reserve peace officer in this state
under the auspices of such agency in violation of this part 3.
(2) The attorney general shall be entitled to recover reasonable attorney fees and
costs against the defendant in any enforcement action under this part 3, if the
attorney general prevails.
Source: L. 94: Entire section added, p. 1731, § 9, effective May 31.
24-31-308. Reciprocity – provisional certificate.
(1) The POST board is authorized to grant a provisional certificate to any person
who:
(a) Has been authorized to act as a peace officer in another state or federal
jurisdiction, excluding the armed forces, within the preceding three years and
has served as a certified law enforcement officer in good standing in such
other state or federal jurisdiction for more than one year;
(b) Passes the certification examination required pursuant to this part 3;
and
(c) Possesses current first aid and cardiopulmonary resuscitation
certificates or their equivalent.
(2) (a) The POST board is authorized to grant a basic certification to a person
who meets the criteria established for basic certification by rule of the POST
board.
(b) Any rule of the POST board establishing the criteria for basic
certification shall provide that a basic certification will be issued only after
an applicant has successfully demonstrated to the POST board a proficiency
in all skill areas as required by section 24-31-305.
(3) (a) A provisional certificate shall be valid for six months.
(b) Upon a showing of good cause, the POST board may renew a
provisional certificate once for a period not to exceed an additional six
months.
Source:. L. 98: Entire section added, p. 751, § 7, effective May 22. L. 2000: (1)(a)
and (2) amended, p. 43, § 3, effective March 10. L. 2012: (1)(a) amended, (HB 12-
1163), ch. 50, p. 182, § 3, effective August 8.
A-53
Return to Table of Contents
24-31-309. Profiling – officer identification – training.
(1) (a) The general assembly finds, determines, and declares that profiling is a
practice that presents a great danger to the fundamental principles of our
constitutional republic and is abhorrent and cannot be tolerated.
(b) The general assembly further finds and declares that motorists who have
been stopped by peace officers for no reason other than the color of their skin
or their apparent race, ethnicity, age, or gender are the victims of
discriminatory practices.
(c) The general assembly further finds and declares that Colorado peace
officers risk their lives every day. The people of Colorado greatly appreciate
the hard work and dedication of peace officers in protecting public safety. The
good name of these peace officers should not be tarnished by the actions of
those who commit discriminatory practices.
(d) It is therefore the intent of the general assembly in adopting this section
to provide a means of identification of peace officers who are engaging in
profiling, to underscore the accountability of those peace officers for their
actions, and to provide training to those peace officers on how to avoid profiling.
(2) For purposes of this section, "profiling" means the practice of detaining a
suspect based on race, ethnicity, age, or gender without the existence of any
individualized suspicion of the particular person being stopped.
(3) Any peace officer certified pursuant to this part 3 shall not engage in profiling.
(4) (a) A peace officer certified pursuant to this part 3 shall provide, without
being asked, his or her business card to any person whom the peace officer has
detained in a traffic stop, but has not cited or arrested. The business card shall
include identifying information about the peace officer including, but not
limited to, the peace officer's name, division, precinct, and badge or other
identification number and a telephone number that may be used, if
necessary, to report any comments, positive or negative, regarding the traffic
stop. The identity of the reporting person and the report of any such comments
that constitutes a complaint shall initially be kept confidential by the receiving
law enforcement agency, to the extent permitted by law. The receiving law
enforcement agency shall be permitted to obtain some identifying information
regarding the complaint to allow initial processing of the complaint. If it
becomes necessary for the further processing of the complaint for the
complainant to disclose his or her identity, the complainant shall do so or, at
A-54
Return to Table of Contents
the option of the receiving law enforcement agency, the complaint may be
dismissed.
(b) The provisions of paragraph (a) of this subsection (4) shall not apply to
authorized undercover operations conducted by any law enforcement agency.
(c) Each law enforcement agency in the state shall compile on at least an
annual basis any information derived from telephone calls received due to the
distribution of business cards as described in paragraph (a) of this subsection
(4) and that allege profiling. The agency shall make such information available
to the public but shall not include the names of peace officers or the names of
persons alleging profiling in such information. The agency may also include in
such information the costs to the agency of complying with the provisions of
this subsection (4).
(5) The training provided for peace officers shall include an examination of the
patterns, practices, and protocols that result in profiling and prescribe patterns,
practices, and protocols that prevent profiling. On or before August 1, 2001, the POST
board shall certify the curriculum for such training.
(6) No later than six months after June 5, 2001, each law enforcement agency in
the state shall have written policies, procedures, and training in place that are
specifically designed to address profiling. Each peace officer employed by such law
enforcement agency shall receive such training. The written policies and procedures
shall be made available to the public for inspection during regular business hours.
Source: L. 2001: Entire section added, p. 934, § 2, effective June 5.
ANNOTATION
Law reviews. For article, "House Bill 1114: Eliminating Biased Policing", see 31
Colo. Law. 127 (July 2002).
24-31-310. Resources for the training of peace officers – peace
officers in rural jurisdictions – legislative declaration.
(1) The general assembly hereby finds and declares that Colorado peace officers
risk their lives every day in the normal course of their duties. On the roads and
highways and throughout the state, peace officers are expected to make quick and
difficult decisions that concern both public and officer safety. The general assembly
further finds and declares that good training is crucial for peace officers to make
decisions that are in the best interests of the health and safety of the citizens of
Colorado. The general assembly recognizes that the POST board oversees peace
officer training programs and that in the past the state has provided funding for
A-55
Return to Table of Contents
such training programs. The general assembly further recognizes that the state has
not provided funding for peace officer training programs since 1992, and that the
lack of state funding has had a significant impact on the training of peace officers in
the state. Therefore, it is the intent of this section to reimplement state funding for
peace officer training programs and to enable the POST board to provide
substantial training for peace officers who serve the citizens of Colorado.
(2) The moneys collected and transferred to the POST board cash fund pursuant
to section 42-3-304 (24), C.R.S., shall be used to provide training programs for peace
officers, especially peace officers in rural and smaller jurisdictions that have limited
resources due to the size or location of such jurisdictions. The moneys shall be used
and distributed pursuant to subsection (3) of this section.
(3) The moneys collected and transferred to the POST board cash fund pursuant
to section 42-3-304 (24), C.R.S., shall be used and distributed as determined by the
POST board. The moneys in the fund shall be used to pay the salary and benefits of
any employee hired by the department of law in order to administer the peace
officer training programs and to cover any other costs incurred by the POST board
in connection with such programs. Under no circumstance shall general fund
moneys be used to cover such costs incurred by the department of law or the POST
board.
Source:. L. 2003: Entire section added, p. 2114, § 2, effective May 22 .L. 2006: (2)
and (3) amended, p. 1500, § 35, effective June 1.
24-31-311. DNA evidence – collection – retention.
(1) The training provided for peace officers shall include proper collection and
retention techniques, practices, and protocols for evidence that may contain
biological or DNA evidence. On or before August 1, 2009, the POST board shall
certify the curriculum for the training. After August 1, 2009, the training shall be
provided to persons who enroll in a training academy for basic peace officer training
and to all peace officers described in section 16-2.5-101, C.R.S., who are certified by
the POST board pursuant to this part 3 prior to August 1, 2009.
(2) The POST board may develop a specialized certification program that
concentrates on the proper techniques, practices, and protocols for evidence
collection with emphasis on evidence that may contain biological or DNA evidence.
Source: L. 2008: Entire section added, p. 848, § 4, effective May 14.
Cross references: For the legislative declaration contained in the 2008 act
enacting this section, see section 1 of chapter 223, Session Laws of Colorado 2008.
A-56
Return to Table of Contents
24-31-312. School resource officer training
(1) On or before January 1, 2014, the POST board shall identify a school
resource officer training curriculum to prepare peace officers.
(2) To the extent practicable, the training curriculum described in subsection (1)
of this section shall incorporate the suggestions of relevant stakeholders and
advocates.
(3) (a) In assigning peace officers to serve as school resource officers pursuant
to section 22-32-146, C.R.S., each law enforcement agency is encouraged to
ensure that such peace officers have successfully completed the school
resource officer training curriculum described in subsection (1) of this
section, or will complete said training within six months after beginning the
assignment.
(b) On and after January 1, 2015, each county sheriff and each municipal
law enforcement agency of the state shall employ at least one peace officer
who has successfully completed the training curriculum described in
subsection (1) of this section.
(4) For the purposes of section 22-32-146, C.R.S., the training curriculum
provided pursuant to subsection (1) of this section shall include a means of
recognizing and identifying peace officers who successfully complete the training
curriculum.
(5) In providing the training curriculum described in subsection (1) of this
section, the POST board may include provisions to allow for the awarding of credit
to a peace officer who has successfully completed a school resource officer
certification curriculum offered by one or more public or private entities, which
entities shall be identified by the POST board.
(6) The POST board may charge a fee to each peace officer who enrolls in the
training curriculum described in subsection (1) of this section. The amount of the fee
shall not exceed the direct and indirect costs incurred by the POST board in
providing the curriculum.
HISTORY: Source: L. 2012: Entire section added, (HB 12-1345), ch. 188, p. 746, §
32, effective May 19.
Cross references: For the legislative declaration stating the purpose of and the
provision directing legislative staff agencies to conduct a post-enactment review
pursuant to § 2-2-1201 scheduled in 2016, see sections 21 and 46 of chapter 188,
Session Laws of Colorado 2012. To obtain a copy of the review, once completed, view
Colorado Legislative Council's web site.
A-57
Return to Table of Contents
24-31-313. Training concerning abuse and exploitation of at-risk
elders
(1) On or before January 1, 2014, the P.O.S.T. board shall create and implement
a training curriculum to prepare peace officers to recognize and address incidents of
abuse and exploitation of at-risk elders, as described in sections 18-6.5-102 (1) and
(10), C.R.S.
(2) On and after January 1, 2015, each county sheriff and each municipal law
enforcement agency of the state shall employ at least one peace officer who has
successfully completed the training curriculum described in subsection (1) of this
section.
(3) The training curriculum provided pursuant to subsection (1) of this section
shall include a means of recognizing and identifying peace officers who successfully
complete the training curriculum.
(4) In providing the training curriculum described in subsection (1) of this
section, the P.O.S.T. board may include provisions to allow for the awarding of
credit to a peace officer who has successfully completed a similar training
curriculum offered by one or more public or private entities, which entities shall be
identified by the P.O.S.T. board.
(5) The P.O.S.T. board may charge a fee to each peace officer who enrolls in the
training curriculum described in subsection (1) of this section. The amount of the fee
shall not exceed the direct and indirect costs incurred by the P.O.S.T. board in
providing the curriculum.
Source: L. 2013: Entire section added, (SB 13-111), ch. 233, p. 1126, § 9, effective
May 16.
Cross references: For the legislative declaration in the 2013 act adding this
section, see section 1 of chapter 233, Session Laws of Colorado 2013.
24-31-314. Advanced roadside impaired driving enforcement
training
(1) On and after October 1, 2013, the P.O.S.T. board is encouraged to include
advanced roadside impaired driving enforcement training in the curriculum for
persons who enroll in a training academy for basic peace officer training.
(2) Subject to the availability of sufficient moneys, the P.O.S.T. board shall
arrange to provide training in advanced roadside impaired driving enforcement to
A-58
Return to Table of Contents
drug recognition experts who will act as trainers in advanced roadside impaired
driving enforcement for all peace officers described in section 16-2.5-101, C.R.S.
Source: L. 2013: Entire section added, (SB 13-283), ch. 332, p. 1892, § 8, effective
May 28.
A-59
Return to Table of Contents
TITLE 24 – Government – State
ARTICLE 76.5 – Restrictions on Public Benefits
24-76.5-101. Legislative declaration.
It is the public policy of the state of Colorado that all persons eighteen years of age
or older shall provide proof that they are lawfully present in the United States prior
to receipt of certain public benefits.
Source: L. 2006, 1st Ex. Sess.: Entire article added, p. 40, § 1, effective July 31.
Cross references: For elections, see title 1; for peace officers and firefighters, see
article 5 of title 29; for state engineer, see article 80 of title 37; for state chemist, see
part 4 of article 1 of title 25; for offenses against government, see article 8 of title
18; for the "Uniform Records Retention Act", see article 17 of title 6.
Law reviews: For article, "2006 Immigration Legislation in Colorado", see 35 Colo.
Law. 79 (October 2006).
24-76.5-102. Definitions.
As used in this article, unless the context otherwise requires:
(1) "Emergency medical condition" shall have the same meaning as provided in
42 U.S.C. sec. 1396b (v) (3).
(2) "Federal public benefits" shall have the same meaning as provided in 8
U.S.C. sec. 1611.
(3) "State or local public benefits" shall have the same meaning as provided in 8
U.S.C. sec. 1621.
Source: L. 2006, 1st Ex. Sess.: Entire article added, p. 40, § 1, effective July 31.
24-76.5-103. Verification of lawful presence - exceptions -
reporting – rules
(1) Except as otherwise provided in subsection (3) of this section or where
exempted by federal law, on and after August 1, 2006, each agency or political
subdivision of the state shall verify the lawful presence in the United States of each
natural person eighteen years of age or older who applies for state or local public
benefits or for federal public benefits for the applicant.
A-60
Return to Table of Contents
(2) This section shall be enforced without regard to race, religion, gender,
ethnicity, or national origin.
(3) Verification of lawful presence in the United States shall not be required:
(a) For any purpose for which lawful presence in the United States is not
required by law, ordinance, or rule;
(b) For obtaining health care items and services that are necessary for the
treatment of an emergency medical condition of the person involved and are
not related to an organ transplant procedure;
(c) For short-term, noncash, in-kind emergency disaster relief;
(d) For public health assistance for immunizations with respect to
immunizable diseases and for testing and treatment of symptoms of
communicable diseases whether or not such symptoms are caused by a
communicable disease;
(e) For programs, services, or assistance, such as soup kitchens, crisis
counseling and intervention, and short-term shelter specified by federal law
or regulation that:
(I) Deliver in-kind services at the community level, including services
through public or private nonprofit agencies;
(II) Do not condition the provision of assistance, the amount of assistance
provided, or the cost of assistance provided on the individual recipient's
income or resources; and
(III) Are necessary for the protection of life or safety; (f) For pregnant
women;
(g) For individuals over the age of eighteen years and under the age of
nineteen years who continue to be eligible for medical assistance programs
after their eighteenth birthday;
(h) For renewing an educator license pursuant to article 60.5 of title 22,
C.R.S.; or
(i) For receipt of educational services or benefits from institutions of
higher education, except as may be limited pursuant to section 23-7-110,
C.R.S., including participation in the college opportunity fund program
pursuant to part 2 of article 18 of title 23, C.R.S., college savings plans
A-61
Return to Table of Contents
pursuant to section 23-3.1-301, C.R.S., and any other financial benefit of the
institution of higher education relating to attendance at the institution of
higher education.
(4) An agency or a political subdivision shall verify the lawful presence in the
United States of each applicant eighteen years of age or older for federal public
benefits or state or local public benefits by requiring the applicant to:
(a) Produce:
(I) A valid Colorado driver's license or a Colorado identification
card issued under article 2 of title 42, C.R.S., unless the applicant
holds a license or card issued under part 5 of article 2 of title 42,
C.R.S.; or
(II) A United States military card or a military dependent's
identification card; or
(III) A United States Coast Guard Merchant Mariner card; or
(IV) A Native American tribal document; and
(b) Execute an affidavit stating:
(I) That he or she is a United States citizen or legal permanent
resident; or
(II) That he or she is otherwise lawfully present in the United States
pursuant to federal law.
(4.5) Notwithstanding the requirements of subsection (4) of this section, an
institution of higher education may accept a tuition classification certification form
signed by an authorized United States military education services official as
evidence of an applicant's lawful presence in the United States.
(5) (a) Notwithstanding the requirements of paragraph (a) of subsection (4) of
this section, the executive director of the department of revenue shall
promulgate rules providing for additional forms of identification recognized
by the federal government to prove lawful presence and a waiver process to
ensure that an individual seeking benefits pursuant to this section proves
lawful presence in the United States. The rules are necessary to ensure that
certain individuals lawfully present in the United States receive authorized
benefits, including but not limited to homeless state citizens.
A-62
Return to Table of Contents
(b) (Deleted by amendment, L. 2007, p. 24, § 1, effective March 1, 2007.)
(c) Repealed.
(6) A person who knowingly makes a false, fictitious, or fraudulent statement or
representation in an affidavit executed pursuant to subsection (4) of this section
shall be guilty of a violation of section 18-8-503, C.R.S. It shall constitute a separate
violation of section 18-8-503, C.R.S., each time that a person receives a public
benefit based upon such a statement or representation.
(7) For an applicant who has executed an affidavit stating that he or she is an
alien lawfully present in the United States, verification of lawful presence for
federal public benefits or state or local public benefits shall be made through the
federal systematic alien verification of entitlement program, referred to in this
section as the "SAVE program", operated by the United States department of
homeland security or a successor program designated by the United States
department of homeland security. Until such verification of lawful presence is
made, the affidavit may be presumed to be proof of lawful presence for purposes of
this section.
(8) Agencies or political subdivisions of this state may adopt variations of the
requirements of paragraph (b) of subsection (4) of this section to improve efficiency
or reduce delay in the verification process or to provide for adjudication of unique
individual circumstances in which the verification procedures in this section would
impose unusual hardship on a legal resident of the state; except that the variations
shall be no less stringent than the requirements of this section.
(9) It shall be unlawful for an agency or a political subdivision of this state to
provide a federal public benefit or a state or local public benefit in violation of this
section. On or before January 15, 2009, and on or before January 15 each year
thereafter, each state agency or department that administers a program that
provides state or local public benefits shall provide a report with respect to its
compliance with this section to the state, veterans, and military affairs committees
of the senate and house of representatives, or any successor committees.
(10) Errors and significant delays by the SAVE program shall be reported to the
United States department of homeland security and to the secretary of state, both of
which monitor the SAVE program and its verification application errors and
significant delays and report yearly on such errors and delays, to ensure that the
application of the SAVE program is not wrongfully denying benefits to legal
residents of the state.
(11) If any provision of this section or the application thereof to any person or
circumstance is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect other provisions or
A-63
Return to Table of Contents
applications of the section that can be given effect without the invalid provision or
application, and to this end the provisions of this section are declared to be
severable.
Source: L. 2006, 1st Ex. Sess.: Entire article added, p. 41, § 1, effective July 31.L.
2007: (5) amended, p. 24, § 1, effective March 1; (3)(e)(III) and (3)(f) amended and
(3)(g) added, p. 1494, § 7, effective July 1; (4.5) added, p. 1621, § 2, effective July
1.L. 2008: (9) amended, p. 1269, § 7, effective August 5.L. 2011: (3)(f) and (3)(g)
amended and (3)(h) added, (HB 11-1201), ch. 139, p. 484, § 4, effective May 4.L.
2013: (3)(g) and (3)(h) amended and (3)(i) added, (SB 13-033), ch. 156, p. 505, § 2,
effective April 29; (4)(a)(I) amended, (SB 13-251), ch. 402, p. 2355, § 6, effective
August 7.
Editor's note: (1) Subsection (5)(c)(II) provided for the repeal of subsection (5)(c),
effective July 1, 2007. (See L. 2007, p. 24.)
(2) Section 19 of chapter 402, Session Laws of Colorado 2013, provides that the act
amending subsection (4)(a)(I) applies to applications submitted on or after August 1,
2014.
Cross references: (1) For the legislative declaration contained in the 2007 act
amending subsections (3)(e)(III) and (3)(f) and enacting subsection (3)(g), see section
1 of chapter 347, Session Laws of Colorado 2007.
(2) For the legislative declaration in the 2013 act amending subsections (3)(g) and
(3)(h) and adding subsection (3)(i), see section 3 of chapter 156, Session Laws of
Colorado 2013.
A-64
Return to Table of Contents
A-65
Return to Table of Contents
TITLE 26 – Human Services Code
ARTICLE 13 – Child Support Enforcement Act
26-13-126. Authority to deny, suspend, or revoke
professional, occupational, and recreational licenses.
(1) The state board of human services is authorized, in coordination with any
state agency, board, or commission that is authorized by law to issue, revoke, deny,
terminate, or suspend a professional, occupational, or recreational license, to
promulgate rules for the suspension, revocation, or denial of professional,
occupational, and recreational licenses of individuals who owe more than six
months' gross dollar amount of child support and who are paying less than fifty
percent of their current monthly child support obligation each month, or those
individuals who fail, after receiving proper notice, to comply with subpoenas or
warrants relating to paternity or child support proceedings.
(2) (a) To effectuate the purposes of this section, the executive director of the
state department may request the denial, suspension, or revocation of any
professional, occupational, or recreational license issued by a state agency,
board, or commission, referred to in this section as the "licensing agency".
Upon such request, the state child support enforcement agency shall send a
notice to the obligor by first class mail stating that the obligor has thirty days
after the date of the notice within which to pay the past-due obligation, to
negotiate a payment plan with the state child support enforcement agency, to
request an administrative hearing with the delegate child support
enforcement unit, or to comply with the warrant or subpoena. If the obligor
fails to pay the past-due obligation, negotiate a payment plan, request an
administrative hearing, or comply with the warrant or subpoena within
thirty days after the date of the notice, the state child support enforcement
agency shall send a notice to the licensing agency to deny, revoke, or suspend
the professional, occupational, or recreational license of the individual
identified as not in compliance with the court or administrative order for
current child support, child support debt, retroactive child support, child
support arrearages, or child support when combined with maintenance or of
the individual who failed, after receiving appropriate notice, to comply with
subpoenas or warrants relating to paternity or child support proceedings.
(b) The rules promulgated to implement this section shall provide that, if
it is the first time the procedures authorized by this section have been
employed to enforce support against the obligor, the state child support
enforcement agency may only issue a notice to the licensing agency to
suspend or to deny such obligor's license. However, the rules shall also
provide that, in second and subsequent circumstances in which the provisions
A-66
Return to Table of Contents
of this section are utilized to enforce support against the obligor, the state
child support enforcement agency shall be authorized to issue a notice to the
licensing agency to revoke an obligor's license, subject to full reapplication
procedures upon compliance as specified by the licensing agency.
(c) No later than thirty days after the date of the notice to the obligor, the
obligor may request in writing that the delegate child support enforcement
unit conduct an administrative review pursuant to the rules and regulations
developed by the state board to implement the provisions of this article.
(d) No later than thirty days after the date of the delegate child support
enforcement unit's decision, the obligor may request in writing an
administrative review from the state child support enforcement agency.
(e) The sole issues to be determined at the administrative review by both
the delegate child support enforcement unit and the state child support
enforcement agency shall be whether there is: A mistake in the identity of the
obligor; a disagreement concerning the amount of the child support debt, an
arrearage balance, retroactive support due, or the amount of the past-due
child support when combined with maintenance; a showing that all child
support payments were made when due; a showing that the individual has
complied with the subpoena or warrant; a showing that the individual was
not properly served with the subpoena or warrant; or a showing that there
was a technical defect with respect to the subpoena or warrant.
(f) The decision of the state child support enforcement agency shall be
final agency action and may be reviewed pursuant to section 24-4-106, C.R.S.
(g) A notice to the licensing agency pursuant to paragraph (a) of this
subsection (2) shall not be sent to the licensing agency unless the obligor has
failed to request a review within the time specified or until a hearing has
been concluded and all rights of review have been exhausted.
(h) Each licensing agency affected may promulgate rules, as necessary,
and procedures to implement the requirements of this section. Such licensing
agencies shall enter into memoranda of understanding, as necessary, with
the state child support enforcement agency with respect to the
implementation of this section. All due process hearings shall be
conducted by the state department rather than the licensing agency.
(i) Nothing in this section shall limit the ability of each licensing agency
to deny, suspend, or revoke a license on any other grounds provided by law.
(j) A licensing agency, or any person acting on its behalf, shall not be
A-67
Return to Table of Contents
liable for any actions taken to deny, suspend, or revoke the obligor's license
pursuant to this section.
(3) It is the intent of the general assembly that the same or similar conditions
placed upon the issuance and renewal of a state license to practice a profession or
occupation, as set forth in this section, should also be placed upon persons applying
to or licensed to practice law. The general assembly, however, recognizes the
practice of the Colorado Supreme Court in the licensure, registration, and discipline
of persons practicing law in this state. Specifically, the general assembly
acknowledges that in order to obtain a license to practice law in Colorado, a person
must verify that he or she is not delinquent with respect to a court-ordered
obligation to pay child support. In addition, the general assembly recognizes that
pursuant to the "Colorado Rules of Professional Conduct" a lawyer may be
disciplined, including by disbarment, for failing to pay child support.
(4) Subject to section 24-33-110 (1), C.R.S., for purposes of this section, "license"
means any recognition, authority, or permission that the state or any principal
department of the state or an agent of such department is authorized by law to
issue for an individual to practice a profession or occupation or for an individual to
participate in any recreational activity. "License" may include, but is not necessarily
limited to, any license, certificate, certification, letter of authorization, or
registration issued for an individual to practice a profession or occupation or for an
individual to participate in any recreational activity.
Source:. L. 97: Entire section added, p. 1300, § 43, effective July 1. L. 2004: (4)
amended, p. 1076, § 1, effective May 21.
Cross references: (1) For the legislative declaration contained in the 1997 act
enacting this section, see section 1 of chapter 236, Session Laws of Colorado 1997.
(2) For the "Colorado Rules of Professional Conduct", see the appendix to chapters
18 to 20 of the Colorado Rules of Civil Procedure.
A-68
Return to Table of Contents
A-69
Return to Table of Contents
TITLE 29 – Government – Local
ARTICLE 1 – Budget and Services
PART 2 – Intergovernmental Relationships
29-1-206. Law enforcement agreements.
(1) Any county in this state that shares a common border with a county in another
state, and any municipality located in such a bordering county of this state, may enter
into an agreement with the bordering county of the other state or with a municipality
located in the bordering county of the other state to provide for reciprocal law
enforcement between the entities. The agreement shall meet the requirements of
section 29-1-203 and shall include, but shall not be limited to, an additional
requirement that any person who is assigned to law enforcement duty in this state
pursuant to such intergovernmental agreement and section 29-5-104 (2) shall be
certified as a peace officer in the other state and shall apply to the peace officers
standards and training board created pursuant to section 24-31-302, C.R.S., for
recognition prior to an assignment in Colorado.
(2) Repealed.
Source:. L. 93: Entire section added, p. 245, § 1, effective March 31. L. 96: Entire
section amended, p. 1574, § 7, effective June 3. L. 2000: Entire section amended, p. 43,
§ 4, effective March 10. L. 2008: Entire section amended, p. 698, § 1, effective May 1.
Editor's note: Subsection (2)(b) provided for the repeal of subsection (2), effective
September 15, 2008. (See L. 2008, p. 698.)
A-70
Return to Table of Contents
A-71
Return to Table of Contents
TITLE 29 – Government – Local
ARTICLE 5 – Peace Officers and Firefighters
29-5-101. Peace officers must be residents – exception.
No sheriff, mayor of a city, or other person authorized by law to appoint special deputy
sheriffs, marshals, policemen, or other peace officers in the state to preserve the public
peace and prevent or quell public disturbances shall hereafter appoint as such special
deputy sheriff, marshal, policeman, or other peace officer any person who is not at the
time of the appointment a bona fide resident of the state of Colorado, and no person
shall assume or exercise the functions, powers, duties, or privileges incident and
belonging to the office of special deputy sheriff, marshal, policeman, or other peace
officer without having first received his appointment in writing from the lawfully
constituted authorities of the state. Notwithstanding the residency requirement stated
in this section, a person may be deputized or otherwise assigned to law enforcement
duty pursuant to section 29-5-104 (2) although such person is not a bona fide resident
of this state.
Source: L. 1891: p. 20, § 1.R.S. 08: § 4675.C. L. § 7954.CSA: C. 116, § 1.CRS 53: §
99-2-1.L. 64: p. 296, § 243. C.R.S. 1963: § 99-2-1.L. 93: Entire section amended, p.
245, § 2, effective March 31.
Cross references: For the description of peace officer in the criminal code, see § 16-
2.5-101.
29-5-102. Impersonating an officer – penalty. (Repealed)
Source: L. 1891: p. 21, § 3. R.S. 08: § 4677. C.L. § 7956. L. 29: p. 306, § 1. CSA:
C. 116, § 3. CRS 53: § 99-2-3. L. 63: p. 339, § 55. C.R.S. 1963: § 99-2-3. L. 64: p.
297, § 245. L. 2004: Entire section repealed, p. 1081, § 3, effective July 1.
29-5-103. Assignment of police officers or deputy sheriffs for
temporary duty.
The chief of police or person performing the functions thereof of any town, city, or city
and county or of any state institution of higher education employing peace officers in
accordance with article 7.5 of title 24, C.R.S., or the sheriff of any county may in his or
her discretion, upon request of the chief of police or person exercising the functions
thereof in any other town, city, or city and county or any other state institution of
higher education employing a peace officer in accordance with article 7.5 of title 24,
C.R.S., or the sheriff of any other county, assign police officers or deputies under his or
her control, together with any equipment he or she deems proper, to perform
temporary duty within the jurisdiction of the requesting chief of police or sheriff and
A-72
Return to Table of Contents
under the direction and command of the requesting chief of police or sheriff; but the
chief of police or sheriff assigning the officers or deputies may provide that the officers
or deputies shall be under the immediate command of a superior officer designated by
the assigning chief of police or sheriff, which superior officer shall be under the direct
supervision and command of the requesting chief of police or sheriff. Nothing
contained in this section or sections 29-5-104 to 29-5-110 shall be construed to limit
the power of any town, city, city and county, or state institution of higher education
employing peace officers in accordance with article 7.5 of title 24, C.R.S., to prohibit or
limit by ordinance the exercise by a chief of police or sheriff of the discretion granted
in sections 29-5-103 to 29-5-110.
Source: L. 63: p. 729, § 1. C.R.S. 1963: § 99-2-4.L. 2008: Entire section amended, p.
89, § 13, effective March 18.L. 2009: Entire section amended, (SB 09-097), ch. 110, p.
457, § 6, effective August 5.
ANNOTATION
When death of off-duty policeman within workmen's compensation
coverage. The death of an off-duty city police officer killed outside the city limits
while directing traffic in an emergency situation is compensable under the workmen's
compensation act. Conley v. Indus. Comm'n, 43 Colo. App. 10, 601 P.2d 648 (1979).
29-5-104. Request for temporary assignment of police officers
or deputy sheriffs – authority.
(1) The chief of police, or person performing the functions thereof, of any town, city,
or city and county or of a state institution of higher education employing a peace
officer in accordance with article 7.5 of title 24, C.R.S., and the sheriff of any county
may, when in his or her opinion the same is required to quell disturbances or riots or
in any other situation wherein he or she deems that an emergency exists within his or
her jurisdiction, request the chief of police or person performing the function thereof of
any other city, town, or city and county or at another state institution of higher
education employing peace officers in accordance with article 7.5 of title 24, C.R.S., or
the sheriff of any other county to assign officers or deputy sheriffs under their
respective commands to perform temporary duty within the jurisdiction of the
requesting chief of police or sheriff and under the direction and control of the
requesting chief of police or sheriff under the terms and conditions as shall be agreed
upon between the requesting and assigning chiefs of police or sheriffs. The officers or
deputy sheriffs shall, while so assigned and performing duties subject to the direction
and control of the requesting chief of police or sheriff, have the same power within the
jurisdiction of the requesting chief of police or sheriff as do regular officers or deputies,
as the case may be, of the requesting chief of police or sheriff.
(2) Where, under the provisions of section 29-1-206 (1), a county, municipality, or
A-73
Return to Table of Contents
state institution of higher education, in this state enters into an intergovernmental
agreement for reciprocal law enforcement with a bordering county or with a
municipality within a bordering county that is located in another state, the law
enforcement agency head of either county or municipality or of the state institution of
higher education may, pursuant to the provisions of the intergovernmental
agreement, request the law enforcement agency head of the other county or
municipality or state institution of higher education to assign deputy sheriffs or other
peace officers to perform law enforcement duties within the jurisdiction of the
requesting law enforcement agency head and under the terms and conditions as are
stated in the intergovernmental agreement. Prior to an assignment, the deputy
sheriffs or other peace officers shall obtain recognition as peace officers in this state as
provided for in section 29-1-206 (1). The deputy sheriffs or other peace officers shall,
while so assigned and performing duties subject to the direction and control of the
requesting law enforcement agency head, have the same power within the jurisdiction
of the requesting law enforcement agency head as do regular deputies or other peace
officers of the requesting law enforcement agency head.
(3) Repealed.
Source: L. 63: p. 730, § 2. C.R.S. 1963: § 99-2-5.L. 93: Entire section amended, p.
246, § 3, effective March 31.L. 96: (2) amended, p. 1574, § 8, effective June 3.L. 2000:
(2) amended, p. 44, § 5, effective March 10.L. 2008: Entire section amended, p. 90, §
14, effective March 18; (2) amended and (3) added, p. 699, § 2, effective May 1.L. 2009:
(1) amended, (SB 09-097), ch. 110, p. 457, § 7, effective August 5.
Editor's note: (1) Amendments to subsection (2) by House Bill 08-1106 and House
Bill 08-1347 were harmonized.
(2) Subsection (3)(b) provided for the repeal of subsection (3), effective September 15,
2008. (See L. 2008, p. 699.)
ANNOTATION
When death of off-duty policeman within workmen's compensation
coverage. The death of an off-duty city police officer killed outside the city limits
while directing traffic in an emergency situation is compensable under the workmen's
compensation act. Conley v. Indus. Comm'n, 43 Colo. App. 10, 601 P.2d 648 (1979).
29-5-106. Temporary assignment to labor dispute area.
Police or sheriffs' officers may be assigned to any duties provided for in sections 29-5-
103 and 29-5-104 in an area where there is a labor dispute so long as the situation or
incident for which such temporary assignment has been requested is not directly the
result of a labor dispute and does not involve those individuals participating in the
labor dispute. In a case where the temporary assignment of police or sheriffs' officers
A-74
Return to Table of Contents
is deemed necessary as the direct result of a labor dispute, such temporary
assignment may be made only after authorization by the governor or his designee.
HISTORY: Source: L. 63: p. 730, § 4. C.R.S. 1963: § 99-2-7.L. 89: Entire section
R&RE, p. 1267, § 1, effective April 23.
29-5-112. Dog interactions with local law enforcement officers -
training to be provided by local law enforcement agencies - policies
and procedures - scope - task force - creation - composition -
immunity - definitions - short title - legislative declaration.
(1) Short title. This section shall be known and may be cited as the "Dog Protection
Act".
(2) Legislative declaration. The general assembly finds, determines, and declares
that it is the policy of this state to prevent, whenever possible, the shooting of dogs by
local law enforcement officers in the course of performing their official duties. It is
therefore the intent of the general assembly in adopting this section to:
(a) Require training for officers of local law enforcement agencies on
differentiating between canine behaviors that indicate imminent danger of
attack to persons and benign behaviors commonly exhibited by dogs, such as
barking, that do not suggest or pose imminent danger of attack;
(b) Require local law enforcement agencies in the state to adopt policies and
procedures for use of lethal and nonlethal force against dogs, which policies and
procedures must:
(I) Emphasize alternative methods that may be employed when dogs
are encountered; and
(II) Allow a dog owner or animal control officer, whenever the owner
or an animal control officer is present and it is feasible, the opportunity
to control or remove a dog from the immediate area in order to permit a
local law enforcement officer to discharge his or her duties.
(3) Definitions. As used in this section:
(a) "Dog" means any canine animal owned for domestic, companionship,
service, therapeutic, assistance, sporting, working, ranching, or shepherding
purposes.
(b) "Dog owner" means a person owning, possessing, harboring, keeping,
A-75
Return to Table of Contents
having guardianship of, having financial or property interest in, or having
control or custody of, a dog.
(c) "Licensed veterinarian" means a person who is licensed pursuant to
article 64 of title 12, C.R.S., to practice veterinary medicine in this state.
(d) "Local law enforcement agency" means a municipal police department or
a county sheriff's office.
(e) "Local law enforcement officer" means any officer in a local law
enforcement agency. The term does not include an animal control officer, code
enforcement officer, or a deputy sheriff who is assigned exclusively to work in
jails, court security, or administration.
(4) Training required. (a) (I) Each local law enforcement agency is required to
provide to its officers training pertaining to encounters with dogs in the course of duty.
At a minimum, the training must cover the policies and procedures adopted by the
agency pursuant to subsection (6) of this section and assist officers in assessing what
dog posture, barking and other vocalizations, and facial expressions typically signify,
the options for distracting and escaping from a dog, options for safely capturing a dog,
and defensive options in dealing with a dog.
(II) Each local law enforcement agency in the state shall:
(A) Develop, by September 1, 2014, a training program
consistent with the requirements of this section and the minimum
training curricula developed by the dog protection task force
pursuant to subsection (5) of this section;
(B) Require its current local law enforcement officers to
complete the training program required by this subsection (4) by
January 1, 2015; and
(C) Require all local law enforcement officers hired on or after
January 1, 2015, to complete the training required by this
subsection (4) within each officer's first year of employment.
(b) (I) In establishing the training program required by this subsection
(4), a local law enforcement agency shall adopt or incorporate any
minimum training curricula developed by the dog protection task force
created in subsection (5) of this section.
(II) (A) The training program required by this subsection (4)
must be wholly or principally provided or overseen by either a
A-76
Return to Table of Contents
qualified animal behavior expert or licensed veterinarian. The
qualified animal behavior expert or licensed veterinarian
selected to provide the training must possess the minimum
qualifications specified by the dog protection task force
created in subsection (5) of this section.
(B) Nothing in sub-subparagraph (A) of this subparagraph (II)
requires live, in-person training be provided to local law
enforcement agencies by qualified animal behavior experts or
licensed veterinarians.
(III) In order to reduce the costs of providing the training program
required by this subsection (4), a local law enforcement agency may
develop its own web- or video-based training or utilize such training
developed by the dog protection task force under subparagraph (III) of
paragraph (d) of subsection (5) of this section, and local law enforcement
agencies are encouraged to seek qualified animal behavior experts or
licensed veterinarians who will volunteer to provide or participate in the
training.
(IV) A local law enforcement agency may collaborate with county
sheriffs of Colorado, incorporated, the Colorado association of chiefs of
police, the Colorado fraternal order of police, and the Colorado veterinary
medical association, as well as nonprofit organizations engaged in
animal welfare, to develop the training program required by this
subsection (4).
(c) (I) The training program required by this subsection (4) must
consist of a minimum of three hours of training for local law
enforcement officers.
(II) Nothing in this section prevents a local law enforcement agency
from implementing a training program or adopting policies and
procedures that exceed the minimum number of hours or other
requirements set forth in this section and by the dog protection task
force pursuant to subsection (5) of this section.
(5) Task force. (a) There is hereby created the dog protection task force.
(b) (I) The task force consists of the following nineteen members:
(A) Three licensed veterinarians appointed by the Colorado
veterinary medical association or its successor entity;
A-77
Return to Table of Contents
(B) Two representatives of the Colorado federation of animal
welfare agencies or its successor entity;
(C) One animal behaviorist or animal behavior expert
appointed by the Colorado federation of dog clubs or its successor
entity;
(D) Two representatives of the Colorado association of animal
control officers or its successor entity;
(E) Three sheriffs or deputy sheriffs representing county
sheriffs of Colorado, incorporated, or its successor entity, one of
whom must have at least two years of experience working in a K-9
unit and one of whom must work in a county with a population of
fewer than one hundred fifty thousand persons;
(F) Three representatives of the Colorado association of chiefs
of police or its successor entity, one of whom must have at least
two years of experience working in a K-9 unit and one of whom
must work in a municipality with a population of fewer than
twenty-five thousand persons;
(G) One representative of the Colorado fraternal order of police
or its successor entity;
(H) Three persons appointed by the Colorado bar association or
its successor entity, two of whom must be attorneys with expertise
and experience in animal law and dog shooting cases, and one of
whom must be a person, who need not be an attorney, who owns
or owned a dog shot by a local law enforcement officer; and
(I) One member, appointed by the Colorado veterinary medical
association, with expertise in canine behavior or other animal
behavior. Licensed veterinarians and attorneys are ineligible for
appointment under this sub-subparagraph (I).
(II) The entities responsible for appointing task force members shall
notify the Colorado veterinary medical association in writing of the
identity of their appointees prior to the first meeting of the task force
and upon any change in their appointees.
(III) Members of the task force shall not be compensated for, or
A-78
Return to Table of Contents
reimbursed for expenses incurred in, attending meetings of the task
force.
(IV) The following two members are co-chairs of the task force:
(A) One of the veterinarians appointed pursuant to sub-
subparagraph (A) of subparagraph (I) of this paragraph (b), which
co-chair shall be named by the Colorado veterinary medical
association; and
(B) One of the members appointed pursuant to either sub-
subparagraph (E) or (F) of subparagraph (I) of this paragraph (b),
as mutually agreed to by the appointing authorities.
(c) (I) The task force shall hold its first meeting no later than
September 1, 2013.
(II) (A) The task force shall meet as often as necessary to
complete the tasks described under paragraph (d) of this
subsection (5) on or before July 1, 2014.
(B) After July 1, 2014, and prior to January 31, 2015,the
task force shall meet as often as it deems necessary, but no
less frequently than once, to ensure that the curriculum,
guidelines, and web- or video-based training are implemented
and effective.
(III) The task force shall hold its meetings and staff those meetings in
a location offered for those purposes by one of the entities represented
with task force membership, with preference accorded for the principal
office of the Colorado veterinary medical association.
(d) By July 1, 2014, the task force shall:
(I) Develop minimum training curricula that a local law enforcement
agency must use to fulfill the training requirement of subparagraph (I) of
paragraph (a) of subsection (4) of this section;
(II) Specify the appropriate minimum qualifications, including
education, experience, or skills, that an animal behavior expert or
licensed veterinarian providing the training pursuant to subparagraph
(I) of paragraph (b) of subsection (4) of this section must possess; and
(III) Develop, using volunteered and donated resources to the greatest
A-79
Return to Table of Contents
extent possible, web- or video-based training that may be utilized by a
local law enforcement agency to fulfill the training requirement of
subsection (4) of this section.
(e) The task force shall not recommend that the training required under this
section be conducted by the peace officers standards and training board created
in part 3 of article 31 of title 24, C.R.S.
(f) The curricula, qualifications, and web- or video-based instruction
described in paragraph (d) of this subsection (5) must be readily accessible by
Colorado's local law enforcement agencies on one or more internet web sites
designated by the task force.
(g) The task force created by paragraph (a) of this subsection (5) is dissolved,
effective January 31, 2015.
(6) Policies and procedures. (a) (I) In addition to the training program developed
under subsection (4) of this section, not later than September 1, 2014, each local
law enforcement agency in the state shall adopt written policies and procedures
that are specifically designed to address encounters with dogs occurring in the
course of duty and the use of force against such dogs.
(II) At a minimum, the policies and procedures must address the
following:
(A) The identification and meaning of common canine
behaviors, and differentiating between dogs that are exhibiting
behavior that puts local law enforcement officers or other persons
in imminent danger and dogs who are not engaging in such
behavior;
(B) The alternatives to lethal use of force against dogs;
(C) The reasonable opportunity for a dog owner to control or
remove his or her dog from the immediate area. The policies and
procedures adopted in accordance with this sub-subparagraph (C)
must allow a local law enforcement officer to take into account the
officer's own safety and the safety of other persons in the area, the
availability of nonlethal equipment, the feasibility of so allowing a
dog owner to act considering the totality of the circumstances,
including the presence of an animal control officer or whether the
call is a location that is listed in the dangerous dog registry
created in section 35-42-115, C.R.S., or is a location at which
illegal narcotics are suspected to be manufactured or trafficked, or
A-80
Return to Table of Contents
any exigencies that may be present, such as when the local law
enforcement officer is responding to a call that asserts or suggests
that a person has been bitten by a dog or is in physical danger.
(b) Each local law enforcement agency shall make the written policies and
procedures available to the public for inspection in accordance with the
"Colorado Open Records Act", part 2 of article 72 of title 24, C.R.S.
(7) Immunity. All task force members, as volunteers, are immune from civil actions
and liabilities pursuant to section 13-21-115.5, C.R.S.
(8) Scope and effect. (a) This section applies only to local law enforcement agencies
and is not intended to affect, implicate, or abrogate the authority of the peace officers
standards and training board created in part 3 of article 31 of title 24, C.R.S.
(b) This section is not intended to apply to situations in which a dog is shot
accidentally, including when a local law enforcement officer intends to fire at a
person but inadvertently shoots a dog.
(c) Nothing in this section affects or abrogates the ability of any duly
authorized person to impound or euthanize a dog in accordance with section 18-
9-202.5, C.R.S., or in accordance with any resolution adopted pursuant to
section 30-15-101, C.R.S.
Source: L. 2013: Entire section added, (SB 13-226), ch. 208, p. 858, § 2, effective May
13.
Cross references: For the legislative declaration in the 2013 act adding this section,
see section 1 of chapter 208, Session Laws of Colorado 2013.
A-81
Return to Table of Contents
TITLE 30 – Government – County
ARTICLE 10 – County Officers
PART 5 – Sheriff
30-10-501.5. Qualifications.
(1) No person shall be eligible for nomination, election, or appointment to the
office of sheriff unless such person:
(a) Is a citizen of the United States, is a citizen of the state of Colorado,
and is a resident of the county to which the person is to be appointed or
elected;
(b) Possesses a high school diploma or its equivalent or a college degree;
(c) Has had a complete set of fingerprints taken by a qualified law
enforcement agency and submitted a receipt evidencing such fingerprinting
at the time of filing his or her written acceptance pursuant to section 1-4-601
(3), 1-4-906, or 1-4-1002 (5), C.R.S., or a candidate filing an affidavit of intent
pursuant to section 1-4-1101, C.R.S. Such law enforcement agency shall
forward the fingerprints to the Colorado bureau of investigation. The bureau
shall utilize such fingerprints, its files and records, and those of the federal
bureau of investigation for the purpose of determining whether the person
has ever been convicted of or pleaded guilty or entered a plea of nolo
contendere to any felony charge under federal or state laws. The Colorado
bureau of investigation shall notify the county clerk and recorder of the
county wherein the person is a candidate of the results of the fingerprint
analysis. In the event that a conviction or plea is disclosed, such person shall
be deemed unqualified for the office of sheriff, unless pardoned. The results
of such fingerprint analysis shall be confidential; except that the county clerk
and recorder may divulge whether such person is qualified or unqualified for
the office of sheriff.
Source:. L. 90: Entire section added, p. 1444, § 1, effective April 5; (1)(c) and IP(2)
amended, p. 303, § 4, effective June 8.L. 95: (1)(c) amended, p. 1106, § 46, effective
May 31.L. 97: Entire section R&RE, p. 925, § 1, effective May 21.
ANNOTATION
When the general assembly enacted the original sheriff training statute in
1990, § 30-10-101.5, it lacked authority to impose any qualifications on the
A-82
Return to Table of Contents
constitutionally created office of county sheriff. Jackson v. State, 966 P.2d
1046 (Colo. 1998).
Because the original sheriff training statute sought to impose
qualifications for the job of sheriff in the form of certification
requirements, it was unconstitutional. Jackson v. State, 966 P.2d 1046 (Colo.
1998).
The training and certification requirements contained in the reenacted
sheriff training statute passed by the general assembly in 1996 could not
be applied to county sheriffs during a term of office that began before the
effective date of the new requirements. Jackson v. State, 966 P.2d 1046 (Colo.
1998).
30-10-501.6. Training.
(1) Every person elected or appointed to the office of sheriff for the first time shall:
(a) Attend a minimum of eighty clock hours at a new sheriff training course
developed and facilitated either by the county sheriffs of Colorado,
incorporated, or any other training resource agency approved by the Colorado
peace officers standards and training board, the first time such training course
is given after the person's election or appointment. The Colorado peace officers
standards and training board shall have discretion to allow the substitution of
any combination of education, experience, and training deemed by the board
to be equivalent to such new sheriff training course.
(b) Obtain basic peace officer certification within one year of taking office.
An extension may be granted by the Colorado peace officers standards and
training board of up to one year to obtain such certification upon just cause
shown. The Colorado peace officers standards and training board shall issue
written findings of fact supporting such an extension.
(2) Every sheriff must possess basic peace officer certification and shall undergo at
least twenty clock hours of in-service training provided by the county sheriffs of
Colorado, incorporated, every year during such sheriff's term. The Colorado peace
officers standards and training board shall have discretion to waive in-service training
upon presentation of evidence by the sheriff demonstrating just cause for
noncompletion of such training. The Colorado peace officers standards and training
board shall have discretion to allow the substitution of any combination of education,
experience, and training deemed by the board to be equivalent to such in-service
training of at least twenty clock hours annually.
(3) The county shall only pay all reasonable costs and expenses of new sheriff and
in-service training.
A-83
Return to Table of Contents
Source: L. 97: Entire section added, p. 926, § 2, effective May 21.
30-10-501.7. Enforcement.
(1) In the event a sheriff fails to comply with the requirements set forth in section
30-10-501.6, such sheriff's pay must be suspended by the board of county
commissioners in accordance with subsection (2) of this section. Such sheriff's pay
shall be reinstated with back pay by the board of county commissioners upon
completion of said requirements in accordance with subsection (2) of this section.
(2) In any circumstances set forth in subsection (1) of this section, the Colorado
peace officers standards and training board shall notify the board of county
commissioners of the sheriff's failure to comply with the requirements of said
subsection (1) and that state law requires the county commissioners to immediately
suspend such sheriff's pay until the requirements of section 30-10-501.6 have been
complied with. After the sheriff's compliance with the provisions of section 30-10-
501.6, the Colorado peace officers standards and training board shall immediately
notify the board of county commissioners of the sheriff's compliance and that state law
requires the board of county commissioners to reinstate such sheriff's pay and provide
him or her any back pay.
Source: L. 97: Entire section added, p. 926, § 2, effective May 21.
A-84
Return to Table of Contents
A-85
Return to Table of Contents
TITLE 42 – Vehicles and Traffic
ARTICLE 1 – General and Administrative
PART 1 – Definitions and Citation
42-1-102. Definitions.
(6) "Authorized emergency vehicle" means such vehicles of the fire department,
police vehicles, ambulances, and other special-purpose vehicles as are publicly
owned and operated by or for a governmental agency to protect and preserve life
and property in accordance with state laws regulating emergency vehicles; said
term also means the following if equipped and operated as emergency vehicles in
the manner prescribed by state law:
(a) Privately owned vehicles as are designated by the state motor vehicle
licensing agency necessary to the preservation of life and property; or
(b) Privately owned tow trucks approved by the public utilities
commission to respond to vehicle emergencies.
A-86
Return to Table of Contents
A-87
Return to Table of Contents
TITLE 42 – Vehicles and Traffic
ARTICLE 3 – Registration, Taxation, and License Plates
PART 3 – Fees and Cash Funds
42-3-304. Registration fees – passenger and passenger-mile
taxes – clean screen fund – repeal
(24) In addition to any other fee imposed by this section, at the time of
registration, the owner shall pay a fee of sixty cents on every item of Class A, B, or
C personal property required to be registered pursuant to this article.
Notwithstanding the requirements of section 43-4-203, C.R.S., such fee shall be
transmitted to the state treasurer, who shall credit the same to the peace officers
standards and training board cash fund, created in section 24-31-303 (2) (b), C.R.S.;
except that county clerks and recorders shall be entitled to retain five percent of the
fee collected to cover the clerks' expenses in the collection and remittance of such
fee. All of the moneys in the fund that are collected pursuant to this subsection (24)
shall be used by the peace officers standards and training board for the purposes
specified in section 24-31-310, C.R.S.
Source:. L. 2005: (13) and (18)(d)(I) amended, p. 145, § 21, effective April 5; entire
article amended with relocations, p. 1136, § 2, effective August 8; (18)(c) amended,
p. 328, § 1, effective August 8.L. 2006: (10)(b) amended, p. 1511, § 71, effective June
1; (1)(c) amended, p. 1011, § 5, effective July 1; (19)(a)(I), (19)(a)(II), and (19)(d)
amended and (19)(a)(IV) added, p. 1030, § § 12, 11, effective July 1; (3)(g) and (3)(h)
added, p. 921, § 4, effective January 1, 2007.L. 2009: (1)(c) and (18)(d) amended, (SB
09-274), ch. 210, p. 955, § 8, effective May 1; (21) amended, (SB 09-002), ch. 277, p.
1242, § 1, effective May 19; (24) amended, (HB 09-1036), ch. 300, p. 1601, § 1,
effective July 1; (4), (5), and (6)(a) amended, (HB 09-1026), ch. 281, p. 1268, § 29,
effective October 1; (18)(d) amended, (HB 09-1026), ch. 281, p. 1268, § 30, effective
July 1, 2010.L. 2010: (18)(d)(I) amended, (HB 10-1387), ch. 205, p. 890, § 7, effective
May 5; (18)(d)(I) amended, (HB 10-1341), ch. 285, p. 1336, § 1, effective May 26; (2),
IP(9), IP(10)(a), (10)(b), (10)(c), (11), (14), and (17)(a) amended and (23) repealed,
(SB 10-212), ch. 412, pp. 2036, 2032, § 12, 1, effective July 1; (14) and (15) amended,
(HB 10-1172), ch. 320, p. 1491, § 11, effective October 1.L. 2011: IP(18)(d)(I)
amended, (HB 11-1182), ch. 124, p. 387, § 1, effective April 22; (1)(b)(II) repealed,
(HB 11-1004), ch. 136, p. 475, § 2, effective August 10; (12) amended, (HB 11-1198),
ch. 127, p. 425, § 24, effective August 10.L. 2012: (18)(d)(I) amended, (HB 12-1216),
ch. 80, p. 267, § 6, effective July 1; (19)(a)(I) amended and (19)(a)(IV) repealed, (SB
12-034), ch. 107, p. 362, § 1, effective August 8.
A-88
Return to Table of Contents
A-89
Return to Table of Contents
TITLE 42 – Vehicles and Traffic
ARTICLE 5 – Automobile Theft Law – Inspection of Motor
Vehicle Identification Numbers
PART 2 – Vehicle Identification Number Inspection
42-5-201. Definitions.
As used in this part 2, unless the context otherwise requires:
(1) "Bonded title vehicle" means a vehicle the owner of which has posted a bond for
title pursuant to the provisions of section 42-6-115.
(2) "Commercial vehicle" means any trailer as defined in section 42-1-102 (105),
truck as defined in section 42-1-102 (108), or truck tractor as defined in section 42-1-
102 (109).
(3) (Deleted by amendment, L. 2000, p. 1647, § 36, effective June 1, 2000.)
(4) "Homemade vehicle" means a vehicle which is constructed by a manufacturer
not licensed by the state of Colorado and which is not recognizable as a commercially
manufactured vehicle.
(5) "Inspector" means a duly constituted peace officer of a law enforcement agency
or other individual who has been certified pursuant to section 42-5-206 to inspect
vehicle identification numbers.
(6) "Law enforcement agency" means the Colorado state patrol or the agency of a
local government authorized to enforce the laws of the state of Colorado.
(7) "Local government" means a town, a city, a county, or a city and county.
(8) "Rebuilt vehicle" means a vehicle which has been assembled from parts of two
or more commercially manufactured vehicles or which has been altered in such a
manner that it is not readily recognizable as a commercially manufactured vehicle of a
given year. "Rebuilt vehicle" includes a street rod vehicle.
(9) "Reconstructed vehicle" means a vehicle constructed from two or more
commercially manufactured vehicles of the same type and year which has not been
altered and which is recognizable as a commercially manufactured vehicle of a given
year.
A-90
Return to Table of Contents
(10) "State" includes the territories and the federal districts of the United States.
(11) "Street rod vehicle" means a vehicle with a body design manufactured in 1948
or earlier or with a reproduction component that resembles a 1948 or earlier model
which has been modified for safe road use, including, but not limited to, modifications
of the drive train, suspension, and brake systems, modifications to the body through
the use of materials such as steel or fiber glass, and other safety or comfort features.
(12) "Vehicle" means a motor vehicle subject to the certificate of title provisions of
part 1 of article 6 of this title but does not include commercial vehicles as defined in
subsection (2) of this section.
(13) "Vehicle identification number" means any identifying number, serial number,
engine number, or other distinguishing number or mark, including letters, if any, that
is unique to the identity of a given vehicle or commercial vehicle or component part
thereof that was placed on a vehicle, commercial vehicle, or engine by its
manufacturer or by authority of the department of revenue under section 42-12-202 or
in accordance with the laws of another state or country.
Source:. L. 94: Entire title amended with relocations, p. 2445, § 1, effective January
1, 1995.L. 2000: (3) and (13) amended, p. 1647, § 36, effective June 1.L. 2010: (5)
amended, (HB 10-1096), ch. 240, p. 1051, § 1, effective August 11.L. 2011: (13)
amended, (SB 11-031), ch. 86, p. 247, § 15, effective August 10.
Editor's note: This title was numbered as numerous articles within chapter 13,
C.R.S. 1963. The provisions of this title were amended with relocations in 1994,
effective January 1, 1995, resulting in the addition, relocation, and elimination of
sections as well as subject matter. For amendments to this title prior to 1994, consult
the Colorado statutory research explanatory note and the table itemizing the
replacement volumes and supplements to the original volume of C.R.S. 1973
beginning on page vii in the front of this volume. Former C.R.S. section numbers are
shown in editor's notes following those sections that were relocated. For a detailed
comparison of this title, see the comparative tables located in the back of the index.
Cross references: For registration and use of snowmobiles, see article 14 of title 33;
for licensing and regulation of automobile dealers, see part 1 of article 6 of title 12; for
the antimonopoly financing law, see part 2 of article 6 of title 12; for the Sunday
closing law, see part 3 of article 6 of title 12; for the regulation of commercial driving
schools, see article 15 of title 12; for the provisions providing for the manufacture of
license plates and highway signs by state correctional facilities, see article 24 of title
17; for provisions relating to highway safety, see article 5 of title 43.
A-91
Return to Table of Contents
Cross references: For enforcement by Colorado state patrol, see § § 24-33.5-203 (2)
and 24-33.5-212.
42-5-206. Certification of inspectors.
(1) Except as otherwise provided in subsection (2) of this section, no peace officer
shall be an inspector of vehicle identification numbers unless the peace officer has
been certified by the peace officers standards and training board pursuant to section
24-31-303 (1) (e), C.R.S. In order to be certified, the peace officer must satisfactorily
complete a vehicle identification number inspection training course approved by
said board and pay a certification fee to the board not to exceed twenty-five dollars.
The cost of the training course shall include all necessary and actual expenses but
shall not exceed fifty dollars per peace officer.
(2) In lieu of the requirement for certification in subsection (1) of this section,
any peace officer shall be certified as an inspector of vehicle identification numbers
if the peace officer is able to demonstrate to the peace officers standards and
training board that the peace officer has had sixteen hours or more of vehicle
identification number inspection training which is acceptable to the board and
which was received between January 1, 1986, and January 1, 1988.
(3) The sheriff of any county and the police chief of any municipality may certify
individuals in addition to peace officers to serve as inspectors in accordance with the
provisions of this part 2. Such individuals shall be employees or bona fide
representatives of a county or municipality and shall satisfactorily complete
fingerprint and background checks. Such individuals must satisfactorily complete a
vehicle identification number inspection training course approved by the peace
officers standards and training board and pay a fee to the board for the cost of the
certification not to exceed twenty-five dollars. The cost of the training course shall
include all necessary and actual expenses but shall not exceed fifty dollars per
individual.
Source:. L. 94: Entire title amended with relocations, p. 2448, § 1, effective
January 1, 1995.L. 95: (1) amended, p. 961, § 21, effective May 25.L. 2010: (3)
added, (HB 10-1096), ch. 240, p. 1051, § 2, effective August 11.
A-92
Return to Table of Contents
POST RULES
B-2
Return to Table of Contents
B-3
Return to Table of Contents
Rule 1 –Definitions
Effective February 7, 2014
As used in these rules:
(a) "Academy director" means that person responsible for the administration and
operation of a POST-approved academy.
(b) "Applicant" means any person formally seeking approval by the Board.
(c) "Appointed" means sworn in and serving as a peace officer or reserve peace
officer.
(d) "Approved" means formally accepted or authorized by the Board.
(e) "ACT" means Arrest Control Tactics, one of the skills training programs
required for the basic and reserve training academies.
(f) "Assistant skills instructor" means an individual who has successfully
completed a relevant approved skills instructor training program and who
may instruct the corresponding skills training program in arrest control, law
enforcement driving, or firearms under the direction and in the presence of a
full skills instructor, and assist in evaluating and coaching trainees at a basic
or reserve training academy.
(g) "Authorized emergency vehicle" means such vehicles identified in 42-1-102
C.R.S.
(h) "Board" means the Colorado Peace Officer Standards and Training Board.
(i) "Bodily injury" means physical pain, illness, or any impairment of physical or
mental condition. § 18-1-901(3)(c), C.R.S.
(j) "Certification examination" means the written test required under § 24-31-
305(1)(a)(III), C.R.S.
(k) "Certified peace officer" means any person who has successfully attained
POST Certification as described in § 24-31-305 and 24-31-308, C.R.S.
(l) "Conviction" means an adjudication of guilt following either a verdict of guilty
by the court or jury, or a plea of guilty, or a plea of nolo contendere.
Conviction includes deferred judgments and deferred sentences.
(m) "Course" means a formal unit of instruction relating to a particular subject.
B-4
Return to Table of Contents
(n) "C.R.S." means Colorado Revised Statutes, codified laws of the State of
Colorado.
(o) "Dimlight" means from one-half hour after local sunset to one-half hour
before local sunrise. For indoor ranges, artificial light must be reduced to the
lowest level which still allows for target identification and threat assessment
without additional illumination from a flashlight.
(p) "Director" means the director of the POST Board staff.
(q) "Enroll" means that a person has applied to and been accepted for admission
into an academy and is physically present at the academy to receive
instruction.
(r) "Enrollment date" means the first day of instruction at an approved basic or
reserve training academy, and shall be synonymous with the first day of
instruction as reflected on the approved academy schedule.
(s) "Fingerprint-based criminal history record check" means submittal of a POST
fingerprint card to the Colorado Bureau of Investigation (CBI) for criminal
history check in CCIC and NCIC, as required in § 24-31-304(3), C.R.S.
(t) "Full skills instructor" means an individual who has successfully completed
the minimum qualifications required by these Rules and who may develop,
implement and evaluate a skills training program at a basic or reserve
training academy.
(u) "Lateral training academy" means an agency-specific approved academy that
instructs academic courses determined by the agency and all hours of the
POST skills training programs in arrest control, law enforcement driving and
firearms.
(v) "Lead skills instructor" means a full skills instructor at a basic or reserve
training academy who may be designated by the academy director to oversee
or coordinate the administration of a specific skills program for a particular
academy class.
(w) "Lesson plan" means a document that specifically describes the material
presented during a course of instruction.
(x) "Moving training" means training where the academy students are involved
in movement with a loaded weapon. It is recognized that during square range
drills, academy students may move 1-2 steps laterally or forward/backward.
The 1:1 ratio is not required for this drill. For all other drills/exercises
involving movement a 1:1 ratio is required.
B-5
Return to Table of Contents
(y) "Operable firearm" means a firearm that is capable of discharging a projectile
(bullet) if loaded.
(z) "Peace officer" means any person recognized in § 16-2.5-101, C.R.S.
(aa) "POST certified" means any person possessing a valid, numbered certificate
issued by the Board authorizing such person to serve as a peace officer or
reserve peace officer.
(bb) "POST fingerprint card" means a fingerprint card provided by POST.
(cc) "POST Identification Number" (PID) means a number assigned and unique to
each active peace officer's certification file. All inquiries and correspondence
to POST should contain this number.
(dd) "Program director" means that person responsible for the administration and
operation of a POST-approved training program.
(ee) "Provisional certification" means a signed instrument issued by the POST
Board that grants interim certification for qualified out-of-state peace officers
seeking Colorado certification that enables the provisional applicant to obtain
appointment as a peace officer in Colorado while fulfilling the requirements
for basic certification.
(ff) "Recognized disciplines for arrest control training" mean those defensive
tactics systems that have been reviewed and approved by the Board in
consultation with the Arrest Control Subject Matter Expert Committee. Such
systems may include, but are not limited to, Federal Bureau of Investigation
(FBI) system, Koga system and Pressure Point Control Tactics (PPCT)
system.
(gg) "Refresher academy" means an approved training program that consists of a
minimum of 96 hours of instruction and includes academics or a POST Board
approved web-based distance learning program, arrest control, law
enforcement driving and firearms.
(hh) "Relevant approved skills instructor training program" means a basic, not
advanced, instructor training program that contains a minimum of forty (40)
hours of instruction and with instructional content that meets or exceeds the
content of the respective instructor training programs for arrest control, law
enforcement driving, or firearms, and that has been formally accepted or
authorized by the Board.
(ii) "Renewal applicant" means an applicant whose Colorado peace officer
certificate has expired per § 24-31-305(1.7)(b), C.R.S., and who has applied to
B-6
Return to Table of Contents
renew his/her Colorado peace officer certificate in accordance with § 24-31-
305(1.7)(c), C.R.S. and POST Rule 13.
(jj) "Reserve peace officer" means any person described in § 16-2.5-110, C.R.S.,
and includes any person authorized to carry a firearm, conduct arrests, and
enforce the laws of the state of Colorado pursuant to § 16-2.5-110, C.R.S., but
does not include any person appointed by a sheriff pursuant to § 30-10-506.
(kk) "Serious bodily injury" means bodily injury which, either at the time of the
actual injury or at a later time, involves a substantial risk of death, a
substantial risk of serious permanent disfigurement, a substantial risk of
protracted loss or impairment of the function of any part or organ of the body,
or breaks, fractures, or burns of the second or third degree. § 18-1-901(3)(p),
C.R.S.
(ll) "Skills examination" means the approved practical test of an applicant's
proficiency in arrest control, law enforcement driving, or firearms.
(mm) "Skills-only training academy" means an approved academy instructing
arrest control, law enforcement driving, and firearms, which meets the skills
requirements under the POST basic curriculum and these Rules.
(nn) "Skills training" means the required approved arrest control, law
enforcement driving, and firearms courses.
(oo) "State" means any State in the United States, the District of Columbia, and
any territory or possession of the United States.
(pp) "Subject Matter Expert” (SME) means an individual formally recognized by
the Board for his or her extensive knowledge, expertise and/or experience in
one of the skills areas or in academics.
(qq) "Successful completion" means a POST-approved academy or program score
of seventy (70) percent or greater, or a grade of "C" or better, or a rating of
pass, if offered as pass/fail. For the certification examination passing score,
see Rule 15.
(rr) "Training academy" means a POST-approved school, agency or other entity
that provides POST-approved training programs.
(ss) "Training program" means a POST-approved course of instruction required
by statute, or Rule, or for peace officer certification and other peace officer
training programs as otherwise recognized and approved by the Board.
B-7
Return to Table of Contents
Rule 2 – Meetings
Effective March 8, 2004
(a) The Attorney General, as chairperson, shall preside over all meetings of the
Board. Should the chairperson be absent, the vice-chairperson shall preside
over the meeting. In the absence of the chairperson and the vice-chairperson,
the most senior member present shall preside.
(b) A majority of the total positions of the Board, excluding vacancies, shall
constitute a quorum for purposes of conducting official business. Should there
be no quorum, such members as are present may conduct official business,
subject to subsequent ratification by a quorum of the Board.
(c) Should any member, other than those sitting ex officio, be absent without good
cause from three consecutive meetings, the Director shall submit a resolution to
the Board calling on the member to resign.
(d) The Board may conduct its business on the basis of unanimous consent.
However, any member of the Board may require separate consideration and
disposition of any matter, including through a roll-call vote. When a quorum is
present, a majority vote, that is a majority of the votes cast, ignoring
abstentions, is sufficient for the adoption of any motion that is in order. On a
tie vote the motion is lost.
(e) Unless the Director determines otherwise, all requests from the public for
Board consideration or action must be submitted in writing to the Director at
least thirty (30) days prior to the next scheduled Board meeting.
(f) Other than when a person comments with respect to matters of policy, the
chairperson will request that the person do so under oath.
B-8
Return to Table of Contents
B-9
Return to Table of Contents
Rule 3 -- Director’s Authority
Effective March 8, 2004
(a) The Director’s authority shall include:
(I) Making the initial determination as to whether an applicant has met the
requirements to sit for the certification examination, or to be certified;
(II) Approving or disapproving program applications;
(III) Determining the equivalency of first aid and cardiopulmonary
resuscitation training;
(IV) At the Director’s discretion, selecting qualified evaluators to administer
the skills examinations described in Rule 16;
(V) Determining the merit of challenges relating to the administration of
examinations pursuant to Rules 15 and 16;
(VI) Determining the merits of variance requests, consistent with the basic
purposes and policies of § 24-31-301, et seq., C.R.S. and of the Board, in
accordance with Rule 7 and Rule 8;
(VII) Discharging such other powers or duties as the Board or the Attorney
General may direct.
(b) If any action or determination made by the Director pursuant to this rule is not
appealed by the applicant within thirty (30) days pursuant to Rule 5(c), such
determination shall be deemed final agency action.
B-10
Return to Table of Contents
B-11
Return to Table of Contents
Rule 4 – Subject Matter Experts
Effective March 1, 2006
(a) Each year the Board shall appoint committees of subject matter experts to
provide professional technical support in the areas of academic curriculum,
arrest control, firearms and law enforcement driving. Each committee shall
consist of the Director or the Director’s designee who shall serve as the
chairperson, one member of the Board, and other subject matter experts from
the law enforcement community. Any person wishing to be appointed, either
active law enforcement officer, law enforcement professional or retired peace
officer, and who meets the minimum qualifications for membership, may apply
for membership at any time throughout the calendar year. Appointments will
be made upon the applicant’s merits and at the discretion of the Director and
each of the committee chairs.
(b) The committees:
(I) Review and provide recommendations to the Board regarding skills
training programs, academic curriculums, instructor training programs
and other courses or programs that pertain to the establishment and
maintenance of standards for peace officer training; and
(II) Participate in inspections of all POST approved programs and training
academies; and
(III) Conduct skills examinations in accordance with Rules 11 and 16; and
(IV) Establish minimum qualifications for committee membership.
B-12
Return to Table of Contents
B-13
Return to Table of Contents
Rule 5 – Hearings
Effective March 2, 2005
(a) At any time the Director may direct a respondent to appear at a hearing and
show cause why the Board should not issue a remedial order. Not less than
thirty (30) days prior to the date set for such hearing, the Director shall
transmit to the respondent written notice of such hearing, which must include:
(I) The date, time and place of such hearing; and
(II) That the respondent has the right to appear and be heard at such
hearing, either in person or through legal counsel; and
(III) That the respondent has the burden of proving all of the facts relevant to
his or her position; and
(IV) A concise statement setting forth the subject of the hearing, all facts
relevant to the matter, and the statute, rule, or order, to which the
matter relates; and
(V) Copies of all documents considered by the Board in setting the hearing;
and
(VI) The nature of the proposed remedial order.
(b) Not less than ten (10) days prior to the date set for a hearing pursuant to
section (a) of this rule, the respondent shall file an original and twenty (20)
copies of a response, including:
(I) A concise statement setting forth the respondent's position; and
(II) All facts relevant to the matter; and
(III) Copies of all documents the respondent wishes the Board to consider in
the matter.
(c) Any person may request a formal hearing before the Board through the filing of
an original and twenty (20) copies of a petition, which must include:
(I) The name and address of the petitioner and whether the petitioner
currently possesses basic or reserve certification; and
(II) A concise statement setting forth the subject of the hearing, all facts
necessary to the matter, and the statute, rule, or order, to which the
petition relates; and
B-14
Return to Table of Contents
(III) Copies of all documents the petitioner wishes the Board to consider in
the matter; and
(IV) What action the petitioner wishes the Board to take.
(d) Not less than thirty (30) days prior to the date set for a hearing on a petition,
the Board shall provide a written response to the petitioner, including:
(I) The date, time and place of such hearing; and
(II) That the petitioner has the right to appear and be heard at such hearing,
either in person or through legal counsel; and
(III) That the petitioner has the burden of proving all of the facts relevant to
his or her petition; and
(IV) A summary of the staff's recommendation to the Board; and
(V) Copies of all documents submitted by the staff for the Board's
consideration in the matter.
(e) The Director and any petitioner or respondent may mutually agree to shorten
or lengthen any of the time frames set forth in this rule.
(f) Any final order entered pursuant to this rule shall constitute final agency
action subject to judicial review under § 24-4-106, C.R.S.
B-15
Return to Table of Contents
Rule 6 – Declaratory Orders
Effective March 8, 2004
Any person may petition the Board for a declaratory order regarding the application to
the petitioner of any statutory provision or of any rule or order of the Board. All such
petitions shall be considered in accordance with Rule 5.
B-16
Return to Table of Contents
B-17
Return to Table of Contents
Rule 7 – Variances
Effective March 2, 2005
(a) The Board has promulgated these rules to ensure orderly and fair treatment of
all applicants. Therefore, variances are disfavored. However, the Board may,
upon sufficient cause shown, authorize variances to persons who are otherwise
required to meet the requirements of these rules.
(b) To request a variance, an applicant must submit a written petition to the
Director, fully explaining all relevant facts. Any person seeking a temporary or
permanent variance has the burden of establishing that:
(I) The variance is consistent with the basic purposes and policies of § 24-
31-301, et seq., C.R.S.; and
(II) Strict application of the statutes and rules pertaining to the certification
process would present a practical difficulty or unnecessary hardship.
Mere inconvenience or expense does not suffice.
(c) The Director, in his discretion, may determine the merits of the request based
upon the applicant’s written submissions, or may request additional
information, or may hold a meeting.
(d) Any variance granted under this rule shall be subject to such limitations or
conditions as the Director or Board deems necessary in order to conform to the
basic purposes and policies of applicable law.
(e) If any determination made by the Director pursuant to this rule is not appealed
by the applicant within thirty (30) days pursuant to Rule 5(c), such
determination shall become final. If a determination is appealed by the
applicant, the Board will decide whether to hear the appeal at its next regular
meeting. If at least six (6) Board members do not agree to hear the appeal, the
determination of the Director shall be deemed to be summarily affirmed. If at
least six (6) members do agree to hear the appeal, the Board shall proceed to
the merits of the matter. Any summary affirmance or decision on the merits by
the Board shall be deemed final agency action.
(f) In accordance with § 24-31-303(5)(a) and § 24-31-305(1)(a)(III), C.R.S., no
person may, through a variance or otherwise, serve as a certified peace officer,
as defined in § 16-2.5-102, C.R.S., without having first passed the required
certification examination and become certified.
B-18
Return to Table of Contents
B-19
Return to Table of Contents
Rule 8 – Appeal Process for Peace Officer Applicants –
Certification Denial as a Result of a Misdemeanor
Conviction
Effective March 1, 2006
(a) The Board has promulgated these rules to ensure orderly and fair treatment of
all POST approved training academy, renewal and provisional peace officer
applicants. § 24-31-305, C.R.S., requires the POST Board deny or revoke
certification of any person convicted of a felony or particular misdemeanors.
For the purpose of this rule, the term ‘conviction’ includes deferred judgments
and deferred sentences imposed by a court or judge.
(b) If an applicant anticipates prior to the denial of certification that he or she will
be denied certification on the ground that the applicant has been convicted of
any misdemeanor or misdemeanors described in subsection 1.5 of § 24-31-305,
C.R.S., the applicant must provide a fingerprint-based criminal history record
check, through the submission of a POST fingerprint card to the Colorado
Bureau of Investigation (CBI) and the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI),
and may request an exemption from denial of certification.
(c) To appeal denial of Colorado certification, an applicant or the chief law
enforcement officer, if any, of the potential employing agency must submit a
written petition to the POST Director, notifying the Board of such conviction or
convictions, and request the Director to grant the applicant an exemption from
denial of certification. The petition must fully explain all relevant facts. Any
person seeking an exemption of a misdemeanor conviction and consideration of
certification has the burden of establishing that:
(I) The appeal is consistent with the basic purposes and policies of § 24-31-
305, et seq., C.R.S.; and
(II) Mitigating circumstances exist that warrant exemption; and
(III) A true and accurate copy of the court record with disposition and police
offense/case report upon which the conviction resulted is attached to the
petition. If the charging agency no longer has a copy of the report, a
letter from the agency verifying that fact should be attached.
(d) The Director, at his discretion, may determine the merits of the request based
upon the applicant’s written submissions, or may request additional
information.
B-20
Return to Table of Contents
(e) Any exemption granted under this rule shall be subject to such limitations or
conditions as the Director or Board deems necessary in order to conform to the
basic purposes and policies of applicable law.
(f) After a decision has been made by the POST Director, the applicant has thirty
(30) days to appeal the decision to the POST Board. If any determination made
by the Director pursuant to this rule is not appealed by the applicant within
thirty (30) days pursuant to Rule 5(c), such determination shall become final. If
a determination is appealed by the applicant, the Board will decide whether to
hear the appeal. If at least six (6) Board members do not agree to hear the
appeal, the determination of the Director shall be deemed to be summarily
affirmed. If at least six (6) members do agree to hear the appeal, a three-
member panel of Board members shall proceed to the merits of the matter. Any
summary affirmance or decision on the merits by the sub-committee of the
Board shall be deemed final agency action.
(g) In accordance with § 24-31-303(5)(a) and § 24-31-305(1.6)(a)(b), C.R.S., no
person may, through an exemption or otherwise, serve as a certified peace
officer, as defined in § 16-2.5-102 or § 16-2.5-110, C.R.S., without having first
passed the required certification requirements and become certified.
B-21
Return to Table of Contents
Rule 9 – Revocation Hearings for Criminal Conduct
Effective March 2, 2005
(a) A Colorado peace officer certification issued pursuant to § 24-31-305, C.R.S.,
shall be suspended or revoked by the POST Board if the certificate holder has
been convicted of a felony, or has been convicted on or after July 1, 2001, of any
misdemeanor described in subsection (1.5) of § 24-31-305, C.R.S., or, has
otherwise failed to meet the certification requirements established by the
Board. For purposes of this rule, the term ‘conviction’ includes any deferred
judgments or deferred sentences imposed by a court or judge.
(b) The certificate holder or the chief law enforcement officer of the agency
employing such certificate holder may, within thirty (30) days after the effective
date of the conviction of such misdemeanor, petition the Board not to revoke the
certificate. The petition must fully explain all relevant facts. The petitioner
has the burden of establishing that:
(I) The appeal is consistent with the basic purposes and policies of § 24-31-
305, et seq., C.R.S.; and
(II) Mitigating circumstances exist and that the certificate should not be
revoked; and
(III) A true and accurate copy of the court record with disposition, and police
offense/case report upon which the conviction resulted shall be attached
to the petition. If the charging agency no longer has a copy of the report,
a letter from the agency verifying that fact should be attached.
(c) The procedures set forth in Rule 5 shall be utilized with the Director making an
initial determination.
(d) The Director, in his discretion, may determine the merits of the request based
upon the applicant's written submissions, or may request additional
information.
(e) A decision by the Director is final unless appealed to the Board within thirty
(30) days of the date of such decision. If a decision is appealed to the Board, the
Board will decide whether to hear the appeal. If at least six (6) Board members
do not agree to hear the appeal, the determination of the Director shall be
deemed to be summarily affirmed. If at least six (6) members do agree to hear
the appeal, a five-member panel of Board members shall proceed to hear the
Board appeal. The certificate holder will be notified of the Board’s action. This
decision, whether summarily affirmed or decided by this Board subcommittee,
shall be deemed final Board action.
B-22
Return to Table of Contents
B-23
Return to Table of Contents
Rule 10 -- Basic Peace Officer Certification
Effective February 1, 2013
(a) The POST Board is authorized to issue POST Basic Peace Officer
Certification to any applicant who meets the following requirements:
(I) Possesses and submits a copy of his/her high school diploma, or high
school equivalency certificate; and
(II) Possesses and submits a copy of his/her current first aid and
cardiopulmonary resuscitation certification, or equivalents; and
(III) Truthfully completes and submits the POST Form 1 - Application for
Basic Peace Officer Certification; and
(IV) Successfully completes the fingerprint-based criminal history record
check required under Rule 14 and has not been released or discharged
from the Armed Forces of the United States under dishonorable
conditions, per § 24-31-301(5), C.R.S.; and
(V) Successfully completes an approved basic training academy, including
skills training, within the previous two years and submits a copy of
his/her academy certificate of completion; and
(VI) Passes the certification examination pursuant to Rule 15.
(b) POST Basic Peace Officer Certification qualifies the person to seek
employment and serve as a fully authorized peace officer with any Colorado
law enforcement agency recognized in Article 2.5 of Title 16, C.R.S.
(c) If a basic or reserve certificate holder has not served as a peace officer or
reserve peace officer for a total of at least six (6) months during any
consecutive three-year period, the certification automatically expires at the
end of such three-year period, unless the certificate holder is then serving as
a peace officer or reserve peace officer.
(d) A certified peace officer who has obtained basic certification may maintain
current status as a certified peace officer while serving in a reserve peace
officer position, recognized in § 16-2.5-110, C.R.S.
(e) A certified reserve peace officer seeking regular basic peace officer
certification may apply his/her successfully completed skills training,
obtained through the reserve peace officer certification program at a POST
approved reserve academy, towards basic peace officer certification.
Acceptance of the skills training is at the option of the director of the basic
peace officer training academy to which the applicant is seeking enrollment.
B-24
Return to Table of Contents
B-25
Return to Table of Contents
Rule 11 – Provisional Certification
Effective February 7, 2014
a) The Board is authorized to issue a provisional certification letter to any
applicant who is authorized to serve as a certified peace officer by any other
state or federal jurisdiction, excluding the armed forces, which has
established minimum law enforcement training standards that are
equivalent to the standards established by Colorado as determined by the
POST Director. The provisional applicant must be fully certified and have
served for a minimum of one year within the last three years. The applicant
must additionally meet all of the following requirements:
I) Possess and submit a copy of his/her high school diploma, or high
school equivalency certificate;
II) Possess and submit a copy of his/her current first aid and
cardiopulmonary resuscitation certification, or equivalents;
III) Truthfully complete and submit the POST Form 3 – Application for
Provisional Certification;
IV) Successfully complete the fingerprint-based criminal history
record check required under Rule 14; and
V) Pass the certification examination pursuant to Rule 15 or, if leaving
active out-of-state (the state in which the individual is certified) or
federal peace officer employment, pass the certification exam within
six (6) months from the date of issuance of the provisional
certification.
b) A provisional certification letter authorizes the holder to serve as a certified
Colorado peace officer for not more than six (6) months.
c) The Board shall issue a basic certificate to the holder of a provisional
certification letter if such person satisfies any combination of the following
skills proficiency requirements, or, if leaving active out-of-state (the state in
which the individual is certified) or recognized federal peace officer
employment, satisfies any combination of the following skills proficiency
requirements within six (6) months from the date of issuance of the
provisional certification:
I) Successfully completes skills training at a POST-approved basic
peace officer training academy;
B-26
Return to Table of Contents
II) Successfully completes a POST-approved refresher academy,
including the arrest control, law enforcement driving, and firearms
skills training;
III) Passes a skills examination pursuant to Rule 16 in each of the
three (3) skills disciplines at a POST test-out site, or passes all
portions of the three (3) skills examinations at a regional test-out
site, as documented by an approved skills instructor. Approved skills
instructors includes: SME committee members or POST-approved
designees who are not members of the applicant’s employing agency;
IV) Passes only some portions of the examinations referred to in (III) and
the applicant elects to complete prescribed remedial training with
respect to those portions not passed and successfully passes the skills
test-out examination following the remedial training; or
V) Passes a POST- approved lateral training academy that includes
agency-specific academic courses and skills training in arrest control,
law enforcement driving and firearms.
d) The POST-approved skills instructor must submit the completed POST Skills
Testing Grade Sheet to POST.
e) Persons desiring additional time to complete the basic certification
requirements beyond the initial six (6) months provided by the provisional
certification letter must petition the Director and demonstrate good cause why
such additional time should be granted.
B-27
Return to Table of Contents
Rule 12 – Reserve Certification
Effective January 1. 2012
(a) The Board is authorized to issue a reserve certificate to any applicant who
meets the following requirements:
(I) Possesses and submits a copy of his/her high school diploma, or high
school equivalency certificate; and
(II) Possesses and submits a copy of his/her current first aid and
cardiopulmonary resuscitation certification, or equivalents; and
(III) Truthfully completes and submits the POST Form 2 – Application for
Reserve Certification; and
(IV) Successfully completes the fingerprint-based criminal history record
check required under Rule 14; and has not been released or discharged
from the Armed Forces of the United States under dishonorable
conditions, per § 24-31-301(5), C.R.S.; and
(V) Successfully completes an approved reserve academy within the previous
two (2) years and submits a copy of his/her certificate of completion.
(b) Any law enforcement agency assigning duties to a reserve peace officer beyond
those included in the approved reserve training shall assume the responsibility
for ensuring that such reserve peace officer is adequately trained for such
duties.
(c) A reserve certification shall expire automatically if the certificate holder is not
serving and has not served as a reserve peace officer for at least six (6) months
within the previous three (3) years.
(d) Reserve certificates may not be renewed.
(e) A certified peace officer may maintain current status as a certified peace
officer while serving in a reserve peace officer position, recognized in § 16-2.5-
110, C.R.S.
B-28
Return to Table of Contents
B-29
Return to Table of Contents
Rule 13 – Renewal of Basic Certification
Effective February 7, 2014
The Board is authorized to renew a basic certificate for any applicant who:
(a) Is not serving and has not served as a peace officer or reserve peace officer
for at least six (6) months within the previous three (3) years; and
(b) Possesses and submits a copy of his/her current first aid and
cardiopulmonary resuscitation certification, or equivalents; and
(c) Truthfully completes and submits the POST Form 4 – Application for
Renewal of Basic Certification; and
(d) Successfully completes the fingerprint-based criminal history record check
required under Rule 14; and
(e) Passes the certification examination pursuant to Rule 15; and
(f) Satisfies any combination of the following skills proficiency requirements:
(I) Successfully completes skills training at a POST approved basic peace
officer training academy;
(II) Successfully completes a POST approved refresher academy, including
the arrest control, law enforcement driving, and firearms skills training;
(III) Passes a skills examination pursuant to Rule 16 in each of the three (3)
skills disciplines at a POST test-out site, or passes all portions of the
three (3) skills examinations at a regional test-out site, as documented by
an approved skills instructor. Approved skills instructors include: SME
committee members or POST approved designees who are not a member
of the applicant’s employing agency; or
(IV) Passes only some portions of the examinations referred to in (III) and the
applicant elects to complete prescribed remedial training with respect to
those portions not passed and successfully passes the skills test-out
examination following the remedial training.
(g) The POST-approved skills instructor must submit the completed POST Skills
Testing Grade Sheet to POST.
B-30
Return to Table of Contents
B-31
Return to Table of Contents
Rule 14 – Fingerprint-Based Criminal History Record Check
Effective March 1, 2006
(a) Definitions.
(I) The fingerprint-based criminal history record check is a computerized
search of a person’s fingerprints that have been taken on a POST
Applicant Fingerprint Card and processed by the Colorado Bureau of
Investigation (CBI) and Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) for the
purpose of determining a person’s eligibility for certification as a peace
officer in the State of Colorado.
(II) The enrollment date of a training academy is the first day of
instruction at an approved basic or reserve training academy. The
enrollment date shall be synonymous with the first day of instruction
as reflected on the approved academy schedule.
(III) As used in this Rule, to enroll in an academy means that a person has
applied and been accepted for admission into an academy and is
physically present at the academy to receive instruction.
(b) Eligibility for certification. No person shall be eligible for certification as a
Colorado peace officer if he or she has been convicted of a felony or any
misdemeanor as referenced in § 24-31-305(1.5), C.R.S., or any misdemeanor
in violation of federal law or the law of any state that is the equivalent of any
of the offenses specified in § 24-31-305(1.5), C.R.S.
(c) Enrollment. Pursuant to § 24-31-304, C.R.S. and POST Rules, all persons
seeking to either enroll in a training academy or participate in the testing
process as a provisional or renewal applicant shall submit their fingerprints
to CBI prior to enrolling in the training academy or prior to participating in
the testing process as a provisional or renewal applicant.
(d) POST Applicant Fingerprint Card.
(I) The POST Applicant Fingerprint Card, U.S. GPO: 2001, 483-800/2-
02321, FD-258 (REV. 5-11-99) is the only authorized fingerprint card
that shall be submitted for the fingerprint-based criminal history
record check.
(II) The Board recommends that a person’s fingerprints be taken on the
POST Applicant Fingerprint Card at a law enforcement agency. Any
fee that may be charged by the agency for this service is the
responsibility of the applicant.
B-32
Return to Table of Contents
(III) Payment of a fee to cover the cost of processing the POST Applicant
Fingerprint Card must be submitted to CBI with each completed POST
Applicant Fingerprint Card. Remittance of this fee to CBI is the
responsibility of the applicant.
(IV) For provisional and renewal applicants, the POST Applicant
Fingerprint Card will be provided by POST The applicant is
responsible for having his or her fingerprints taken and for ensuring
that the completed POST Applicant Fingerprint Card and fee are
submitted to CBI prior to the applicant’s participation in the testing
process as a provisional or renewal applicant.
(V) For persons seeking to enroll in a basic or reserve training academy,
the POST Applicant Fingerprint Card will be provided by the academy.
The person’s fingerprints shall be taken in accordance with the
academy’s policies and procedures. The academy is responsible for
ensuring that the completed POST Applicant Fingerprint Card and fee
are submitted to CBI prior to the person’s enrollment in the academy.
(e) Results from completed criminal history record checks.
(I) The Board shall be the authorized agency to receive the results from
all POST Applicant Fingerprint Cards that have been processed for the
state and national fingerprint-based criminal history record checks.
(II) All results from the completed criminal history record checks will be
provided to the Board. Notice of subsequent arrests and convictions will
also be provided to the Board.
(f) Basic and reserve training academies.
(I) A training academy shall not enroll any person who has been convicted
of an offense that would result in the denial of certification pursuant to
§ 24-31-305(1.5), C.R.S. The only exception shall be if the Board has
granted the person an exemption from denial of enrollment pursuant
to § 24-31-304(4)(a), C.R.S. and POST Rule 7, Variances.
(II) No person shall be enrolled in a training academy unless the person
has been fingerprinted on a POST Applicant Fingerprint Card and an
academy has submitted the person’s completed POST Applicant
Fingerprint Card and fee to CBI prior to enrolling the person in the
academy.
B-33
Return to Table of Contents
(III) A POST Form 11-E, Enrollment Advisory Form, shall be completed on
the first day of the academy by both the person enrolled in the academy
and the academy director. The completed Enrollment Advisory Form
shall be maintained at the academy.
(IV) The academy director shall ensure that an accurate enrollment roster
for each academy class is received at POST no later than 5:00 p.m. on
the next business day following the first day of the academy. Each
enrollment roster shall contain the following information:
(A) Name of the academy; and
(B) Start and end dates of the academy; and
(C) Alphabetical list of the full names of all persons enrolled in the
academy; and
(D) Date of birth for each person; and
(E) Social Security Number for each person.
(V) If the results of a criminal history record check reveal that a person
currently enrolled in an academy is prohibited from enrolling pursuant
to § 24-31-304(2), C.R.S., the Board or its designated representative(s)
shall notify the academy. The academy shall take appropriate measures
to immediately dismiss the person from the academy.
(g) Exemption from denial of enrollment.
(I) If a person anticipates that he or she will be prohibited from either
enrolling in a training academy or participating in the testing process as
a provisional or renewal applicant because he or she has been convicted
of any misdemeanor described in § 24-31-305(1.5), C.R.S., the person
may submit a request for exemption from denial of enrollment under
POST Rule 7, Variances.
(II) Only if the person has, in fact, submitted a request for exemption from
denial of enrollment under POST Rule 7, Variances, and the request has
been granted by the Board, will the person be permitted to either enroll
in a training academy or participate in the testing process as a
provisional or renewal applicant.
(III) No person convicted of a felony may request an exemption from denial of
enrollment.
B-34
Return to Table of Contents
B-35
Return to Table of Contents
Rule 15 -- Certification Examination
Basic, Provisional, Renewal
Effective November 15, 2013
(a) To be eligible to take the certification examination, an applicant must
complete and submit to POST, as applicable, either:
(I) Form 1 - Application for Basic Peace Officer Certification; or
Form 3 - Application for Provisional Certification; or
Form 4 - Application for Renewal of Basic Certification; and
(II) A copy of his/her approved basic training academy diploma; and
(III) A copy of his/her high school diploma, or high school equivalency
certificate; and
(IV) A copy of his/her current first aid and cardiopulmonary resuscitation
certification, or equivalents; and
(V) A law enforcement agency check, purchase order, certified check,
money order, or by electronic payment in the prescribed amount.
(b) Certification examinations will be conducted by POST staff or POST
approved designated proctor at academy locations. However, if the number of
students sitting for the examination is four (4) or fewer, the students shall be
required to take the examination at a location designated by POST
(c) Refunds of certification examination fees shall not be provided unless the
examination is postponed or canceled or under such other exceptional
circumstances as determined by the Director. Otherwise, non-refunded fees
may be credited to allow the applicant to take the next administration of the
certification examination. Further credits or extensions shall not be
permitted.
(d) An applicant has a maximum of three attempts to pass the POST
certification examination. The three attempts must be completed within two
(2) years after completion of the academy. Applicants taking the examination
for a second or third time must pay the fee for the additional examination,
and such examination shall not be comprised of the same questions that
comprised the prior examinations. If an applicant cannot pass the
certification examination after three attempts, he or she must retake and
successfully complete basic training in accordance with Rule 10(a)(V).
(e) Any protest or challenge to an examination or its administration must be
made in writing within ten (10) days of the examination. The Director shall
issue his decision in writing within twenty (20) working days. The decisions
B-36
Return to Table of Contents
of the Director shall be final, unless appealed to the Board in accordance with
Rule 3(b).
(f) An applicant must provide a valid photo ID prior to taking exam.
(g) POST sets a passing score that reflects the level of knowledge and skills
required for minimally competent performance as an entry-level Peace
Officer in the State of Colorado. POST uses national testing standards in
setting the passing score which falls on a test score scale that ranges from 0
to 100. This rule will go into effect upon the implementation of the
reformulated items for the POST certification exam.
B-37
Return to Table of Contents
Rule 16 – Skills Examinations for Provisional and
Renewal Applicants
Effective March 8, 2004
(a) To be eligible to take any of the skills examinations, an applicant must
complete and submit POST Form 3 – Application for Provisional Certification
or POST Form 4 – Application for Renewal of Basic Certification along with a
law enforcement agency check, purchase order, certified check, or money order
in the prescribed amount for each examination to be taken (prior to the day of
the exam).
(b) Refunds of skills examination fees shall be provided only if requested more
than twenty (20) days prior to the scheduled examination, unless the
examination is postponed or canceled, or under such other exceptional
circumstances as may be determined by the Director.
(c) Any applicant failing a skills examination may retake the examination, with
the payment of an additional examination fee. Any person failing any skills
examination three (3) times must successfully complete the skills training for
that particular skill before he or she may be certified.
(d) Any protest or challenge to an examination or its administration must be made
in writing within ten (10) days of the examination. The Director shall issue his
decision in writing within twenty (20) working days. The decision of the
Director shall be final, unless appealed to the Board in accordance with Rule
3(b).
B-38
Return to Table of Contents
B-39
Return to Table of Contents
Rule 17 – Certification Records
Effective July 1, 2012
(a) Every POST certificate holder shall submit a completed POST Form 5, Change
of Name, Address or Telephone, to the Board within thirty (30) days of any
change of his or her name, home address, mailing address, home telephone
number, or cell phone number.
(b) Any POST certificate holder convicted in any jurisdiction of a felony or any
misdemeanor contained in § 24-31-305(1.5)(a) thru (h), C.R.S., shall notify the
POST Board in writing of such conviction within 5 business days.
(c) When any person is appointed or separated as a certified peace officer,
identified in § 16-2.5-102 and 16-2.5-110, C.R.S., such agency shall submit a
completed Form 6 - Notice of Peace Officer Appointment/Separation to the
Board within fifteen (15) days of such appointment or separation. All other
agencies listed who by state statute are not obligated to appoint certified peace
officers as recognized in Title 16, Article 2.5, Part 1 may submit a completed
Form 6, if they want their certified peace officers’ certification to continue in
effect.
(d) During the month of January of each year, the POST Board will provide every
law enforcement agency with an electronic report in pdf format of those
certified peace officers, identified in Title 16, Article 2.5, Part 1, C.R.S., and
currently listed in the POST electronic records as appointed by such agency.
Every law enforcement agency will verify within fifteen (15) days the
continuing appointment or separation of the certified peace officers associated
with the law enforcement agency.
B-40
Return to Table of Contents
B-41
Return to Table of Contents
Rule 18 -- Certification Suspension And Revocation -
Basic, Provisional, Renewal, And Reserves
Effective December 1, 2012
(a) A suspension temporarily invalidates the subject certification until such time
as the defect has been remedied. Any certification shall be suspended by the
Board if the holder wrongfully obtained the certificate through
misrepresentation, neglect or mistake.
(b) A revocation permanently invalidates the subject certification. Any
certification shall be revoked by the Board if the holder:
(I) Has been convicted of a felony or any misdemeanor as referenced in §
24-31-305(1.5), C.R.S. (2005) in any jurisdiction; or
(II) Wrongfully obtained certification through fraud or misrepresentation;
or
(III) Has not met any other requirements imposed by the Board.
B-42
Return to Table of Contents
B-43
Return to Table of Contents
Rule 19 – Vehicle Identification Number Inspectors
Effective January 1, 2011
Any person seeking certification as a Vehicle Identification Number Inspector must
meet each of the following requirements:
(a) Currently serving as a peace officer recognized in Title 16, Article 2.5 of the
Colorado Revised Statutes or as “Inspector” defined in Title 42 Article 5 of the
Colorado Revised Statutes; and
(b) Successfully completes and submits his/her certificate of completion from an
approved Vehicle Identification Number course; and
(c) Pay to the POST Board a certification fee of twenty-five dollars ($25.00) in the
form of a certified check, money order or agency check; and
(d) Completes and submits the POST Form 9 – Application for VIN Inspector
Certification.
B-44
Return to Table of Contents
B-45
Return to Table of Contents
Rule 20 – Vehicle Identification Number Inspector Programs
Effective November 15, 2013
(a) Every vehicle identification number (VIN) inspector program must contain a
minimum of seventeen (17) hours, and be approved prior to the start of
instruction.
(b) The program director must submit the following documentation to the Board at
least sixty (60) days prior to the start of instruction:
(I) A narrative of performance objectives for the program (new programs
only); and
(II) A list of courses to be taught and the time allocated for each course (new
programs only); and
(III) Submit a completed POST Form 9A, Training Program Approval, and a
list of instructors and their qualifications. Instructors shall be approved
only for a specific program under this rule (all programs).
(c) To be approved, a program must include at least the following:
(I) Legal aspects of VIN inspection; and
(II) Use of the National Auto Theft Bureau manual; and
(III) How to conduct a VIN inspection; and
(IV) How to meet the reporting requirements of a VIN inspection.
(d) The program director must submit the following to the Board within thirty (30)
days of the end of the program:
(I) The score of each trainee and a statement whether each trainee passed
or failed the course.
B-46
Return to Table of Contents
B-47
Return to Table of Contents
Rule 21 – Basic and Reserve Training Academies
Effective March 1, 2011
(a) Academy approval.
(I) All aspects of an academy must be in compliance with POST Rules and
Program requirements before academy approval will be considered.
(II) Only an academy that is approved by the Board may provide training
required for certified peace officer status; and
(III) Each scheduled academy class of an approved training academy must
be approved prior to the start of instruction.
(b) Continuing academies.
(I) A continuing academy is an approved basic or reserve academy that
conducts and completes at least one approved academy class every
three (3) years and operates in compliance with these Rules.
(II) If a continuing academy does not complete at least one approved
academy class in any consecutive three (3) year period, approval of the
academy shall expire. An expired academy must reapply for approval
as a new academy and be approved prior to providing any academy
instruction.
(III) Other than as referenced in the preceding paragraph (II), a continuing
academy may remain approved until its status is surrendered,
suspended or revoked.
(IV) The academy director must ensure that the following documents are
received at POST at least thirty (30) days, but no more than sixty (60)
days, prior to the start of instruction for each scheduled academy class:
(A) A completed POST Form 7, Application for Academy Approval;
and
(B) A completed “Scheduling Request for POST Exam” form (basic
academies only); and
(C) A complete and accurate academy schedule with the following
information clearly noted on the schedule.
B-48
Return to Table of Contents
(1) All courses, dates and times in chronological order for
each course, major exams and the name of the primary
instructor for each course; and
(2) All dates and times when arrest control drill training,
night driving and dim light shooting will be instructed;
and
(3) For arrest control and firearms training, if the schedule
shows more than eight (8) hours of instruction in any one
day, then the schedule must denote lab or lecture hours,
as appropriate; and
(4) If multiple courses are listed within the same block of
time on the schedule, then either the schedule itself or
accompanying documents must specify the amount of
time that will be instructed for each course.
(V) No later than 5:00 p.m. on the next business day following the first day
of each approved academy class, the academy director shall ensure
that an accurate enrollment roster is received at POST. See also POST
Rule 14, Fingerprint-Based Criminal History Record Check.
(VI) The academy director shall notify POST prior to the occurrence of any
change of the academy’s start date or end date, to include cancellation
of the academy, as submitted to POST on the Form 7, Application for
Academy Approval.
(VII) Each college academy and private occupational school academy shall
establish an advisory committee that consists of law enforcement
officials and administrators to assist with providing logistical support
and validation of training.
(c) New academies.
(I) A new academy is either a basic or reserve academy that has never
conducted approved training, or a basic or reserve academy that has
not conducted approved training within the previous three (3) years.
(II) The academy director of a proposed new academy shall contact POST
at least six (6) months prior to the anticipated start date of the new
academy to ascertain application procedures and deadlines for
submitting documents for new academy approval.
B-49
Return to Table of Contents
(III) The following types of academies are considered separate academies
that must be individually approved:
(A) Basic and reserve academies even if operated by the same
agency, organization or academic institution.
(B) Academies located either on a satellite campus, or at a different
physical location than the primary academy.
(IV) The proposed formal name of an academy must neither misrepresent
the status of the academy, nor mislead law enforcement or the public.
(V) Required documentation that must be submitted for new academy
approval includes, but is not limited to, a videotape or DVD of all
proposed sites where academic instruction and skills training will take
place, site safety plans, lesson plans for all academic courses and all
skills training programs that are required by the Basic or Reserve
Academic Training Program, resumes for all academic instructors, and
documentation of qualifications for all skills instructors.
(VI) Once a proposed new academy begins the approval process by
submitting any of the required documentation listed in the preceding
paragraph (V) to POST, the proposed new academy shall have a
maximum of twelve (12) months to complete the new academy
approval process.
(VII) The director of a proposed new academy shall also ensure that the
documents required to be submitted by continuing academies, as listed
in paragraph (b)(IV) of this Rule, are received at POST at least thirty
(30) days, but no more than sixty (60) days, prior to the start of
instruction.
(VIII) Prior to approval, the proposed new academy must pass an on-site pre-
approval inspection conducted by the Board or its designated
representative(s).
(d) Training sites, site safety plans and equipment.
(I) An academy shall have the following training sites and facilities:
(A) For academics: A classroom with adequate heating, cooling,
ventilation, lighting, acoustics and space, and a sufficient
number of desks or tables and chairs in the classroom for each
trainee; and
B-50
Return to Table of Contents
(B) For firearms: A firing range with adequate backstop and berms
to ensure the safety of all persons at or near the range, and
some type of visual notification (range flag, signs, lights, or
other) whenever the range is being utilized for live fire; and
(C) For driving: A safe driving track for conducting law
enforcement driving; and
(D) For arrest control: An indoor site for instructing arrest control
training with sufficient space and mats to ensure trainee safety;
and
(E) For practical exercises: Appropriate and safe locations for all
practical exercises.
(II) Training sites.
(A) All new training sites for academic classroom instruction and
skills training must be approved by POST in consultation with
the appropriate subject matter expert committee prior to
conducting any training at the site.
(B) Each academy is responsible for obtaining approval for all of its
training sites of academic instruction and skills training.
(C) Academy directors shall ensure that all sites for practical
training are safe and that appropriate training can be
accomplished at the site to achieve the course objectives or
performance outcomes.
(D) Presumed approval or use of a specific site by one academy does
not extend to automatic approval of the site for use by other
academies.
(E) If an approved site is not utilized during any consecutive three
(3) year period by any academy for the type of training for which
the site was initially approved, then site approval expires. In
order to resume training at an expired site, the site must be
resubmitted for approval and approved.
(F) The following items must be submitted to POST in order for
approval of a new or expired training site to be considered:
B-51
Return to Table of Contents
(1) A VHS-format videotape (or DVD video on a DVD–R disk
that will play through a set-top DVD player to a TV) that
accurately depicts the site where instruction is to take
place; and
(2) A detailed description of the site must be included, either
as verbal narrative on the videotape or DVD, or as a
written supplement; and
(3) An up-to-date written site safety plan.
(G) If an approved site has been in continuous use by at least one
approved academy for at least the previous three (3) consecutive
years and an additional academy seeks approval of the same
site, then the director of the additional academy may submit a
written request to POST that includes the location and/or
description of the site, in lieu of the VHS or DVD, along with an
up-to-date written site safety plan.
(III) Site safety plans.
(A) Each site of skills training and academic or classroom
instruction must have an up-to-date and approved written site
safety plan present on site during any academy training at the
site; and
(B) Copies of all site safety plans must also be on file at the academy
at all times; and
(C) Each site safety plan shall include procedures for managing
medical emergencies, injuries, or accidents that are probable or
likely to occur at the site; and
(D) All academy staff members, instructors and trainees shall be
familiar with the content of each site safety plan as it pertains
to the nature and scope of their involvement with the academy.
(IV) Equipment.
(A) An academy shall have and maintain the necessary equipment
and instructional aids in sufficient quantities for conducting all
aspects of the required academy training program; and
B-52
Return to Table of Contents
(B) All training sites and facilities, equipment, books, supplies,
materials and the like shall be maintained in good condition.
(C) The following items shall be present at each training site during
any academy training at the site:
(1) An effective means of summoning emergency medical
assistance; and
(2) A first aid kit that contains appropriate supplies to treat
medical emergencies or injuries that are likely to be
sustained at the site.
(e) Academy directors.
(I) Qualifications. Each academy shall designate an on-site academy
director whose qualifications, based upon education, experience and
training, demonstrate his or her ability to manage the academy.
(II) Compliance. The academy director shall ensure that the academy
operates in compliance with all POST Rules.
(III) Records. The academy director shall be responsible for establishing
and maintaining a records management system that includes, but is
not limited to, enrollment rosters, POST Form 11-E’s, trainee files,
trainee manuals, attendance records, lesson plans, source material,
instructor files, instructor/course evaluations and site safety plans.
(IV) Change of director. The academy director or authorized representative
of an academy shall notify POST as soon as practicable of any change
of academy director or any change of the academy director’s electronic
mailing address.
(f) Curriculum requirements.
(I) Academic standards.
(A) All training academies shall meet or exceed the required course
content and minimum number of hours for each academic course
of instruction and for each of the skills programs as required by
the Basic Academic Training Program or Reserve Academic
Training Program.
B-53
Return to Table of Contents
(B) Successful completion required.
(1) Trainees must successfully complete the Basic Academic
Training Program or Reserve Academic Training Program
with a minimum score of seventy percent (70%); and
(2) Trainees must successfully complete all skills training as
required by the Arrest Control Training Program, Law
Enforcement Driving Program and Firearms Training
Program.
(3) If an academy applies a higher standard than what is
required by the preceding paragraphs (1) and (2), the
higher standard must be described in the Trainee Manual
and in the respective skills lesson plans or course
materials, as applicable.
(II) Attendance.
(A) For all hours of all skills training programs, 100% attendance
and participation are required except as specified in Rule
24(b)(VIII).
(B) Attendance is required for all hours of all academic classes. Any
trainee who is absent for any portion of an academic class shall
make up the missed class content in accordance with the
academy’s rules and regulations.
(C) Written attendance records are required.
(1) For trainees: Written daily attendance records that are
accurate and up-to-date shall be kept for all trainees
enrolled in all academic classes and all skills training
classes.
(2) For skills instructors: Written attendance records that
are accurate and up-to-date shall be kept for all
instructors who teach any portion of a skills training
program.
(III) Lesson plans.
(A) All basic and reserve training academies shall develop and
maintain up-to-date formal written lesson plans that are on file
B-54
Return to Table of Contents
for each academic course of instruction and for each of the skills
training programs.
(B) Each lesson plan and/or an accompanying lesson plan cover
sheet must include at least the following information, as
applicable:
(1) Course title; and
(2) Number of hours for the course required by the POST
Academic Training Program and the number of actual
course hours that will be instructed; and
(3) Learning goals, course objectives and/or performance
outcomes for the course; and
(4) Method of instruction; and
(5) Instructional content of the course that substantiates the
stated goals, objectives and/or outcomes of the course; and
(6) A copy of any handouts, multimedia and/or PowerPoint
presentations that will be used during the instruction.
(IV) Daily schedules.
(A) For all skills training programs, daily schedules are required
that contain the information referenced in each of the skills
training programs.
(B) The format, number of pages and organization of information on
the daily schedules shall be at the discretion of the primary
skills instructor and/or academy director.
(V) Source material.
(A) For source material identified as required source material in the
current POST Curriculum Bibliography, at least one (1) copy of
each of the publications or sources must be maintained at the
place of academic instruction. For those sources that are
referenced with a website address, providing the trainees with
readily available Internet access is acceptable in lieu of
maintaining at least one (1) copy of each of the publications or
sources.
B-55
Return to Table of Contents
(VI) Academy examinations.
(A) All academies shall administer written, oral or practical
examinations periodically during each academy in order to
measure the attainment of course objectives or performance
outcomes as specified in the Basic Academic Training Program
or Reserve Academic Training Program.
(B) The academy director shall prescribe the manner, method of
administration, frequency and length of academy examinations.
(C) The time allotted for academic examinations shall be in addition
to the number of Required Minimum Hours for each course as
specified in the Basic Academic Training Program or Reserve
Academic Training Program.
(VII) Certificates of completion.
(A) The academy director shall issue a certificate of completion to
each trainee who successfully completes all requirements of the
approved academy within two (2) years of enrollment.
(B) The academy director shall not issue a certificate of completion
to any trainee who has not attended and successfully completed
100% of all required skills training.
(C) Each certificate of completion shall contain the following
information:
(1) Trainee’s name; and
(2) Name of the approved academy; and
(3) Type of academy (basic or reserve); and
(4) Date of academy completion (month, day, year); and
(5) Total number of hours of the completed academy; and
(6) Signature of the academy director and/or agency or
academic representative.
(7) Reserve academy certificates of completion shall
additionally state whether the total number of academy
B-56
Return to Table of Contents
hours does or does not include the approved law
enforcement driving program.
(g) Instructors.
(I) Minimum qualifications.
(A) Academic instructors shall possess the requisite education,
experience and/or training necessary, as determined by the
academy director, to competently instruct specific academic
courses or blocks of instruction.
(B) Skills instructors shall meet the minimum qualifications as
described in Rule 23, Academy Skills Instructors.
(II) Instructor files.
(A) A record or file that contains at least the following information
shall be maintained for each instructor who teaches any portion
of an academic class or skills training class:
(1) A resume or certificates of completion and/or other
documentation that substantiates the instructor’s
qualifications.
(2) Current contact information for the instructor that
includes a work, home or cellular telephone number, and
a work, home or electronic mailing address.
(B) Exception. Licensed attorneys from the same office or firm may
be included in one instructor file, as long as the file contains the
names of all attorneys from that office or firm who provide
instruction at the academy.
(III) Instructor/course evaluations.
(A) Trainees shall complete written evaluations for each instructor
and/or course of instruction for all academic courses and skills
training programs of the approved academy.
(B) Either the POST Form 10, Instructor/Course Evaluation, or
comparable academy forms and/or documents may be used for
this purpose.
B-57
Return to Table of Contents
(C) The academy director shall determine the most meaningful
format and method of administration of the instructor/course
evaluations in order to monitor instructor quality and course
content and to meet the needs of the individual academy.
(h) Duty to report.
(I) In addition to any notifications that may be required administratively
or under federal, state or local law, it shall be the duty of every
academy director or the academy director’s designee to report the
following events to POST immediately or as soon as practicable after
the event:
(A) Any death, gunshot wound or serious bodily injury that occurs to
any person whose death, gunshot wound or serious bodily injury
was either caused by, or may have been caused by, any training
or activity associated with the academy; or
(B) Any bodily injury that occurs to any person who is not affiliated
with the academy, i.e., an innocent bystander, whose bodily
injury was either caused by, or may have been caused by, any
training or activity associated with the academy.
(II) Training to cease.
(A) In the event of any death or gunshot wound as described in
paragraph (h)(I)(A) of this section, all training shall immediately
cease at the training site where the death or gunshot wound
occurred.
(B) Training may resume only after the Board or its designated
representative(s) have ensured that the program is operating in
compliance with POST Rules.
(III) Serious bodily injury means those injuries as defined in
§ 18-1-901(3)(p), C.R.S.
(IV) Bodily injury means those injuries as defined in § 18-1-901(3)(c), C.R.S.
(V) All instructors shall be familiar with the information contained in this
Section (h) as it pertains to the nature and scope of their involvement
with the academy.
B-58
Return to Table of Contents
(i) Academy records requirements.
(I) Trainee file. During the academy, a file shall be maintained for each
trainee or a systematic filing system must exist that contains at least
the following records:
(A) Trainee’s full legal name and date of birth; and
(B) Photocopy of the trainee’s high school diploma or high school
equivalency certificate; and
(C) Photocopy of the trainee’s valid driver’s license; and
(D) Form 11-E, Enrollment Advisory Form.
(II) Trainee manual.
(A) Each academy shall maintain an up-to-date trainee manual that
contains relevant and accurate information. At a minimum, the
trainee manual shall contain the academy’s rules and
regulations, academic requirements, attendance policies and site
safety plans.
(B) Upon entry into the academy, each trainee should be issued a
copy of the trainee manual and acknowledge receipt of the
manual in writing.
(III) The following records shall be maintained at the academy and shall be
readily available for inspection at any reasonable time by the Board or
its designated representative(s).
(A) A completed Form 11-E, Enrollment Advisory Form, for each
trainee enrolled in the academy in progress; and
(B) Current trainee manual; and
(C) Current lesson plans; and
(D) Current source material; and
(E) Instructor files for current instructors; and
(F) Copies of all site safety plans; and
B-59
Return to Table of Contents
(G) Trainee files for the academy in progress and the previously
completed academy; and
(H) Attendance records for the academy in progress and the
previously completed academy; and
(I) Instructor/course evaluations for the academy in progress and
the previously completed academy.
(IV) All academy records must be retained for at least the three (3) year
period as required by the Uniform Records Retention Act, § 6-17-101,
et seq., C.R.S.
B-60
Return to Table of Contents
B-61
Return to Table of Contents
Rule 22 – Concerning Sunrise Review of Peace Officer
Status
Effective March 2, 2005
The Colorado General Assembly and Colorado Peace Officer Standards and
Training Board (POST) find that it is necessary to ensure that clear standards exist
for obtaining peace officer status in the state of Colorado. The General Assembly
and POST Board, during the 2003 legislative session, made statutory changes to
end the stratification of peace officers and to ensure that all peace officers receive a
consistent level of statutory protection. During the 2004 legislative session, SB04-
224 required that the POST Board review any group seeking peace officer status,
either for a group or a specific position. These POST Board actions are to be
accomplished prior to the group seeking authorization from the General Assembly.
(a) Proposal Submission to POST
(I) No later than July 1 of any year, a group or political subdivision of the
state that seeks peace officer status, either for the group or a specific
position, shall submit to the POST Board for its review, a completed
POST Form 12 and proposal containing the following information.
(A) A complete description of the group or specific position, its
enforcement responsibilities and purpose for seeking peace
officer status.
(B) An estimate of the number of persons who hold the position or
are in the group affected.
(C) A description of the specific need for the authority and
protections required for the group or specific position.
(D) The direct benefit to the public that would result from granting
the peace officer status to the group or specific position.
(E) The costs associated with granting the status to the applicant
group or specific position.
(F) A resolution or letter of support for the proposed change in
status from the chief executive officer of the unit of government
or political subdivision employing the applicant group or
overseeing the proposed position.
(G) All other information requested or required by the POST
Director or POST Board Sub-committee for Peace Officer status.
B-62
Return to Table of Contents
(II) The Director of POST will review item (A) through (G) and will
coordinate with the group or specific position on additional information
needed for POST Board review. A date will then be set for POST
Board Sub-committee hearing.
(b) POST Board Sub-committee Hearing
(I) POST Board Sub-committee for Peace Officer status
(A) The Sub-committee shall include the following POST Board
members – 2 Police Chiefs, 2 Sheriffs, and 1 additional Board
member. The Director of POST shall staff the Sub-committee.
(II) After receiving the required information specified in subsections (a)(I)
and (II) of this rule, the POST Board sub-committee for Peace Officer
status shall conduct a hearing with the group’s representatives seeking
Peace Officer status for the group or position.
(III) At the hearing a determination as to whether Peace Officer status is
needed shall be based upon the following criteria:
(A) Sufficient need for one or more of the “primary” Peace Officer
powers:
Authority to enforce all laws in the State of Colorado.
Authority to arrest (PC, warrant, restraining order, court
order).
Authority to use force in effecting arrest or preventing
escape.
Authority to “stop and frisk”.
Authority to execute search warrants.
Authority to carry concealed without Sheriff’s permit.
(B) Employment by a government entity or a political subdivision
thereof.
(C) Endorsement by the governing body or bodies of every group or
position that the proposed legislation would include.
(D) Copies of letters of notification from the group seeking status to
the affected law enforcement agencies with concurrent
jurisdiction.
B-63
Return to Table of Contents
(E) "Draft" copy of the position/group's proposed bill language. The
draft shall be completed through the use of a POST provided bill
language template. Any specific limitations to Peace Officer
authority need to be clearly delineated in the language of the
proposed legislation.
(IV) Identification and assessment of the range and scope of authority,
limits on authority, and the availability of Peace Officers with
concurrent jurisdiction will be considered by the sub-committee
regarding POST recommendations and training standards for each
group.
(V) The preferred standards for any group or position requesting Peace
Officer status are full POST certification (including background
standards), and 40 hours annual continuing education.
(VI) The POST Board sub-committee for Peace Officer status shall submit a
report and recommendation to the full POST Board for review and
action. The applicant group or position will receive a copy of the report
and recommendation.
(c) POST Board Review
(I) Upon receipt of the POST Board sub-committee report and
recommendation, the POST Board shall review the sub-committee
recommendations at a scheduled POST Board meeting.
(II) At the scheduled meeting, the POST Board shall review the report,
recommendation(s) and the information submitted by the sub-
committee, and shall grant the groups' or positions' representatives a
hearing to address the report and recommendations of the sub-
committee. The POST Board can approve the recommendations or
return the application to the POST sub-committee requiring additional
information, requirements, and/or further review. Should the POST
Board require the sub-committee to conduct a further review of the
Positions' or Groups' application, the sub-committee's final report and
recommendations shall be presented to the full Board at a scheduled
POST Board Meeting. The affected group/position will be notified of
the meeting at which the final report and recommendations will be
considered by the Board.
(III) Upon completion of sections (c)(I) and (II) of this rule, the POST Board
shall submit a final report and recommendations to the group seeking
peace officer status for the group or for a specific position and to the
Judiciary Committees of the Senate and House of Representatives.
The report will be submitted no later than October 15 of the year
B-64
Return to Table of Contents
following the year in which the proposal was submitted. The report
may include legislative recommendations.
(d) Limitations – § 16-2.5-201(6)
(I) The group seeking peace officer status for the group or specific position
may request members of the General Assembly to present appropriate
legislation to the General Assembly during each of the two regular
sessions that immediately succeed the date of the report required
pursuant to subsection (c)(III) without having to comply again with the
provisions of this rule.
(II) Bills introduced pursuant to the statute and this rule shall count
against the number of bills to which members of the General Assembly
are limited by joint rule of the Senate and House of Representatives.
The General Assembly shall not consider peace officer status of more
than five positions or groups in any one session of the General
Assembly.
B-65
Return to Table of Contents
Rule 23 – Academy Skills Instructors
Effective January 1, 2012
(a) Recognition of academy skills instructors.
(I) A skills instructor may be recognized to teach at an approved academy
as either an assistant skills instructor or a full skills instructor in each of
the three (3) required skills training programs: arrest control, law
enforcement driving, and firearms.
(II) All skills instructors who teach any portion of a skills training program
at a POST approved basic or reserve training academy shall be qualified
and approved as required by this Rule.
(III) Each academy shall maintain the applicable certificates of completion
and/or documentation for all skills instructors.
(IV) New academies requesting POST approval and POST approved
academies that have not conducted an academy within the previous
three (3) years shall submit the appropriate documentation to POST
and obtain approval for all assistant skills instructors and all full skills
instructors.
(b) Assistant skills instructors.
(I) An assistant skills instructor may instruct under the direction and in the
presence of a full skills instructor and assist in evaluating and coaching
trainees.
(II) Minimum qualifications for an assistant skills instructor:
(A) In order to begin serving or to serve as an assistant skills
instructor, a person must have successfully completed the
relevant approved skills instructor training program (See Rule 1,
Definitions); and
(B) For arrest control skills instructors, the relevant approved skills
instructor training program shall be the same recognized
discipline for arrest control training in which the person will be
instructing.
(III) Approval of assistant skills instructors.
(A) Effective March 1, 2011, assistant skills instructors for firearms,
arrest control and driving do not need to have certificates of
B-66
Return to Table of Contents
completion reviewed by POST if the academy director or new
assistant skills instructor is certain that the instructor has
completed the relevant approved skills instructor training
program.
(B) POST will review certificates of completion and/or
documentation for assistant firearms, arrest control, and driving
assistant skills instructors if an academy director or new
assistant skills instructor applicant is not certain that a
particular instructor training program qualifies as the relevant
approved skills instructor training program.
(C) Either the academy director or the assistant skills instructor
applicant may submit the certificates of completion and/or
documentation to POST for review.
(c) Full skills instructors.
(I) A full skills instructor may develop, implement, and evaluate a skills
training program. In order to begin serving or to serve as a full skills
instructor, a person must have satisfied the three (3) minimum
qualifications listed in the following paragraph (II).
(II) Minimum qualifications for a full skills instructor.
(A) Successful completion of the relevant approved skills instructor
training program (See Rule 1, Definitions); and
(B) Successful completion of an approved forty (40) hour instruction
methodology training program; and
(C) Completion of a minimum of eighty (80) hours of instructional
experience as an assistant skills instructor at a Colorado POST
approved academy in the corresponding skills training program:
arrest control, law enforcement driving, or firearms. For arrest
control training, the eighty (80) hours may be completed in any
recognized discipline(s) for arrest control training in which the
instructor has completed the relevant approved skills instructor
training program. For firearms training, the eighty (80) hours as
an assistant skills instructor shall be completed within the
previous five (5) years prior to application.
B-67
Return to Table of Contents
(III) Approval of full skills instructors.
(A) All new full skills instructors must be approved by the Board in
consultation with the corresponding subject matter expert
committee(s) for arrest control, law enforcement driving or
firearms prior to serving as a full skills instructor.
(B) To apply for approval as a full skills instructor, either the
academy director or the full skills instructor applicant, if the
applicant has no current academy affiliation, may submit the
appropriate documentation to POST to substantiate that the
minimum qualifications have been satisfied.
(C) A written statement from the director of the academy where the
applicant served as an assistant skills instructor is acceptable
documentation as it applies to the eighty (80) hour requirement.
The statement must include the applicant’s full name, the dates
that the applicant instructed and number of hours on each of
those dates showing the applicant’s instructional experience.
(D) Instructional experience completed at other than a Colorado
POST approved academy may be considered as part of the eighty
(80) hour requirement. However, the full skills instructor
applicant must request a variance in accordance with POST Rule
7, Variances, and the applicant may be required to appear in
person before the appropriate subject matter expert committee to
demonstrate skills instructional proficiency.
(E) The completed documents received at POST will be reviewed by
POST in consultation with the appropriate subject matter expert
committee during the committee’s next regularly scheduled
meeting.
(F) POST will provide written notification to the academy director or
the full skills instructor applicant who submitted the documents
as to whether the applicant was approved or denied approval as a
full skills instructor.
(d) Lead skills instructors.
(I) A lead skills instructor is a full skills instructor who may be
designated by the academy director to oversee or coordinate the
administration of a specific skills program of a particular academy
class.
B-68
Return to Table of Contents
(II) Lead skills instructors require no additional approval by POST beyond
approval as a full skills instructor.
(III) POST will review certificates of completion and/or documentation for
lead skills instructors only as such documentation pertains to approval
as a full skills instructor.
(e) Any applicant denied approval under section (b) or (c) of this Rule may appeal
such denial in writing to the Director within ten days of notification of denial.
B-69
Return to Table of Contents
Rule 24 – Skills Training Safety and Skills Program
Requirements for Basic and Reserve Academies
Effective July 1, 2011
(a) For ALL skills training programs: arrest control, law enforcement driving
and firearms.
(I) A daily schedule is required.
(A) The daily schedule shall be in addition to the lesson plan
requirement of Rule 21, Basic and Reserve Training Academies.
(B) The daily schedule shall contain the information described in
each of the skills training programs: Arrest Control Training
Program, Law Enforcement Driving Program, and Firearms
Training Program.
(C) The format, number of pages and organization of information on
the daily schedule(s) shall be at the discretion of the primary
skills instructor and/or academy director.
(II) Written daily attendance records are required.
(A) Written attendance records for all dates of skills training shall
be maintained for all trainees enrolled in the skills training
program AND for all skills instructors who teach any portion of
the skills training program; and
(B) Attendance records shall be accurate and up-to-date and must
be available during POST inspections of the skills program in
progress.
(III) Site safety plans are required.
(A) Each site of skills training must have an up-to-date and
approved written site safety plan present on site during any
academy training at the site; and
(B) All academy staff members, instructors and trainees shall be
familiar with the content of each site safety plan as it pertains
to the nature and scope of their involvement with the academy.
(IV) For all hours of all skills training programs, except as specified in
(b)(VII), 100% attendance and participation are mandatory.
B-70
Return to Table of Contents
(V) There must be at least one full skills instructor present at the site of
instruction for each skills training session, excluding lecture-only
sessions conducted in a classroom setting.
(VI) Successful completion is required.
(A) For the Arrest Control Training Program and the Law
Enforcement Driving Program, the minimum requirement for
successful completion is seventy percent (70%); and
(1) Each academy may apply a higher standard for successful
completion of any portion of the skills training program
that is greater than seventy percent (70%); and
(2) If such a higher standard is applied, the higher standard
must be described in the respective skills lesson plan and
in the Trainee Manual.
(B) For the Firearms Training Program, effective July 1, 2010, the
mandatory minimum requirement for successful completion
shall be one hundred percent (100%).
(b) Arrest control training.
(I) There must be at least one arrest control instructor for every ten (10)
trainees (i.e., 1:10 ratio) during any practicum or lab session.
(II) No practicum or lab session may exceed eight (8) hours in any one-day.
(III) Mats or mat coverings must be serviceable and cleaned on a regular
basis with an appropriate cleansing agent and/or disinfectant.
(IV) Only those arrest control disciplines that have been reviewed and
approved as recognized disciplines for arrest control training are
acceptable instruction for the Arrest Control Training Program.
(V) Each academy shall ensure that all arrest control instructors maintain
current certification for the academy’s arrest control discipline in
accordance with the standards for recertification, if any, of the
recognized discipline for arrest control training.
(VI) All students must successfully complete a skills test out and written
examination in accordance with the discipline being taught. If the
program does not have a student test out then each student at a
B-71
Return to Table of Contents
minimum must successfully complete the arrest control skills test as
used in the provisional/renewal of certification process.
(VII) All students must attend 100% of the required sixty-two (62) hours of
Arrest Control Training and no less than 95% of the hours of any
course exceeding the established sixty-two hour requirement.
(VIII) All academy Arrest Control Training programs must be comprised of at
least 60% lab hours.
(c) Law enforcement driving training.
(I) There must be at least one driving track vehicle and one law
enforcement driving instructor for every six (6) trainees (i.e., 1:6 ratio)
during any instruction at the track.
(II) No track exercise and/or practicum may exceed twelve (12) hours in
any 24-hour period.
(III) Academy directors shall ensure that no trainee be permitted to
participate in a law enforcement driving program unless the trainee
possesses a valid driver’s license.
(IV) There must be at least one (1) fully charged five (5) pound size or
larger, dry chemical, Class ABC fire extinguisher on site during any
instruction at the track.
(V) Prior to receiving any nighttime Law Enforcement Driving Program
instruction at the track, each trainee shall receive a minimum of
twelve (12) hours of daylight driving instruction at the track.
(d) Firearms training.
(I) There must be at least one firearms instructor for every four (4)
trainees enrolled in the program (i.e., 1:4 ratio) anytime a trainee is
handling an operable firearm, whether loaded or unloaded, at any
location, including in the classroom and at the range, except as noted
in the following paragraph (III). This 1:4 instructor to student ratio
shall not include the instructor running the range exercise. For live
fire tactical exercises, drills, and dim light shooting that requires
movement, the instructor to student ratio shall be 1:4 with an
emphasis on the four (4) rules of firearms safety.
B-72
Return to Table of Contents
(II) No range exercise and/or lab session may exceed eight (8) hours in any
one day.
(III) For all decisional shooting scenarios, there must be an instructor to
student ratio of 1:1.
(IV) Only POST approved firearms instructors and not agency trained
safety officers may be utilized to satisfy the minimum ratios of
firearms instructors to trainees.
(V) Prior to receiving any dim light firearms instruction at the range, each
trainee shall receive a minimum of forty (40) hours of Firearms
Training Program instruction, to include at least eight (8) hours of
classroom lecture and thirty-two (32) hours of daylight live range
instruction.
(VI) Only high-visibility, fluorescent colored “dummy” ammunition may be
used for any weapons handling other than actual live fire shooting.
(VII) Trainees must be provided written and oral reminders over the course
of the training of the four (4) rules of firearms safety:
(A) All weapons must be treated as if they are always loaded; and
(B) Never let the muzzle of a weapon point at anything you are not
willing to destroy; and
(C) Keep your finger off the trigger and out of the trigger guard
until the sights are on the target and you are prepared to shoot;
and
(D) Always be certain of the target and beyond.
(VIII) All trainees must be familiar with the four (4) rules of firearms safety
prior to handling any operable firearm.
(IX) Firearms ranges must display some type of visual notification (range
flag, signs, lights, or other) whenever the range is being utilized for
live fire.
(X) Each trainee must fire a minimum of one thousand and five hundred
(1,500) live rounds of handgun ammunition in a single weapons
system, revolver or semi-automatic, before completing the program.
B-73
Return to Table of Contents
Rule 25 – Academy Instructor Training Programs
Effective March 1, 2011
(a) Only the following four (4) Colorado POST academy instructor training
programs shall be recognized under this Rule:
(I) Instruction Methodology Program; or
(II) Arrest Control Instructor Program; or
(III) Handgun Instructor Program; or
(IV) Law Enforcement Driving Instructor Program.
(b) Each scheduled training class of a recognized academy instructor training
program must:
(I) Contain a minimum of forty (40) hours of instruction; and
(II) Be approved prior to the start of instruction.
(c) Continuing academy instructor training programs.
(I) A continuing academy instructor training program is one that has been
approved, conducts and completes at least one approved program every
five (5) years, and operates in compliance with this Rule.
(II) The program director of a continuing academy instructor training
program must ensure that the following documents are received at
POST at least thirty (30) days but no more than sixty (60) days prior to
the start of instruction for each scheduled training class of the
approved continuing academy instructor training program:
(A) A completed POST Form 8, Application for Academy Instructor
Training Program Approval; and
(B) If instruction will take place other than during normal weekday
business hours, a schedule that accurately displays the dates and
times when instruction will be conducted.
(d) New academy instructor training programs.
(I) A new academy instructor training program is a recognized instructor
training program that has either never conducted approved training, or a
B-74
Return to Table of Contents
previously approved academy instructor training program that has not
conducted approved training within the previous five (5) years.
(II) The program director of a proposed new academy instructor training
program shall submit the following items to POST at least ninety (90)
days prior to the anticipated start date of the program:
(A) A comprehensive lesson plan that details the course material to be
instructed as required by the applicable academy instructor
training program; and
(B) Any handout materials, publications and multimedia, such as
PowerPoint presentations, that will be utilized during instruction;
and
(C) A detailed explanation of the pass-fail or grading criteria; and
(D) A list of all instructors and documentation to substantiate
compliance with the minimum instructor qualifications identified
in the applicable academy instructor training program; and
(E) For skills training sites, a VHS-format videotape (or DVD video on
a DVD–R disk that will play through a set-top DVD player to a
TV) that accurately depicts the site where instruction will take
place along with an up-to-date written safety plan, if the site has
not been utilized for POST approved training within the previous
three (3) years.
(III) The program director of a proposed new academy instructor training
program shall also ensure that the documents listed in paragraph (c)(II)
of this Rule are received at POST at least thirty (30) days prior to the
start of instruction.
(e) Instructors.
(I) Instructors for new academy instructor training programs shall be
approved in accordance with the minimum instructor qualifications
identified in the applicable academy instructor training program.
(II) For continuing academy instructor training programs, the program
director shall ensure that all instructors who instruct any portion of the
program meet the minimum instructor qualifications identified in the
applicable instructor training program.
B-75
Return to Table of Contents
(f) The program director of any new or continuing academy instructor training
program shall notify POST prior to the occurrence of any of the following:
(I) The program is cancelled for any reason; or
(II) Any change of the program’s start date or end date; or
(III) Any change of training site.
(g) Certificates of completion.
(I) The program director shall issue a certificate of completion to each
individual who successfully completes all requirements of the approved
academy instructor training program.
(II) Each certificate of completion shall contain at least the following
information:
(A) The exact name of the academy instructor training program as it
appears in Section (a) of this Rule:
(1) Instruction Methodology Program; or
(2) Arrest Control Instructor Program; or
(3) Handgun Instructor Program; or
(4) Law Enforcement Driving Instructor Program; and
(B) The exact words “POST Approved”; and
(C) Name of the individual who completed the program; and
(D) Program provider’s name or agency; and
(E) Dates of the program; and
(F) Total number of hours of the completed program; and
(G) Signature of the program director and/or agency or academic
representative; and
B-76
Return to Table of Contents
(H) For arrest control academy instructor training programs, the
certificate of completion shall also contain the name of the arrest
control discipline.
B-77
Return to Table of Contents
Rule 26 – Academy and Training Program Inspections
Effective March 8, 2004
(a) Members of the Board, or its designated representative(s) may at any
reasonable time inspect any approved academy or training program, or any
academy or training program believed to be operating contrary to these
Rules.
(b) An academy or training program inspection may include, but is not limited
to, a review of any records required to be maintained under these Rules,
examination of the academy’s facilities, training sites, and equipment,
observation of classroom instruction and skills training and interviews with
trainees, staff and instructors.
(c) Should the POST Director determine that an academy or training program is
not in compliance with POST Rules, he shall notify the academy director or
program director in writing of the specific deficiencies, and order remedial
action.
(d) The academy director or program director may appeal the POST Director’s
order to the Board within thirty (30) days in accordance with Rule 5(c).
(e) Failure to comply with the POST Director’s order shall result in the
immediate suspension of the academy or training program, pending review
by the Board at its next regular meeting.
B-78
Return to Table of Contents
B-79
Return to Table of Contents
Rule 27 -- Retired Law Enforcement Officer Authority to
Carry Concealed Firearms
Effective July 11, 2011
Federal Law Effective October 12, 2010
Pursuant to Chapter 44 of Title 18, United States Code, § 926C, the "Law
Enforcement Officer Safety Act Improvement Act of 2010", and notwithstanding any
other provision of the laws of the State of Colorado or any political subdivision
thereof, an individual who is a qualified retired law enforcement officer who is
carrying the identification required may carry a concealed firearm.
I. Colorado Concealed Weapons Permit.
(A) Nothing in this rule will prohibit a retired law enforcement officer from
seeking and obtaining a concealed weapons permit pursuant to Title
18, Article 12, Section 2, C.R.S.
II. Federal Eligibility Requirements for qualified Retired Law
Enforcement Officers.
(A) It will be the responsibility of the retired peace officer to determine if
he/she meets the criteria of being a "qualified retired law enforcement
officer." As used in this rule, the term "qualified retired law
enforcement officer" means an individual who:
(1) Separated in good standing from service with a public agency as
a law enforcement officer; and
(2) Before such separation, was authorized by law to engage in or
supervise the prevention, detection, investigation, or prosecution
of, or the incarceration of any person for any violation of law and
had statutory powers of arrest; and
(3) (a) Before such separation served as a law enforcement
officer for an aggregate of 10 years or more; or
(b) Separated from service with such agency after completing
any applicable probationary period of such service, due
to a service- connected disability as determined by such
agency; and
(4) During the most recent 12-month period has met, at the expense
of the individual, the standards for qualification in firearms
training for active law enforcement officers, as determined by;
(a) The former agency of the individual; or
B-80
Return to Table of Contents
(b) A law enforcement agency within the state in which the
individual resides; or
(c) The standards used by a certified firearms instructor that
is qualified to conduct a firearms qualification test for
active duty officers within the state; and
(5) (a) Has not been officially found by a qualified medical
professional employed by the agency to be unqualified for
reasons relating to mental health and as a result of this
finding will not be issued the required photographic
identification; or
(b) Has not entered into an agreement with the agency from
which the individual is separating from service in
which that individual acknowledges he or she is not
mental health and for those reasons will not receive or
accept the required photographic identification;
(6) Is not under the influence of alcohol or another intoxicating or
hallucinatory drug or substance; and
(7) Is not prohibited by Federal law from receiving a firearm.
III. The identification required by Federal law and this rule is:
(A) (1) Photographic identification issued by the agency from which the
individual separated from service as a law enforcement officer
that indicates that the individual has, not less recently than
one year before the date the individual is carrying the
concealed firearm, been tested or otherwise found by the
agency to meet the active duty standards for qualification in
firearms training as established by the agency to carry a
firearm of the same type as the concealed firearm; or
(2) Photographic identification issued by the agency from which the
individual separated from service as a law enforcement officer;
and
(B) A certification issued by a certified firearms instructor that is qualified
to conduct a firearms qualification test for active duty officers within
that state that indicates that the individual has, not less than 1 year
before the date the individual is carrying the concealed firearm, been
tested or otherwise found by a certified firearms instructor that is
qualified to conduct a firearms qualification test for active duty officers
within that state to have met the active duty standards for
B-81
Return to Table of Contents
qualifications in firearms training, set by any law enforcement agency,
within the state to carry a firearm of the same type as the concealed
firearm.
IV. Renewal of the Authority to Carry Concealed Firearms
(A) Pursuant to the Law Enforcement Officer Safety Act Improvements
Act of 2010, the authority to carry concealed weapons must be renewed
annually, at the expense of the individual, through the successful
completion of an approved active duty firearms qualification course.
Failure to successfully complete the course will cause the authority to
carry concealed firearms to be rescinded.
Repealed February 7, 2014
B-82
Return to Table of Contents
PROGRAMS
C-1
Return to Table of Contents
BASIC ACADEMIC TRAINING PROGRAM
Revised August 1, 2012
MINIMUM REQUIRED HOURS
Academic
370
Arrest Control
62
Driving
44
Firearms
64
TOTAL
540
I. INTRODUCTION TO CRIMINAL JUSTICE
REQUIRED HOURS 22
A. Criminal Process
Required Minimum Hours: 8
General Learning Goal: The student must be aware of the
constitutional rights of all individuals within the United States,
regardless of citizenship, and the role of the criminal justice system
protecting those rights.
Specific Performance Outcomes:
1. The student will recognize the freedoms and rights afforded to
individuals under the U.S. Constitution, the Bill of Rights, and
later Amendments.
2. The student will recognize how the following amendments to the
U.S. Constitution apply to the actions and conduct of peace
officers:
a. First Amendment
b. Fourth Amendment
c. Fifth Amendment
d. Sixth Amendment
e. Eighth Amendment
f. Fourteenth Amendment
3. The student will identify and compare and contrast the three
components of the criminal justice system.
a. Law Enforcement
b. Courts (prosecution)
c. Corrections
C-2
Return to Table of Contents
4. The student will identify the major goals of the criminal justice
system:
a. Guarantee due process and equal justice
b. Reduce crime, fear of crime, and public disorder
c. Protection of live and property
d. Enforcement of laws
e. Improve the quality of life
5. The student will explain the interrelationships of the components
of the criminal justice system with the legislative, judicial, and
executive processes.
6. The student will explain the impact of changing needs within the
community in relationship to the criminal justice system.
Required Source Material:
United States Constitution - Bill of Rights
Recommended Source Material:
Criminal Justice, Fagin (Prentice Hall)
Criminal Justice: Introductory Cases & Materials, Skolnick, Feeley,
McCoy (Foundation Publishing)
Introduction to Criminal Justice, Siegel and Worrall (Cengage
Learning)
B. Judicial Process
Required Minimum Hours: 4
General Learning Goal: The student will describe and explain the
organization and operation of the judicial process and the role of law
enforcement in this process.
Specific Performance Outcomes:
1. The student will explain the primary responsibilities of the
following:
a. Federal supreme, appellate, and district courts
b. State supreme, appeals, and district courts
c. County and municipal courts
d. Attorneys-prosecuting and defense, public defenders
2. The student will explain and define the following terms as they
relate to the judicial process in criminal cases:
a. Arrest
C-3
Return to Table of Contents
b. Bail
c. Arraignment
d. Preliminary hearing
e. Indictment
f. Plea bargaining
g. Trial
h. Disposition
3. The student will explain the role of discretion at the law
enforcement officer’s level and the impact discretion has on the
individual person as well as on the caseload for the overall
criminal justice system.
Required Source Material:
Colorado Peace Officer’s Legal Source Book, Section 12 (Colorado District
Attorney's Council/Colorado Attorney General)
Colorado Revised Statutes Title 16 Articles 2,3,4,5,
Recommended Source Material:
Colorado Courts at a Glance, www.cobar.org
Criminal Justice, Fagin (Prentice Hall)
Criminal Justice: Introductory Cases & Materials, Skolnick, Feeley,
McCoy (Foundation Publishing)
Introduction to Criminal Justice, Siegel and Worrall (Cengage
Learning)
C. Law Enforcement Organizations
Required Minimum Hours: 2
General Learning Goal: The student will understand that law
enforcement is not the function of police and sheriff agencies alone.
There are many other federal, state, and local agencies that make up the
law enforcement component of the criminal justice system.
Specific Performance Outcomes:
1. The student will identify and explain the primary purpose and
function of federal, state, and local agencies within the law
enforcement component of the criminal justice system including:
a. Federal. Federal Bureau of Investigation; Drug
Enforcement Administration; Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco,
Firearms and Explosives; Bureau of Citizenship and
Immigration Services; U.S. Marshal’s Office; U.S. Postal
C-4
Return to Table of Contents
Inspector; Secret Service; Department of Homeland
Security and Internal Revenue Service.
b. State. Department of Public Safety; Colorado
Attorney General’s Office; Department of Revenue;
Department of Motor Vehicles; Department of Natural
Resources; Campus Police Departments; and Department
of Corrections.
c. Local. Municipal Police Agencies; Sheriff’s
departments; Department of Social Services; and local
probation offices.
2. The student will identify the objectives of the law enforcement
component of the criminal justice system.
3. The student will recognize examples of positions held by
individuals who work within the law enforcement component of
the criminal justice system.
Recommended Source Material Only:
Department of Homeland Security Website www.dhs.gov
Department of Justice Website www.justice.gov
Partnering for America: the FBI with State, Local, Campus and Tribal
Law Enforcement Video (FBI and IADLEST)
D. Law Enforcement Ethics and Anti-Bias Policing
Required Minimum Hours: 8
General Learning Goal: The student will be able to identify the traits
that officers should exemplify and explain the benefits of professional
and ethical behavior to the officer, department and community
Specific Performance Outcomes:
1. The student will be able to identify the expectations of a peace
officer as it relates to the following groups:
a. Community
b. Victim, witnesses, suspect
c. Department
d. Governmental agencies
e. Fellow officers
2. The student will be able to describe the importance of ethical
conduct as it relates to the restrictions on accessibility and release
C-5
Return to Table of Contents
of criminal justice information and associated penalties
concerning the NCIC/CCIC system.
3. The student will be able to paraphrase the Law Enforcement Code
of Ethics and describe how it pertains to their profession and their
personal life.
4. The student will be able to identify the traits that officers should
exemplify and explain the benefits of professional and ethical
behavior to the officer, department and community.
5. The student will be able to describe the consequences of
unethical/unprofessional conduct to the peace officer, department
and community, and explain why an officer should respond to a
co-worker's unprofessional conduct.
6. The student will be able to define culture and cultural diversity.
7. The student will be able to identify personal, professional and
organizational benefits of valuing diversity within the community
and law enforcement.
8. The student will be able to define:
a. Stereotype
b. Prejudice
c. Discrimination
Recommended Source Material Only:
Arresting Police Video, Included in the “POST Anti-Bias Train the
Trainer” materials
Case Studies – Facilitation Format
a. Being in the Wrong Neighborhood
b. Driving the Wrong Car
c. Suspicious Car
Character and Cops: Ethics in Policing, Delattre (American Enterprise
Inc. Press)
CBI-Misuse of CCIC Data Handout, FACs and Powerpoint
(Colorado Bureau of Investigation)
CCIC Training Manual (Colorado Bureau of Investigation)
Diversity Iceberg, Included in the “POST Anti-Bias Train the Trainer”
materials
Police Ethics: The Corruption of Noble Cause, Crank and Caldero (Lexis
Publishing)
State of Colorado Demographics – U.S. Census
C-6
Return to Table of Contents
II. BASIC LAW
REQUIRED HOURS 68
A. Arrest, Search & Seizure
Required Minimum Hours: 12
General Learning Goal: The student will have a basic understanding
of current rules for peace officer conduct as it pertains to arrest, search
and seizure.
Specific Performance Outcomes:
1. The student will describe and explain rules, elements and
provisions of Colorado Revised Statues, Title 16, and Articles 1, 2,
and 3.
2. The student will explain the laws and court decisions as they
pertain to the basic principles of search and seizure law:
a. Fourth Amendment protections
b. Reasonable expectation of privacy
c. Reasonable suspicion vs. Probable cause
3. The student will be able to explain the laws and court decisions
for warrant searches and seizures:
a. Fourth Amendment requirements
b. Probable cause
c. Affidavits in support of warrant searches
d. Execution of a search warrant
4. The student will be able to explain the laws and court decisions
for warrantless searches and seizures:
a. Plain view searches
b. Warrantless searches in general
c. Pat-Down frisk searches
d. Consent searches
e. Exigent circumstance searches
f. Searches incident to arrest
g. Probation/parole searches
5. The student will be able to explain the laws and court decisions
for searches and seizures involving motor vehicles:
a. Probable cause searches of vehicles
b. Plain view searches of vehicles
c. Consent searches of vehicles
C-7
Return to Table of Contents
d. Searches of vehicles incident to custodial arrests
e. Searches of vehicles as instrumentalities
f. Vehicle inventory searches
6. The student will be able to explain the laws and court decisions
for searches and seizures involving bodily intrusions:
a. Warrant requirement for bodily intrusion searches and
seizures
b. Warrantless bodily intrusion searches and seizures
c. Use of force during bodily intrusion searches and seizures
7. The student will be able to explain the laws and court decisions
regarding identification procedures:
a. Field show-ups
b. Photographic arrays
c. Custodial lineups
Required Source Material:
Colorado Peace Officer’s Legal Source Book, Section 2-9 & 11 (Colorado
District Attorney's Council/Colorado Attorney General)
Recommended Source Material:
Colorado Peace Officers Handbook (Lexis Nexis Publishing)
Officer's Arrest Handbook, Stephen (Lexis Nexis Publishing)
Officer's Search and Seizure Handbook (Lexis Nexis Publishing)
B. Interrogations, Confessions, and Techniques
Required Minimum Hours: 2
General Learning Goal: The student will have a basic
understanding of current rules for peace officer conduct as it pertains
to interrogations and confessions of criminal defendants. The student
will be familiar with legally acceptable interview and interrogation
techniques.
Specific Performance Outcomes:
1. The student will explain the laws and court decisions as they
pertain to statements in an interview/interrogation:
a. Voluntariness
b. Knowingly
c. Duress, Coercion, and Trickery
d. Witnesses
e. Miranda Considerations (5
th
Amendment)
C-8
Return to Table of Contents
f. Escobedo Considerations (6
th
Amendment)
2. The student will define the differences between an interview and
an interrogation.
3. The student will know the importance of statements from both
hostile and friendly witnesses.
4. The student will understand the practical problems encountered
during interview/interrogation situations.
Required Source Material:
Colorado Peace Officers Legal Source Book, Section 9 (Colorado
District Attorney's Council/Colorado Attorney General)
Recommended Source Material:
Criminal Investigations, Bennett and Hess (West Publishing)
Criminal Justice, Fagin (Prentice Hall)
Criminal Justice: Introductory Cases & Materials, Skolnick, Feeley,
McCoy (Foundation Publishing)
Introduction to Criminal Justice, Siegel and Worrall (Cengage
Learning)
C. Rules of Evidence
Required Minimum Hours: 4
General Learning Goal: The student will have a basic
understanding of current rules for peace officer conduct as it pertains
to the rules of evidence.
Specific Performance Outcomes:
1. The student will describe and explain Rules 4 and 41 of the
Colorado Rules of Criminal procedure.
2. The student will explain the purpose of offering evidence.
3. The student will be able to distinguish between evidence and
proof.
4. The student will be able to identify four major types of physical
evidence.
C-9
Return to Table of Contents
5. The student will be able to categorize evidence as direct or
circumstantial.
6. The student will be able to explain the purpose of the rules of
evidence.
7. The student will be able to describe the criteria for admitting
evidence.
8. The student will be able to identify circumstances, which may
cause evidence to be excluded.
9. The student will be able to define the hearsay rule.
10. The student will be able to explain the requirements and
expectations for admitting evidence for:
a. spontaneous statements
b. admissions and confessions
c. dying declarations
d. records and officer testimony
Required Source Material:
Colorado Peace Officers Legal Source Book, Chapters 11 and 14
(Colorado District Attorney's Council/Colorado Attorney General)
Recommended Source Material:
Colorado Revised Statutes, Rules of Evidence
D. Colorado Criminal Code and Related Federal Statutes
Required Minimum Hours: 32
General Learning Goal: The student will have basic understanding
and knowledge of the Colorado Criminal Code and applicable violations
of the United States Code.
Specific Performance Outcomes:
1. The student will be able to identify elements of Colorado
Criminal violations.
2. The student will be able to distinguish between criminal and
purely civil violations.
C-10
Return to Table of Contents
3. The student will be able to identify the principles of Criminal
Culpability. (Title 18, Article1, Part 5)
4. The student will be able to understand, as applicable to statutes:
a. Rights of defendants (Title 18, Article 1, Part 4)
b. Definitions (18-1-901)
c. Legal Accountability and Complicity (Title 18, Article 1,
Part 6)
d. Justification and Exemptions from Criminal
Responsibility (Title 18, Article 1, Part 7) to include Use
of Force by peace officers (18-1-707)
e. Responsibility (Title 18, Article1, part 8)
f. Inchoate offenses (Title 18, Article 2, Part 1)
5. The student will be able to identify the elements of crimes, and
to distinguish between felony and misdemeanor/petty offenses,
of the following offenses:
a. Crimes Against Persons
(1) Homicide and Related Offenses (Title 18, Article 3,
Part 1)
(2) Assaults (Title 18, Article3, Part 2)
(3) Kidnapping (Title 18, Article 3, Part 3)
(4) Unlawful Sexual Behavior (18-3-401 through 18-3-
405.5)
b. Crimes against Property
(1) Arson (Title 18, Article 4, Part 1)
(2) Burglary (Title 18, Article 4, Part 2)
(3) Robbery (18-4-301 through 18-4-303)
(4) Theft (Title 18, Article 4, Part 4)
(5) Trespass, Tampering, Criminal Mischief (18-4-501
through 18-4-515)
c. Fraud
(1) Forgery and related offenses (18-5-101 through 18-
5-110, 18-5-113)
(2) Fraud by check, Secured Creditor or Debtor (18-5-
205, 18-5-206)
(3) Financial Transaction Device Crime (Title 18,
Article 5, Part 7)
(4) Issuance of a Bad Check (18-5-512)
d. Offenses Involving Family Relationships
(1) Incest (18-6-301 – 18-6-302)
(2) Child Abuse (18-6-401)
(3) Sexual Exploitation of Children (18-6-403)
(4) Harboring a minor (18-6-601)
C-11
Return to Table of Contents
(5) Contributing to the Delinquency of a minor (18-6-
701)
(6) Domestic Violence (Title 18, Article 6, Part 8)
e. Wrongs to At-Risk Adults (18-6.5-102 through 18-6.5-
103)
f. Prostitution
(1) Adult (18-7-201 through 18-7-205)
(2) Child (18-7-401 through 18-7-406)
g. Public Indecency (18-7-301 through 18-7-302)
h. Sexual Conduct in Penal Institutions (18-7-701)
i. Governmental Operations
(1) Obstruction of Public Justice (Title 18, Article 8,
Part 1)
(2) Escapes (18-8-208)
(3) Bribery (18-8-302)
(4) Abuse of Public Office (18-8-404, 18-8-405)
(5) Tampering with Evidence (18-8-610)
(6) Victim and Witness Protection (18-8-704 through
18-8-707)
j. Offenses against Public Peace, Order and Decency (Title
18, Article 9, Part 1)
k. Cruelty to Animals (Title 18, Article 9, Part 2)
l. Communications (18-9-306.5)
m. Offenses Related to Firearms (Title 18, Article 12, Part 1)
n. Permits to Carry Handguns (Title 18, Article 12, Part 2)
o. Miscellaneous Offenses (18-13-101, 18-13-104, 18-13-107,
18-13-121, 18-13-122)
6. The student will have a knowledge and understanding of
applicable Federal Statutes.
a. Limitation of enforcement authority
b. Federal Firearms Statutes:
(1) Possession by a Prohibited Person: 18 U.S.C.,
Section 922(g) and (n)
(2) Sell, give or dispose to a Prohibited Person: 18
U.S.C., Section 922(d)
(3) Use, or carry or possess during a Crime of Violence
in Drug Trafficking: 18 U.S.C. Section 924 (c)
(4) Stolen Firearms and Ammunition: 18 U.S.C.,
Section 922 (j) and (u)
(5) Transfer to those under 21: 18 U.S.C., Section
922(b)(1)
(6) Transfer to Juveniles: 18 U.S.C., Section 922(b)(1)
through (x)
C-12
Return to Table of Contents
Required Source Material Only:
Colorado Revised Statutes
United States Code, Title 18
E. Colorado Children's Code
Required Minimum Hours: 4
General Learning Goal: The student will analyze the Children’s Code,
cite and explain the major provisions relative to the tasks of peace
officers and learn procedures from arrest through investigations,
charging, conviction, and sentencing.
Specific Performance Outcomes:
1. The student will identify how a juvenile is taken into custody and
what steps are taken after he/she is taken into custody.
2. The student will explain the obligations of peace officers and the
rights of juveniles during the investigation phase and the criminal
proceedings.
3. The student will list the various charging options available with
the juvenile system, including how and when juvenile offenders
can be prosecuted as adults.
4. The student will learn the procedures, which are followed after
the case has been filed, and what sentencing options are available.
5. The student will learn what juvenile offender information and
records may be released.
6. The student will explain the neglect and dependence section of the
code relating to:
a. Abuse and neglect definitions
b. Mandatory reporting requirements
c. Evidence of abuse - color photographs and X-rays
d. Protective custody
Required Source Material Only:
Colorado Revised Statutes, Title 19
C-13
Return to Table of Contents
Recommended Source Material:
Colorado’s Guide for Implementing the Core Protections of the Juvenile
Justice and Delinquency Prevention Act of 2002: Safe and
Appropriate Holding of Juveniles in Secure Settings and Facilities
www.cospl.coalliance.org
F. Legal Liability
Required Minimum Hours: 4
General Learning Goal: The student will identify criminal charges
and civil causes of action that may result from the improper performance
of police duties.
Specific Performance Outcomes:
1. The student will describe the provisions of law as they pertain to
peace officers as delineated in C.R.S. Title 18, Article 8, Part 8.
2. The student will explain the difference between civil and criminal
liability.
3. The student will identify, describe, and provide examples of the
following types of civil actions:
a. Negligent torts
b. Intentional torts
c. Constitutional torts
4. The student will identify and provide examples of state and
Federal charges that may result from improper police actions.
5. The student will examine the provisions of § 18-8-801 to 18-8-804,
C.R.S., and explain the reporting requirements contained therein.
6. The student will distinguish between “quid prop quo” and “hostile
work environment” sexual harassment.
7. The student will define terms involved in civil lawsuits,
specifically:
a. Discovery
b. Deposition
c. Vicarious liability
d. Governmental immunity
Required Source Material Only:
C-14
Return to Table of Contents
Colorado Peace Officer’s Legal Source Book, Section 16 (Colorado
District Attorney's Council/Colorado Attorney General)
Colorado Revised Statutes 18-8-801 through 18-8-804
Colorado Revised Statutes 24-10-101 through 24-10-114.5
FBI/Department of Justice Civil Rights Program
“Civil Rights and Criminal Justice: Primer on Sexual Harassment”
Sexual Harassment, Federal Code of Regulations, 29 C.F.R. Section
1604.11
Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964
Title 42 USC section 1983
Title 18 USC Section 241
Title 18 USC Section 242
G. Liquor Code
Required Minimum Hours: 2
General Learning Goal: The student will identify and explain
violations of the Liquor and Beer Code.
Specific Performance Outcomes:
1. The student will identify and explain the elements of and
restrictions imposed in Colorado Revised Statues, Title 12, Article
46 and Article 47, and the Colorado Code of Regulations
specifically:
(Colorado Beer Code)
a. 12-46-103, Definitions
b. 12-46-106, Lawful Acts
(Colorado Liquor Code)
c. 12-47-103, Definitions
d. 12-47-901, Unlawful Acts
e. 12-47-902, Testing for intoxication by law enforcement
officers
f. 12-47-903, Violations-Penalties
g. 12-47-904, Duties of inspectors and Police Officers
(Classes of Licenses and Permits)
h. Title 12, Article 47, Part 4
Colorado Code of Regulations
C-15
Return to Table of Contents
2. The student will explain and discuss peace officer enforcement
procedures for Code (Colorado Code of Regulations [CCR])
Violations.
3. The student will recognize the types of personal identification,
which constitute an acceptable verification of age. [CCR 47-912]
4. The student will identify and explain the different types of
Colorado Retail Liquor/Beer Licenses and Permits as described in
Colorado Revised Statues, 12-47-401.
Required Source Material:
Colorado Revised Statutes 12-46-101 through 107 and 12-47-101 through
907
Recommended Source Material:
Colorado Peace Officer’s Handbook (Lexis Nexis Publishing)
H. Controlled Substances
Required Minimum Hours: 2
General Learning Goal: The student will identify and explain
violations of the Uniform Controlled Substance Act of 1992.
Specific Performance Outcomes:
1. The student will explain the definitions of controlled substances
as described in C.R.S. 18-18-102.
2. The student will understand and explain the schedules of
controlled substances as defined in Colorado Revised Statues,
Title 18, Article 18, Part 2, specifically:
a. 18-18-203, Schedule I
b. 18-18-204, Schedule II
c. 18-18-205, Schedule III
d. 18-18-206, Schedule IV – Repeal
e. 18-18-207, Schedule V
3. The student will be familiar with the specific controlled substance
offenses as defined in Colorado Revised Statues, Title 18, Article
18, Part 4, specifically:
a. 18-18-404 through 18-18-430
Required Source Material:
Colorado Revised Statutes 18-18-101 through 18-18-432
C-16
Return to Table of Contents
Recommended Source Material:
Colorado Peace Officer's Handbook (Lexis Nexis Publishing)
I. Court Testimony
Required Minimum Hours: 4
General Learning Goal: The student will demonstrate an ability to
communicate facts to a judge or jury through court testimony.
Specific Performance Outcome:
1. The student will demonstrate an officer’s responsibilities in
preparation for testimony at trial to include handling of evidence
and review of all written reports and personal notes.
2. The student will demonstrate the proper courtroom demeanor
while testifying in court, to include attire, attitude, posture,
answering questions, courtroom procedures, and conclusion of
testimony
Required Source Material Only:
Colorado Peace Officer’s Legal Source Book, Chapter 14 (Colorado
District Attorney's Council/Colorado Attorney General)
J. Identity Theft
Required Minimum Hours: 2
General Learning Goal: The student will have a basic
understanding and knowledge of the problem of identity theft and be
able to share this knowledge with citizens.
Specific Performance Outcomes:
1. The student will be able to define Identity Theft.
2. The student will be able to identify the means by which
identities are stolen.
3. The student will be able to explain ways to prevent identity
theft to include Social Security Number issues.
4. The student will be able to explain steps in the reporting of
identity theft and how victims can minimize losses.
C-17
Return to Table of Contents
5. The student will be able to explain steps businesses can take to
protect their customers from identity theft.
6. The student will have a general knowledge of State and Federal
Criminal and Civil violations that are applicable to identity
theft.
Recommended Source Material Only:
Identity Theft; Federal Trade Commission
www.consumer.gov/idtheft
Identity Theft; Colorado Attorney General’s Office
www.coloradoattorneygeneral.gov/initiatives/identity_thft
III. HUMAN RIGHTS AND VICTIM’S RIGHTS
REQUIRED HOURS 22
A. Victim’s Rights
Required Minimum Hours: 4
General Learning Goal: The student will explain the laws relating to
victim rights and community resources available for crime victim’s
services.
Specific Performance Outcomes:
1. The student will be able to identify the legal basis of law
enforcement’s responsibilities to victim’s rights.
2. The student will be able to summarize legal requirements for
providing victim’s written notice.
3. The student will be able to explain rights granted to victims of
crime.
4. The student will be able to define law enforcement responsibilities
to victims of crime.
5. The student will be able to define the district attorney’s
responsibilities to victims of crime.
Required Source Material Only:
Colorado Revised Statutes 24-4.1-301 through 24.4.1-304
Colorado Constitutional Amendment Rights of Victims (Amendment 16a)
C-18
Return to Table of Contents
B. Domestic Violence
Required Minimum Hours: 8
General Learning Goal: The student will demonstrate the ability to
effectively assess and intervene in domestic violence incidents.
Specific Performance Outcomes:
1. The student will demonstrate an understanding of:
a. Duty to report
b. Mandatory arrest
c. Victim’s rights
d. Injury identification and documentation
e. Victim/witness interviews
f. Fast Track system
g. Safe houses
h. Restraining orders, including out-of-state orders
i. Stalking and harassment
j. Predominant aggressor
k. Domestic violence dynamics
l. Witness intimidation
m. Children's issues
2. Through the use of field exercises, demonstrate proper and
effective response to domestic violence incidents.
3. The student will demonstrate the ability to document the event in
a written report.
Required Source Material:
Colorado Revised Statutes 18-6-800.3 through CRS 18-6-803.7
Recommended Source Material:
Colorado Coalition Against Domestic Violence publication
“Domestic Violence – A coordinated Response Through Community
Policing” (CRCPI)
Colorado Peace Officers Handbook (Lexis Nexis Publishing)
C. Bias Motivated Hate Crimes
Required Minimum Hours: 4
General Learning Goal: The student will identify and discuss
incidents of ethnic intimidation, hate crimes and responsibilities of peace
officers relative to these crimes.
C-19
Return to Table of Contents
Specific Performance Outcomes:
1. The student will identify and explain the elements of the crime
and classifications of Bias Motivated, C.R.S. 18-9-121.
2. The student will explain the importance of prompt and broad
police response to “hate crimes”, to include but not limited to
accurate and thorough evidence gathering, report writing,
intervention and follow up.
3. The student will explain the dynamics of prejudice which should
include the:
a. Impact of hate crimes upon their victims
b. Meaning and causes of prejudice
c. Relationship between stereotyping and prejudice
4. The student will discuss the legal provisions and terms pertaining
to bias crimes, ethnic intimidation, and civil damages.
5. The student will learn the roles of the officer responding to a hate
crime incident.
6. The student will determine whether there is sufficient cause to
believe that a hate/bias crime has been committed.
7. The student will describe the impact of hate crimes on victims, the
victim’s families, and the community.
Required Source Material Only:
Colorado Revised Statute, § 18-9-121
FBI/U.S. Department of Justice Civil Rights Program, www.justice.gov
Title 42, USC, Sections 1981, 1982, The Public Health and Welfare,
Chapter 21 – Civil Rights, Section 1983
http://uscode.house.gov/search/criteria.shtml
D. Interaction with Special Populations
Required Minimum Hours: 2
General Learning Goal: The student will understand the laws
protecting the rights of persons with disabilities in order to serve all
individuals to whom the law applies.
Specific Performance Outcomes:
C-20
Return to Table of Contents
1. The student will describe and explain behavior that may be
indicative of persons with special needs requiring peace officer
intervention. These persons include but are not limited to the
mentally ill, the elderly and the physically impaired.
2. The student will identify the key provisions that impact on law
enforcement of the following federal and state laws enacted to
protect the rights of persons with disabilities including:
a. Americans with Disabilities Act
3. The student will recognize indicators that could lead an officer to
believe an individual is:
a. a danger to self
b. dangerous to others
c. gravely disabled
4. The student will identify specific provisions of the law which apply
to persons with disabilities concerning public access and the use of
service animals.
5. The student will define the role of a peace officer when interacting
with a person with a disability.
Required Source Material Only:
Americans with Disabilities Act, www.ada.gov
E. Risk Assessment Response
Required Minimum Hours: 4
General Learning Goal: To train knowledgeable peace officers who
can identify persons with mental illness and to handle situations
involving persons with mental illness properly.
Specific Performance Outcomes:
1. The student will learn how de-escalation of emotion reduces the
likelihood of further violence through the use of “verbal
containment” which may allow safe, successful resolution of
potentially violent incidents.
2. The student will be able to identify behaviors of psychological
disorders and the relationship between disorders and non-
responsive contacts.
C-21
Return to Table of Contents
3. The student will be able to demonstrate and employ the Threshold
Assessment and Response Procedure (isolate, contain, assess,
respond) when responding to persons in crisis.
4. The student will be able to identify appropriate communication
skills for dealing with people in crisis.
5. The student will be able to classify risk factors for suicide and
homicide in crisis situations.
Recommended Source Material Only:
Crisis Intervention Training (Colorado Regional Community Policing
Institute)
IV. COMMUNITY INTERACTION
REQUIRED HOURS 4
A. Community Policing/Community Partnerships
Required Minimum Hours: 2
General Learning Goal: The student will develop a working definition
of community policing and the necessary elements for implementation of
community policing practice and philosophy. The student will recognize
community partnerships as an integral component in community
policing and problem solving.
Specific Performance Outcomes:
1. The student will compare and contrast community policing with
historical policing models and identify the merits of each.
2. The student will define community policing, identifying core
components, and evaluate the effectiveness of community policing
philosophies and strategies on crime and disorder.
3. The student will analyze roles of the organization and the line
officer in community policing.
4. The student will identify the benefits and collaboration
fundamentals for community government, and police reducing
crime and disorder.
5. The student will identify how to build and sustain productive
partnerships for problem solving.
C-22
Return to Table of Contents
Recommended Source Material Only:
Collaboration Toolkit: How to Build, Fix and Sustain Productive
Partnerships, Rinehart, Laszlo and Briscoe (U.S. Department of
Justice)
Community Policing: A Contemporary Perspective, Bucqueroux and
Trojanowicz (Anderson Publishing)
Understanding Community Policing: A Framework for Action (Bureau of
Justice Assistance)
B. Problem Solving/Crime Prevention
Required Minimum Hours: 2
General Learning Goal: The student will become familiar with
problem solving policing and demonstrate an application of the SARA
problem-solving model. The student will recognize the components of
crime prevention and explore established methods of crime prevention.
Specific Performance Outcomes:
1. The student will demonstrate skill in identifying problem solving
opportunities for the line officers.
2. The student will define the SARA problem model components,
Scanning, Analysis, Response and Assessment, and the elements
necessary for each step.
3. The student will apply the crime triangle as a means of problem
analysis for recurring problems of crime and disorder and
recognize that crime or disorder results when (1) likely offenders
and (2) suitable targets come together in (3) time, space, in the
absence of capable guardians for that target.
4. The student will distinguish problem-solving responses that are
preventative in nature, not dependent on the use of the criminal
justice system, and engage other public agencies, the community
and private sector to reduce crime and disorder.
5. The student will recognize the role of community and police in
reducing crime, the fear of crime, and social disorder.
6. The student will demonstrate an understanding of CPTED
through application of principles of natural access control, natural
surveillance, and territorial reinforcement in a residential
environment.
C-23
Return to Table of Contents
Recommended Source Material Only:
Assessing Responses to Problems: An Introductory Guide for Police
Problem-Solvers, Eck (U.S. Department of Justice)
Community Policing: A Contemporary Perspective, Bucqueroux and
Trojanowicz (Anderson Publishing)
Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design and Community
Policing, Travis (NIJ Research in Action)
Problem Solving Tips – A Guide to Reducing Crime and Disorder
Through Problem Solving Partnerships, Schmerler, Perkins, Phillips,
Rinehart, Townsend (U.S. Dept. of Justice)
http://www.cops.usdoj.gov/pdf/e05021544.pdf
Tackling Crime and Other Public Safety Problems: Case Studies in
Problem Solving, Sampson, Rana and Scott (U.S. Dept. of Justice)
Using Analysis for Problem Solving – A Guidebook for Law Enforcement
(U.S. Department of Justice)
V. PATROL PROCEDURES
REQUIRED HOURS 88
A. Patrol Observation and Perception
Required Minimum Hours: 4
General Learning Goal: The student will analyze and interpret
information gathered during patrol operations, differentiate between
proactive and reactive patrol and demonstrate different patrol
methods.
Performance Outcomes:
1. Differentiate between proactive and reactive patrol.
2. Recognize the factors that can affect patrol officer’s perception
skills.
3. Identify various information sources and evaluate how to use
them effectively.
4. Experiment with the use of information sources in a problem-
solving exercise.
5. Differentiate between the strengths and weaknesses of different
methods of patrol.
C-24
Return to Table of Contents
6. Recognize and determine effective course of action or patrol
strategy when encountering suspicious or criminal
circumstances.
7. Recognize and interpret how the influence of time of day and
day of the week impact crime trends and formulate a plan of
action for response based on the trends.
8. Document observations in a written report.
Recommended Source Material Only:
Police Operations Theory and Practice, Hess and Wrobleski (Thomson
Wadsworth Publishing)
Police Patrol Operations and Management, Hale (Prentice-Hall
Publishing)
Street Survival: Tactics for Armed Encounters, Adams, McTernan and
Remsberg (Calibre Press)
The Tactical Edge: Surviving High Risk Patrol, Remsberg (Calibre
Press)
B. Officer Survival
Required Minimum Hours: 8
General Learning Goal: The student will understand the mental,
physical and tactical preparations required to survive on the job.
Specific Performance Outcomes:
1. Examine the circumstances in which peace officers are killed in
order to recognize the elements involved in police combat
confrontations.
2. Assess techniques for mental and physical preparation
necessary to respond to and recover from a critical incident.
3. Demonstrate knowledge of threat assessment and tactical
thinking.
4. Demonstrate an understanding of the importance of tactical
readiness through:
a. physical conditioning
b. emotional/mental health
c. equipment readiness/competency
C-25
Return to Table of Contents
5. Identify the thought process involved in an armed confrontation.
6. Identify, discuss and utilize the “triad of tactical thinking”.
7. Evaluate the “Deadly Errors” and the “Fatal Tendencies” for
maintaining officer survival.
Recommended Source Material Only:
“Annual Report of Law Enforcement Officers Killed & Assaulted”, FBI
www.fbi.gov
Street Survival: Tactics for Armed Encounters, Adams, McTernan and
Remsberg (Calibre Press)
Tactics for Criminal Patrol, Remsberg (Calibre Press)
The Tactical Edge: Surviving High Risk Patrol, Remsberg (Calibre
Press)
C. Pedestrian Contacts
Required Minimum Hours: 4
General Learning Goal: The student will demonstrate the legal and
tactical aspects for safely contacting pedestrians while minimizing
officer risk.
Specific Performance Outcomes:
1. Demonstrate the ability to legally and safely approach a
pedestrian or suspect while alone or with another officer
through the use of field-based scenarios.
2. Evaluate signs of deception when attempting to identify
subjects.
3. Recognize emotional and physical behavioral warning signs and
how to react to them.
4. Demonstrate knowledge of tactical and legal considerations
during pedestrian contact scenarios.
5. Assess the inherent dangers of foot pursuits and explain the
tactics that will reduce the risk of assault during a foot pursuit.
6. Demonstrate the proper utilization of an offensive and defensive
posture.
7. Document the contact in an accurate written report.
C-26
Return to Table of Contents
Recommended Source Material Only:
Police Operations: Theory and Practice, Hess and Wrobleski (Thomson
Wadsworth Publishing)
Police Patrol Operations and Management, Hale (Prentice-Hall
Publishing)
Street Survival: Tactics for Armed Encounters, Adams, McTernan and
Remsberg (Calibre Press)
Tactics for Criminal Patrol, Remsberg (Calibre Press)
The Tactical Edge: Surviving High Risk Patrol, Remsberg (Calibre
Press)
D. Gangs
Required Minimum Hours: 2
General Learning Goal: The student will understand the formation
of modern street gangs and the means for determining if an individual
is a member of a gang.
Specific Performance Outcomes:
1. Understand the reasons for the existence of a street gang.
2. Understand current gang trends.
3. Demonstrate proper officer safety tactics when dealing with
gang members.
4. Identify and utilize resources for gathering gang intelligence.
5. Utilize several methods for determining gang involvement.
6. Through the use of field exercises, students will demonstrate
proper skills for intervening with street gang members.
Recommended Source Material Only:
Criminal Investigation, Bennett and Hess (West Publishing)
Police Operations: Theory and Practice, Hess and Wrobleski (Thomson
Wadsworth Publishing)
E. Vehicle Contacts
Required Minimum Hours: 16
General Learning Goal: The student will learn how to conduct
unknown risk vehicle contacts, high risk vehicle contacts, unknown
risk contacts that turn into high risk contacts, and how to determine
C-27
Return to Table of Contents
the appropriate tactics for each type of contact. The student will
recognize and demonstrate the elements and tactics necessary to
conduct a legal, safe and effective search of a vehicle.
Specific Performance Outcomes:
1. Examine the set-up of unknown risk and high risk traffic
contacts using appropriate tactics and officer safety.
2. Demonstrate the ability to change from an unknown risk vehicle
contact to a high-risk vehicle contact when circumstances
dictate.
3. Through the use of practical exercises, demonstrate the ability
to select the appropriate tactics and resources to utilize based
upon the environment and circumstances of the contact.
4. The student will explain the requirements and restrictions for a
lawful search of a vehicle and seizure of evidence in the
following situations.
a. with consent
b. incident to arrest
c. items in plain view
d. with a search warrant
e. with probable cause
f. inventory searches
5. Through field exercises, the student will demonstrate the search
of a vehicle using appropriate officer safety considerations to:
a. Remove and control occupants
b. Systematically examine the vehicle’s exterior and interior,
identifying common hiding places for contraband
6. The student will demonstrate the ability to document the event
in a written report.
Recommended Source Material Only:
Criminal Investigation, Bennett and Hess (West Publishing)
Police Operations Theory and Practice, Hess and Wrobleski (Thomson
Wadsworth Publishing)
Street Survival: Tactics for Armed Encounters, Adams, McTernan and
Remsberg (Calibre Press)
Tactics for Criminal Patrol, Remsberg (Calibre Press)
The Tactical Edge: Surviving High Risk Patrol, Remsberg
C-28
Return to Table of Contents
(Calibre Press)
F. Building Searches
Required Minimum Hours: 12
General Learning Goal: The student will understand and
demonstrate knowledge of tactics needed to properly, thoroughly and
safely search and clear buildings using all available resources.
Specific Performance Outcomes:
1. Demonstrate knowledge of various building search tactics.
2. Through field exercises, demonstrate the ability to adapt
searching techniques to various search scenarios.
3. Demonstrate the proper application of various equipment used
in building searches.
4. Demonstrate the ability to document the event in a written
report.
Recommended Source Material Only:
Criminal Investigation, Bennett and Hess (West Publishing)
Police Operations Theory and Practice, Hess and Wrobleski (Thomson
Wadsworth Publishing)
Street Survival: Tactics for Armed Encounters, Adams, McTernan and
Remsberg (Calibre Press)
The Tactical Edge: Surviving High Risk Patrol, Remsberg (Calibre
Press)
G. Handling In-Progress Calls
Required Minimum Hours: 8
General Learning Goal: The student will demonstrate knowledge of
hazards involved with in-progress calls and describe proper procedures
in responding to and handling the calls safely.
Specific Performance Outcomes:
1. Demonstrate knowledge of the factors to be considered in
responding safely to in-progress calls, including:
a. information and intelligence gathering
b. response strategy, including route selection
C-29
Return to Table of Contents
c. cover/concealment
d nature of crime
2. Through field exercises, demonstrate and explain tactical
considerations involved in handling in-progress calls.
3. Demonstrate the ability to document the event in a written
report.
Recommended Source Material Only:
“Annual Report of Law Enforcement Officers Killed & Assaulted”, FBI
www.fbi.gov
Street Survival: Tactics for Armed Encounters, Adams, McTernan and
Remsberg (Calibre Press)
The Tactical Edge: Surviving High Risk Patrol, Remsberg (Calibre
Press)
H. Civil Disputes
Required Minimum Hours: 2
General Learning Goal: The student will demonstrate the ability to
successfully identify, assess and intervene in a non-criminal dispute.
Specific Performance Outcomes:
1. Differentiate between criminal matters and civil disputes.
2. Demonstrate the officer safety techniques required to safely
handle a civil dispute.
3. Demonstrate understanding of the practical and legal issues
commonly encountered in a civil dispute.
4. Display knowledge of conflict resolution techniques and
problem-solving strategies required to successfully handle civil
disputes.
5. Differentiate between various types of civil disputes and the
techniques required to handle each, including:
a. landlord-tenant disputes
b. liens
c. restraining orders
d. child custody disputes
e. repossessions
C-30
Return to Table of Contents
f. bail bondsman issues
Recommended Source Material Only:
Colorado Civil Process: Law, Practice and Procedure, Rosenberg
(County Sheriffs of Colorado)
Police Field Operations, Adams (Prentice-Hall)
I. Crowd Control
Required Minimum Hours: 4
General Learning Goal: The student will demonstrate knowledge of
the behavior of crowds and appropriate law enforcement response to
large group activities, including: lawful assemblies, civil disobedience
and large scale disturbances and riots.
Specific Performance Outcomes:
1. Demonstrate understanding of constitutional guarantees
governing the rights of citizens to engage in group activities,
including lawful demonstrations.
2. Display understanding of the psychological influences on crowds
and the warning signals of civil disobedience.
3. Explain the tactics and procedures for utilizing mobile field
force.
4. Through field exercises, demonstrate the tactics required to
control an unruly crowd, including a demonstration of crowd
control formations.
Recommended Source Material Only:
National Tactical Officer’s Association (N.T.O.A.) Hostage Rescue
Procedures and various other resources, www.ntoa.org
Police Field Operations, Adams (Prentice-Hall)
Police Operations Theory and Practice, Hess and Wrobleski (Thomson
Wadsworth Publishing)
Police Patrol Operations and Management, Hale (Prentice-Hall)
C-31
Return to Table of Contents
J. Hazardous Materials
Required Minimum Hours: 4
General Learning Goal: The student will recognize a hazardous
materials incident and demonstrate understanding of the
responsibilities of first responders.
Specific Performance Outcomes:
1. Describe what hazardous materials are and display an
understanding of their types, classes and risks.
2. Demonstrate proper safety tactics for handling a hazardous
materials incident.
3. Through field exercises, display understanding of the procedures
to be utilized on a hazardous materials scene, including the
implementation of the Incident Command System.
Recommended Source Material Only:
Emergency Response Guidebook (U.S. Dept. of Transportation)
Hazardous Materials Field Guide, Bevelacqua and Stelp (Cengage
Learning)
Hazardous Materials: Regulations, Response & Site Operations, Gantt
(Cengage Learning)
K. Area Searches and Perimeters
Required Minimum Hours: 2
General Learning Goal: The student will demonstrate an
understanding of how to set up a search perimeter and safely conduct a
search for suspects.
Specific Performance Outcomes:
1. Demonstrate knowledge of the principles involved in setting up
a perimeter and formulating search plans for locating a suspect.
2. Through field exercises, demonstrate the ability to set up a
perimeter and conduct an area search utilizing appropriate
resources, tactics and officer safety measures.
Recommended Source Material Only:
Criminal Investigations, Bennett and Hess (West Publishing)
C-32
Return to Table of Contents
Police Operations: Theory and Practice, Hess and Wrobleski (Thomas
Wadsworth Publishing)
Street Survival: Tactics for Armed Encounters, Adams, McTernan and
Remsberg (Calibre Press)
The Tactical Edge: Surviving High Risk Patrol, Remsberg (Calibre
Press)
L. Special Weapons and Tactics (S.W.A.T.)
Required Minimum Hours: 2
General Learning Goal: The student will demonstrate
understanding of the makeup and role of a S.W.A.T. or tactical team.
Specific Performance Outcomes:
1. Assess the needs when a SWAT team should be utilized in a
tactical situation.
2. Compare and contrast the different positions in a SWAT team
and their roles during a tactical situation.
3. Evaluate what equipment is specialized to a SWAT team and
how it is utilized.
4. Demonstrate the ability to prepare an action plan for a tactical
situation from a patrol officer perspective with safety being the
primary factor.
Recommended Source Material Only:
A Guide to the Development of Special Weapons and Tactics Teams,
Kolman (National Tactical Officers Association)
FBI Crisis Negotiations (Federal Bureau of Investigation)
IACP SWAT Supervisor and Manager Training Manual (International
Association of Chiefs of Police)
SWAT Battle Tactics, Casino and McSweeney (National Tactical
Officers Association)
M. Hostage – Taking and Crisis Negotiations
Required Minimum Hours: 2
General Learning Goal: The student will demonstrate
understanding of the responsibilities of a first responder at a hostage-
taking or barricaded gunman incident.
C-33
Return to Table of Contents
Specific Performance Outcomes:
1. Demonstrate understanding for the need for intelligence-
gathering and tactical planning at an incident scene.
2. Demonstrate understanding of perimeter and containment
responsibilities and explain the philosophy governing that
mission.
3. Identify what the Stockholm Syndrome is, and explain its effect on
the victim of a hostage situation.
4. Analyze the role of a SWAT team and a crisis negotiation unit in
a hostage situation.
Recommended Source Material Only:
FBI Hostage Rescue Course (Federal Bureau of Investigation)
IACP Advanced Hostage Rescue Course (International Association of
Chiefs of Police)
IACP SWAT Supervisor and Manager Training Manual (International
Association of Chiefs of Police)
National Tactical Officers Association (NTOA) Hostage-Taking and
Crisis Negotiations and various other resources, www.ntoa.org
N. Rapid Emergency Deployment
Required Minimum Hours: 8
General Learning Goal: The student will demonstrate through a
practical exercise, an understanding of the philosophy of Rapid
Emergency Deployment and the tactics required when responding to
crises involving imminent threat to life.
Specific Performance Outcomes:
1. Identify the type of incidents that prompted the development of
the Rapid Emergency Deployment procedures.
2. Explain the concept of Rapid Emergency Deployment and the
criteria required for Rapid Emergency Deployment to be
implemented.
3. Demonstrate the individual tactics and team tactics involved in
Rapid Emergency Deployment to successfully resolve a crisis
situation.
C-34
Return to Table of Contents
4. Describe what actions or traits an active shooter may display.
5. Identify the type of incidents that could require the application
of Rapid Emergency Deployment tactics and those, which would
not.
6. Explain the four phases of the Rapid Emergency Deployment
procedure.
Recommended Source Material Only:
Lakewood Police Department Rapid Deployment Training Manual
www.lakewood.org/police
Los Angeles Police Department Rapid Deployment Seminar
www.lapdonline.org
National Tactical Officers Association N.T.O.A. Hostage Rescue
Procedures, www.ntoa.org
O. Law Enforcement Role in Terrorism
Required Minimum Hours: 4
General Learning Goal: The student will demonstrate
understanding of the concept of terrorism and how it may include the
use of weapons of mass destruction. The student will demonstrate an
understanding that terrorism prevention is the responsibility of all law
enforcement officers at the local, state and federal level; and
demonstrate an understanding of and how to access state and federal
intelligence databases.
Specific Performance Outcomes:
1. Display understanding of the general concepts of terrorism.
2. Display comprehension of what constitutes a terrorist incident.
3. Demonstrate comprehension of what constitutes a WMD
incident, and the various agents and their effects that may be
encountered by first responders.
4. Demonstrate knowledge of the tactics required for a safe
response, including notification of other agencies and awareness
of the potential for “secondary” or entrapment devices.
5. Identify terrorism-related responsibilities of various local, state
and federal agencies.
C-35
Return to Table of Contents
6. Identify the law enforcement officer roles and responsibilities in
the intelligence process.
7. List and identify local, state and federal intelligence databases
and how to access them.
8. Describe applicable federal and state laws relevant to terrorism
and intelligence gathering.
9. Articulate constitutional issues and other legal considerations
that apply to collecting and reporting intelligence information
regarding terrorism.
Recommended Source Material Only:
Defending the Homeland: Domestic Intelligence, Law Enforcement, and
Security, White (Wadsworth Publishing)
Emergency Response to Terrorism (United States Department of
Justice) www.usdoj.gov
Preparing for Terrorism – Pubic Safety Communicators Guide, Buck,
Buck and Mogil (Cengage Learning)
State and Local Anti-Terrorism Training, Terrorism Training Program
(Bureau of Justice Assistance)
Terrorism and Homeland Security, White (Cengage Learning)
Terrorism Handbook for Operational Responders, Armando Bevelacqua
and Richard Stilp (Thomson Delmar)
The Counterterrorism Handbook, Bolz Jr., Dudonis and Schulz (CRC
Press)
P. National Incident Management System/ Incident Command
System (NIMS/ ICS)
Required Minimum Hours: 4
General Learning Goal: The student will demonstrate an
understanding of the operational need for the National Incident
Management System and the Incident Command System as they
pertain to the law enforcement function and handling major incidents.
Specific Performance Outcomes:
1. Demonstrate an understanding of the organizational structure
of the National Incident Management System (NIMS) and
Incident Command System (ICS).
C-36
Return to Table of Contents
2. Develop an understanding of the principles and features of
NIMS and ICS.
3. Demonstrate an understanding of the organizational structure
of NIMS and ICS.
4. Develop an understanding of incident facilities, resources,
common responsibilities and the principles and features of
NIMS and ICS.
5. Understand the role of law enforcement in NIMS and ICS.
7. Demonstrate an understanding of NIMS and ICS through a
practical exercise.
Recommended Source Material Only:
I-200 Incident Command System: National Training Curriculum,
National Wildfire Coordinating Group, www.fema.gov/NIMS
National Incident Management System, FEMA-NIMS Resource Center
www.fema.gov/national-incident-management-system
Q. Biohazards Awareness
Required Minimum Hours: 2
General Learning Goal: The student will demonstrate awareness of
various biohazard threats and the measures to be used to minimize or
prevent exposures.
Specific Performance Outcomes:
1. Identify, recognize and relate to law enforcement duties various
infectious agents and how exposure to them may occur.
2. Demonstrate the ability to apply safety measures, including
protective equipment, to mitigate or prevent exposure to
biohazards.
3. Display knowledge of appropriate post-exposure management
procedures.
Recommended Source Material Only:
Bloodborne Pathogen Standards (OSHA)
Defending the Homeland: Domestic Intelligence, Law Enforcement, and
Security, White (Wadsworth Publishing)
C-37
Return to Table of Contents
Preparing for Biological Terrorism, anEmergency Service Guide, Buck
(Thomson Delmar Learning)
Terrorism and Homeland Security, White (Cengage Learning)
Terrorism Handbook for Operational Responders, Bevelacqua
and Stilp (Thomson Delmar)
The Counterterrorism Handbook, Bolz Jr., Dudonis and Schulz (CRC
Press)
VI. TRAFFIC CONTROL
REQUIRED HOURS 50
A. Traffic Code
Required Minimum Hours: 8
General Learning Goal: The student will describe and explain the
elements of traffic code violations as defined in C.R.S. Title 42.
Specific Performance Outcomes:
1. The student will recognize elements of traffic code violations as
defined in C.R.S. Title 42, Articles 2, 3, & 4, specifically:
Article 2 – Drivers’ License
Part 1: Drivers' License
42-2-101 C.R.S.: Licenses for drivers required
42-2-115 C.R.S.: License, permit, or identification card to
be exhibited on demand.
42-2-119 C.R.S.: Notices – change of address or name
42-2-136 C.R.S.: Unlawful possession or use of license
Part 2: Habitual offenders
42-2-206 C.R.S.: Driving after revocation prohibited
42-2-138 C.R.S.: Driving under restraint – penalty
Part 3: Identification Cards
Part 4: Commercial Drivers Licenses
Article 3 – Registration and Taxation
42-3-103 C.R.S.: Registration required – exemptions
42-3-202 C.R.S.: Number of plates to be attached
42-3-203 C.R.S.: Standardized plate - rules
42-3-124 C.R.S.: Violation of registration provisions –
penalty
C-38
Return to Table of Contents
Article 4 – Regulation of Vehicles and Traffic
Part 1: Traffic Regulations
42-4-107 C.R.S.: Obedience to police officer
42-4-108 C.R.S.: Public officer to obey provisions –
exceptions for emergency vehicles
Part 2: Equipment
Part 6: Signals – Signs – Markings
Part 7: Rights-of-way
Part 8: Pedestrians
Part 9: Turning – Stopping
Part 10: Driving – Overtaking – Passing
Part 11: Speed Regulations
Part 12: Parking
Part 14: Other offenses
Part 15: Motorcycles
Part 16: Accidents and accident reports
42-4-1601 C.R.S.: Accidents involving death or personal
injuries – duties
42-4-1602 C.R.S.: Accident involving damage – duty
42-4-1603 C.R.S.: Duty to give notice, information, and
aid
42-4-1604 C.R.S.: Duty upon striking unattended vehicle
or other property
42-4-1605 C.R.S.: Duty upon striking highway fixtures or
traffic control devices
42-4-1606 C.R.S.: Duty to report accidents
42-4-1607 C.R.S.: When driver unable to give notice or
make written report
Part 19: School bus Requirements
42-4-1903 C.R.S.: School buses-stops-signs-passing
2. The student will recognize the existence of the model traffic
code, as adopted by local governments.
Required Source Material Only:
Colorado Revised Statutes, Title 42, Articles 2, 3, and 4 specifically
B. Traffic Direction
Required Minimum Hours: 2
General Learning Goal: The student will have an understanding of
vehicle and pedestrian traffic direction and regulation.
C-39
Return to Table of Contents
Specific Performance Outcomes:
1. The student will be able to explain the motor vehicle law
governing traffic direction.
2. The student will be able to select proper positioning to maximize
visibility while minimizing hazards to the officer.
3. The student will recognize the correct methods of giving the
basic traffic direction signals of: stop, start, and turn in both day
and night time conditions.
4. The student will actively participate in a mock traffic direction
scenario(s) for a minimum of 15 minutes as an individual and 10
minutes as a team.
Recommended Source Material Only:
IACP Training Key Number #279 (International Association of Chiefs
of Police) www.theiacp.org
C. Traffic Accident Investigation
Required Minimum Hours: 16
General Learning Goal: The student will have developed the
knowledge and skills to distinguish, interpret and collect evidence at
the scene of an accident involving a motor vehicle.
Specific Performance Outcomes:
1. The student will be able to identify the correct definition for a
fatal, injury, and property damage accident.
2. The student will be able to determine if an occurrence is actually
an accident.
3. The student will be able to recognize the proper meaning of
traffic way, point of perception, evasive action, reaction time,
reaction distance, point of no escape, key event, road, roadway,
encroachment, initial contact, maximum engagement, and
disengagement.
4. Given a situation, determine if and what assistance would be
required.
C-40
Return to Table of Contents
5. The student will be able to recognize the duties and
responsibilities of the coroner at an accident scene.
6. The student will be able to identify the accident scene perimeter
and point of impact.
7. The student will be able to choose those things that can be used
to identify the point of impact, final vehicle position, and vehicle
path of travel.
8. The student will be able to recognize a description of the
different types of debris and its significance in determining point
of impact.
9. The student will be able to identify any given skid mark from a
description.
10. Given a practical exercise, be able to draw the following in a
notebook: POI, roadways, vehicle final positions, traffic control
devices, debris, and skid marks.
11. The student will be able to recognize what to photograph at an
accident scene.
12. The student will be able to use the traffic template for
calculations and to do an accident diagram.
13. The student will demonstrate the ability to accurately and
properly complete a state of Colorado accident report form.
Recommended Source Material Only:
Accident Investigation Manual, Colorado State Patrol Academy
Investigating Officer’s Traffic Accident Report Manual, Colorado
Department of Revenue
Investigator’s Traffic Accident Report, State of Colorado
D. Standard Field Sobriety Testing and D.U.I. Enforcement
Required Minimum Hours: 24
General Learning Goals: The fundamental purpose of this training
course is to foster DUI deterrence, i.e., to dissuade people from driving
while impaired by increasing the odds that they will be arrested and
convicted. This training will help officers become more skillful at
detection and description, make more DUI arrests, and obtain more
C-41
Return to Table of Contents
convictions. These actions will lead to greater DUI deterrence through
less impaired driving and fewer crashes, injuries and deaths.
Specific Performance Outcomes:
Participants will learn to:
1. Recognize driving behaviors and other indicators commonly
exhibited by impaired drivers;
2. Become better detectors and better describers by improving
their knowledge, attitudes and skills in detecting the impaired
driver and articulating their observations;
3. Develop a better understanding of the tasks and decisions
involved in the DUI detection process;
4. Recognize the magnitude and scope of DUI-related crashes,
injuries, deaths and property loss, and other social aspects of the
DUI problem;
5. Understand the deterrent effects of DUI enforcement;
6. Have a better understanding of the legal environment relevant
to DUI enforcement and use of the three standardized field
sobriety tests (SFST);
7. Know and recognize typical clues of alcohol impairment that
may be detected during face-to-face contact with DUI suspects;
8. Know and perform the appropriate administrative procedures
for the divided attention psychophysical tests;
9. Know and perform appropriate administrative procedures for
the horizontal gaze nystagmus test;
10. Know and recognize typical clues of alcohol impairment that
may be seen during administration of the SFSTs;
11. Understand the DUI prosecution requirements and their
relevance to DUI arrest reporting.
Recommended Source Material:
Colorado Revised Statutes, Title 42
Colorado Standards for the SFST program
C-42
Return to Table of Contents
http://www.coloradodot.info/programs/alcohol-and-impaired-
driving/documents/Field_Sobriety_test_standards.pdf
NHTSA 24 SFST Student Manual
http://www.coloradodot.info/programs/alcohol-and-impaired-
driving/law-enforcement/sfsttraining.html
VII. INVESTIGATIVE PROCEDURES
REQUIRED HOURS 50
A. Preliminary Investigations
Required Minimum Hours: 4
General Learning Goal: The student will understand procedures for
conducting a basic crime scene investigation.
Specific Performance Outcomes:
1. The student will describe information to be obtained when
responding to a crime scene.
2. The student will describe and demonstrate, as the initial peace
officer arriving on a crime scene, the following:
a. If a crime has been committed and type of crime
b. Immediate action to be taken and proper notifications to be
made
c. Procedures necessary to establish a crime scene perimeter
and protect the scene
d. Procedures necessary to locate and isolate witnesses
Recommended Source Material Only:
Criminal Investigation, Bennett and Hess (West Publishing)
Police Field Operations, Adams (Prentice-Hall)
B. Crime Scene Search
Required Minimum Hours: 2
General Learning Goal: The student will understand how to conduct
an indoor and outdoor search of a crime scene.
Specific Performance Outcomes:
1. The student will identify basic principle search techniques
including, but not limited to: grid, strip, spiral or other systematic
techniques designed to discover relevant evidence both in an
indoor and outdoor setting.
C-43
Return to Table of Contents
Recommended Source Material Only:
Criminal Investigations, Bennett and Hess (West Publishing)
C. Crime Scene Documentation
Required Minimum Hours: 12
General Learning Goal: The student will understand the correct
recording, sketching, and photography techniques of processing a crime
scene.
Specific Performance Outcomes:
1. The student will explain and/or demonstrate basic crime scene
photography techniques, to include the three views of the crime
scene and camera positions.
2. The student will explain and/or demonstrate basic crime scene
note taking techniques, to include recorded narrative; detailed
sequence of events; and evidence handling documentation.
3. The student will explain and/or demonstrate the ability to do an
indoor and outdoor crime scene sketch utilizing the methods of
measurement such as triangulation, base line, or rectangular
coordinates; the information contained in a legend; and the value
of crime scene sketches relative to photographs.
Recommended Source Material Only:
Criminal Investigations, Bennett and Hess (West Publishing)
D. Identification and Collection of Evidence
Required Minimum Hours: 10
General Learning Goal: The student will recognize the different types
of physical evidence, identify their value in a criminal investigation, and
demonstrate effective procedures for evidence collection and
preservation.
Specific Performance Outcomes:
1. The student will describe the value of more commonly
encountered evidentiary items found at a crime scene including
but not limited to:
a. Latent fingerprints
b. Bullets
C-44
Return to Table of Contents
c. Shell casings
d. Tool Marks
e. Hair and fibers
f. Documents
g. Body fluids
2. The student will describe and/or demonstrate effective methods
and techniques for collecting evidence including but not limited to:
a. Maintaining admissibility through chain of custody
b. Marking, packaging and documenting custody
c. Safely preserving evidence
d. Locating, dusting, photographing and lifting latent
fingerprints
3. The student will describe and/or demonstrate proper collection
and retention techniques, practices, and protocols for evidence
that may contain Biological or DNA evidence, including but not
limited to:
a. Additional handling requirements due to increase
sensitivity of DNA evidence
b. Sources, locations and limitations of DNA evidence
c. The importance of elimination and reference samples
d. The role that the Combined DNA Index System (CODIS)
has in criminal investigations and how it is used to solve
crimes
Recommended Source Material Only:
Criminal Investigation, Bennett and Hess (West Publishing)
First Responding Officers – What Every Law Enforcement Officer Should
Know about DNA Evidence, www.dna.gov/training/letraining
Guidelines for the Documentation, Collection and Preservation of
Evidence, Arndt (Colorado Bureau of Investigation)
E. Identification of Suspects
Required Minimum Hours: 4
General Learning Goal: The student will understand the more
common methods and sources of information used to identify suspects.
Specific Performance Outcomes:
1. The student will be able to identify sources of information, which
would aid in identifying and locating suspects or witnesses to
include but not limited to:
C-45
Return to Table of Contents
a. Field identification
b. Mug shots
c. Photo identification line-ups
d. Physical line-ups
e. Modus operandi
f. Police and other agency files
g. Composite drawings/sketches
h. Informants
Recommended Source Material Only:
Criminal Investigation, Bennett and Hess (West Publishing)
Colorado Peace Officer’s Legal Source Book, (Colorado District
Attorney's Council/Colorado Attorney General) Section 10
F. Major Case Considerations
Required Minimum Hours: 18
General Learning Goal: The student will understand the procedures
for conducting a basic investigation of a major case.
Specific Performance Outcomes:
1. The student will identify the procedures to be followed at the
scene of a major case, including but not limited to:
a. Robbery
b. Assault
c. Sex offenses
d. Crimes against children
e. Death investigations
f. Burglary
g. Fraud/White Collar Crime
h. Computer related crime
i. Arson
2. The student will explain the need for sensitivity to the feelings of
victims, survivors, and witnesses at a major crime scene.
3. The student will demonstrate investigative techniques at a mock
crime scene.
Recommended Source Material Only:
Colorado Sudden Infant Syndrome (SIDS) Program Brochures
www.angeleyes.org
Criminal Investigation, Bennett and Hess (West Publishing)
C-46
Return to Table of Contents
SIDS and SUID, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (Dept. of
Health and Human Services)
VIII. COMMUNICATIONS
REQUIRED HOURS 38
A. Report Writing
Required Minimum Hours: 24
General Learning Goal: The student will understand the basic
requirements of report writing.
Specific Performance Outcomes:
1. The student will identify the importance, purpose and format for
investigative notes.
2. The student will identify the characteristics of effective police
reporting and what types of reports may be required.
3. The student will demonstrate the ability to write a clear,
complete, and concise report.
4. The student will become familiar with proper keyboarding
techniques as they apply to police report writing and data entry
needs.
5. The student will demonstrate the ability to observe scenario
situations and transfer their observations into an accurate written
format.
Recommended Source Material Only:
Colorado Peace Officer’s Legal Source Book, Section 13 (Colorado
District Attorney's Council/Colorado Attorney General)
Criminal Investigation, Bennett and Hess (West Publishing)
Just the Facts: Investigative Report Writing, Biggs (Prentice-Hall
Publishing)
Police Field Operations, Adams (Prentice-Hall Publishing)
B. Stress Management
Required Minimum Hours: 4
General Learning Goal: The student will understand the concept of
stress and its sources.
C-47
Return to Table of Contents
Specific Performance Outcomes:
1. The student will describe the emotional/psychological and physical
responses to stress and how they may interfere with a peace
officer’s performance.
2. The student will identify stress management techniques.
3. The student will explain and discuss how stress reduction and
communication techniques will enhance family and work related
relationships.
Recommended Source Material Only:
Emotional Survival for Law Enforcement, Dr. Gilmartin (E-S Press)
Managing Police Stress, Dr. Ford (The Management Advantage)
Police Field Operations, Adams (Prentice-Hall Publishing)
C. Verbal Communication Techniques
Required Minimum Hours: 8
General Learning Goal: The student will understand effective
communication techniques for dealing with human interaction.
Specific Performance Outcomes:
1. The student will explain and discuss effective techniques for
communicating with individuals or groups.
2. The student will describe effective techniques for diffusing conflict
through the use of verbal communication.
Recommended Source Material Only:
Crisis Intervention—Contemporary Issue for On-site Interveners,
Dr. Hendricks (Thomas Publishers)
Verbal Judo: The Gentle Art of Persuasion, Dr. Thompson (Quill)
D. Leadership
Required Minimum Hours: 2
General Learning Goal: The students will understand why leadership
is an integral component of the law enforcement profession, and the
necessity for building future leaders.
Specific Performance Outcomes:
C-48
Return to Table of Contents
1. The student will recognize the personality traits desirable of a
leader.
2. The student will recognize the personality traits desirable of a
follower.
3. The student will understand the different types of power.
4. The student will understand the difference between management
and leadership.
Recommended Source Material Only:
Corps Business: The 30 Management Principles of the U.S. Marines,
Freedman (HarperBusiness)
Semper Fi: Business Leadership The Marine Corps Way, Carrison and
Walsh (AMACOM)
The Leadership Secrets of Colin Powell, Harhari (McGraw-Hill
Publishing)
IX. WELLNESS TRAINING PROGRAM
REQUIRED MINIMUM HOURS: 28
A. Introduction to Wellness
Required Minimum Hours: 4
General Learning Goal: The students will understand why wellness
is an integral component of the law enforcement profession, and the
necessity for being in good physical condition.
Specific Performance Outcomes:
1. Recognize the impact that police work has on a healthy lifestyle.
2. Understand the difference between aerobic and anaerobic
exercise.
3. Know the difference between absolute and dynamic strength.
4. Understand the importance of flexibility and types of stretching
techniques.
5. Know what percent of body fat is acceptable (by health standards).
C-49
Return to Table of Contents
6. Understand diet’s impact on wellness.
Recommended Source Material Only:
Cooper Institute Aerobics Program for Total Well Being, Dr. Cooper
(Bantam Books)
Physical Fitness Assessments and Norms (Cooper Institute)
B. Wellness Lab
Required Minimum Hours: 24
General Learning Goal: The students will be introduced to stretching,
resistance, aerobic, and anaerobic fitness training regimens.
1. The wellness lab will be supervised by an Academy Instructor,
and each session will begin with a stretching and warm-up phase.
Training should be broken into 1 hour increments, and each
increment will consist of one of the following training sessions:
a. Resistance training such as Crossfit, weight training, or
swimming
b. Aerobic exercise such as jogging, biking, or swimming
c. Anaerobic exercise such as sprints or interval training
Note: Lab training will consist of a variety of resistance, aerobic, and
anaerobic training, not to exclude any of the before mentioned forms of
fitness.
C-50
Return to Table of Contents
D-1
Return to Table of Contents
RESERVE ACADEMIC TRAINING PROGRAM
Effective January 1, 2014
MINIMUM REQUIRED HOURS
Academic
83
Arrest Control
62
Firearms
64
TOTAL
209
Driving (optional)
44
TOTAL with Driving
253
I. INTRODUCTION TO CRIMINAL JUSTICE SYSTEM
REQUIRED HOURS: 9
A. Authority of the Colorado Reserve Officer
Required Minimum Hours: 1
General Learning Goal: The student will demonstrate an
understanding of the statutory authority to function as a Colorado
reserve peace officer.
Learning Objectives:
1. The student will demonstrate an understanding of the provisions
of § 16-2.5-110 (1), C.R.S., which designates authority and
training for duties, as well as its limits, while functioning as a
Colorado reserve peace officer.
2. The student will demonstrate an understanding of the statutory
provisions of "direct supervision" and "express direction" as
pertaining to § 16-2.5-110(6)(a)(b), C.R.S.
3. The student will demonstrate an understanding of the provisions
of the "Colorado Governmental Immunity Act", Article 10 of Title
24, C.R.S., dealing with being authorized as a volunteer.
Recommended Source Material:
Colorado Revised Statutes, 16-2.5-110 et seq.
B. Law Enforcement Ethics and Anti-Bias Policing
Required Minimum Hours: 4
D-2
Return to Table of Contents
General Learning Goal: The student will demonstrate an
understanding of the traits that officers should exemplify and explain
the benefits of professional and ethical behavior to the officer,
department and community.
Learning Objectives:
1. The student will demonstrate an understanding of ethics and
anti-bias expectations of a peace officer as they relate to the
following groups:
a. Community
b. Victim, witness, suspect
c. Department
d. Governmental agencies
e. Fellow officers and coworkers
2. The student will demonstrate an understanding of the importance
of ethical conduct.
3. The student will demonstrate an understanding of the Law
Enforcement Code of Ethics and how it pertains to professional
and personal life.
4. The student will demonstrate an understanding of culture and
cultural diversity.
5. The student will demonstrate an understanding of personal,
professional and organizational benefits of valuing diversity
within the community and law enforcement.
6. The student will be able to define:
a. Stereotype
b. Prejudice
c. Discrimination
7. The student will demonstrate an understanding of the reporting
requirements pertaining to excessive force as captured in § 18-8-
801 through 804, C.R.S.
Recommended Source Material:
Arresting Police Video
Case Studies – Facilitation Format
a. Being in the Wrong Neighborhood
b. Driving the Wrong Car
D-3
Return to Table of Contents
c. Suspicious Car
Character and Cops: Ethics in Policing, Delattre (American Enterprise
Inc. Press)
Diversity Iceberg, Included in the “POST Anti-Bias Train the Trainer”
materials
Police Ethics, The Corruption of a Noble Cause, Crank and Caldero
(Lexis Publishing)
State of Colorado Demographics – U.S. Census
C. Criminal Process
Required Minimum Hours: 4
General Learning Goal: The student will demonstrate an understanding
of the constitutional rights of all individuals within the United States,
regardless of citizenship, and the role of the criminal justice system
protecting those rights.
Learning Objectives:
1. The student will demonstrate an understanding of the freedoms
and rights afforded to individuals under the U.S. Constitution, the
Bill of Rights, and later Amendments.
2. The student will demonstrate an understanding of how the
following amendments to the U.S. Constitution apply to the
actions and conduct of peace officers:
a. First Amendment
b. Fourth Amendment
c. Fifth Amendment
d. Sixth Amendment
e. Eighth Amendment
f. Fourteenth Amendment
3. The student will demonstrate an understanding of the three
components of the criminal justice system:
a. Law Enforcement
b. Courts (prosecution)
c. Corrections
4. The student will demonstrate an understanding of the major goals
of the criminal justice system:
a. Guarantee due process and equal justice
b. Reduce crime, fear of crime, and public disorder
c. Protection of life and property
D-4
Return to Table of Contents
d. Enforcement of laws
e. Improve the quality of life
5. The student will demonstrate an understanding of the
interrelationships of the components of the criminal justice system
with the legislative, judicial, and executive processes.
6. The student will demonstrate an understanding of the impact of
changing needs within the community in relationship to the
criminal justice system.
Recommended Source Material:
Criminal Justice: Introductory Cases & Materials, Skolnick, Feeley and
McCoy (Thomson-West)
Criminal Justice, Fagin (Pearson Education, Inc.)
Introduction to Criminal Justice, Siegel and Worrall (Cengage Learning)
United States Constitution - Bill of Rights
II. BASIC LAW
REQUIRED HOURS: 30
A. Rules of Evidence
Required Minimum Hours: 2
General Learning Goal: The student will demonstrate an
understanding of peace officer conduct pertaining to rules of evidence.
Learning Objectives:
1. The student will demonstrate an understanding of rules, elements
and provisions of § 16-3-101 through 405, C.R.S.
2. The student will demonstrate an understanding of the laws and
court decisions as they pertain to evidence:
a. Types of evidence
b. Admissibility
Recommended Source Material:
Colorado Peace Officer's Handbook (Lexis Nexis Publishing)
Colorado Peace Officer's Legal Source Book (Colorado District Attorneys
Council/Colorado Attorney General)
B. Colorado Criminal Code
Required Minimum Hours: 16
D-5
Return to Table of Contents
General Learning Goal: The student will demonstrate an
understanding of the Colorado Criminal Code.
Learning Objective:
1. The student will demonstrate an understanding of the elements of
crimes, and distinguish between crime classifications in Title 18,
C.R.S.
Recommended Source Material:
Colorado Revised Statutes, Title 18
C. Colorado Children’s Code
Required Minimum Hours: 2
General Learning Goal: The student will demonstrate an
understanding of the Children's Code, cite and explain the major
provisions relative to the tasks of peace officers and learn procedures
from arrest through investigations, charging, conviction, and sentencing.
Learning Objectives:
1. The student will demonstrate an understanding of how a juvenile
is taken into custody and what steps are taken after he is taken
into custody.
2. The student will demonstrate an understanding of the obligations
of peace officers and the rights of juveniles during the
investigation phase and the criminal proceedings.
3. The student will demonstrate an understanding of the neglect and
dependence section of the Code relating to:
a. Abuse and neglect
b. Mandatory reporting requirements
c. Evidence of abuse
d. Protective custody
Recommended Source Material:
Colorado Revised Statutes, Title 19
D-6
Return to Table of Contents
D. Legal Liability
Required Minimum Hours: 4
General Learning Goal: The student will demonstrate an
understanding of governmental and personal exposure to liability and
the many "causes of action" which may result in civil suits.
Learning Objectives:
1. The student will demonstrate an understanding of the provisions
of law as they pertain to peace officers as delineated in Title 18,
Article 8 of the Colorado Revised Statutes.
2. The student will distinguish between torts and crimes.
3. The student will demonstrate an understanding of the three basic
categories of tort:
a. Negligent torts
b. Intentional torts
c. Constitutional torts
4. The student will demonstrate an understanding of the two major
causes of action in sexual harassment cases:
a. Quid pro quo harassment
b. Hostile work environment harassment
5. The student will demonstrate an understanding of the civil
procedure in suits involving governmental entities and individual
officers.
Recommended Source Material:
Civil Rights and Criminal Justice: Primer on Sexual Harassment,
Research in Action, Rubin (National Institute of Justice)
Colorado Peace Officer's Legal Source Book, Section 16 (Colorado District
Attorney’s Council/Colorado Attorney General)
E. Court Testimony
Required Minimum Hours: 2
General Learning Goal: The student will demonstrate an
understanding of how to communicate facts to a judge or jury through
court testimony.
D-7
Return to Table of Contents
Learning Objective:
1. The student will demonstrate an understanding of proper
preparation and presentation for courtroom testimony.
Recommended Source Material:
Colorado Peace Officer’s Legal Source Book (Colorado District Attorneys
Council/Colorado Attorney General)
F. Arrest Search and Seizure
Required Minimum Hours: 4
General Learning Goal: The student will demonstrate an
understanding of peace officer conduct pertaining to arrest, search and
seizure.
Learning Objectives:
1. The student will demonstrate an understanding of the rules,
elements and provisions of Colorado Revised Statues, Title 16, and
Articles 1, 2, and 3.
2. The student will demonstrate an understanding of the laws and
court decisions as they pertain to the basic principles of search
and seizure law:
a. Fourth Amendment protections
b. Reasonable expectation of privacy
c. Reasonable suspicion vs. probable cause
3. The student will demonstrate an understanding of the laws and
court decisions for warrant searches and seizures:
a. Fourth Amendment requirements
b. Probable cause
c. Affidavits in support of warrant searches
d. Execution of a search warrant
4. The student will demonstrate an understanding of the laws and
court decisions for warrantless searches and seizures:
a. Plain view searches
b. Warrantless searches in general
c. Pat-down frisk searches
d. Consent searches
e. Exigent circumstance searches
f. Searches incident to arrest
D-8
Return to Table of Contents
g. Probation/parole searches
5. The student will demonstrate an understanding of the laws and
court decisions for searches and seizures involving motor vehicles:
a. Probable cause searches of vehicles
b. Plain view searches of vehicles
c. Consent searches of vehicles
d. Searches of vehicles incident to custodial arrests
e. Searches of vehicles as instrumentalities
f. Vehicle inventory searches
6. The student will demonstrate an understanding of the laws and
court decisions for searches and seizures involving bodily
intrusions:
a. Warrant requirement for bodily intrusion searches and
seizures
b. Warrantless bodily intrusion searches and seizures
c. Use of force during bodily intrusion searches and seizures
7. The student will demonstrate an understanding of the laws and
court decisions regarding identification procedures:
a. Field show-ups
b. Photographic arrays
c. Custodial lineups
Recommended Source Material:
Colorado Peace Officers Handbook (Lexis Nexis Publishing)
Colorado Peace Officer’s Legal Source Book (Colorado District Attorneys
Council/Colorado Attorney General)
Officer's Arrest Handbook, Stephen (Lexis Publishing)
Officer's Search and Seizure Handbook, Stephen (Lexis
Publishing)
III. HUMAN RIGHTS & VICTIM’S RIGHTS
REQUIRED HOURS: 4
A. Victim’s Rights
Required Minimum Hours: 2
General Learning Goal: The student will demonstrate an
understanding of the laws relating to victim’s rights and community
resources available for crime victim services.
Learning Objective:
D-9
Return to Table of Contents
1. The student will demonstrate an understanding of the provisions
of § 24-4.1-301 et seq., C.R.S. and the procedures for locating
assistance for victims of crime.
Recommended Source Material:
Colorado Peace Officer's Handbook (Lexis Nexis Publishing)
B. Interaction with Special Populations
Required Minimum Hours: 2
General Learning Goal: The student will demonstrate an
understanding of the laws protecting the rights of members of special
populations.
Learning Objectives:
1. The student will demonstrate an understanding of police
interaction with special populations.
2. The student will demonstrate an understanding of the Americans
with Disabilities Act.
3. The student will demonstrate an understanding of indicators that
could lead an officer to believe an individual is:
a. A danger to self
b. Dangerous to others
c. Gravely disabled
Recommended Source Material:
Americans with Disabilities Act, www.ada.gov
IV. COMMUNITY INTERACTION
REQUIRED HOURS: 2
A. Community Policing/Community Partnerships
Required Minimum Hours: 1
General Learning Goal: The student will demonstrate an
understanding of community policing, the necessary elements for
implementation of community policing practice and philosophy, and
recognize community partnerships as an integral component in
community policing and problem solving.
Learning Objective:
D-10
Return to Table of Contents
1. The student will demonstrate an understanding of community
policing and the importance of building community partnerships.
Recommended Source Material:
Collaboration Toolkit: How to Build, Fix and Sustain Productive
Partnerships, Rinehart, Laszlo, Briscoe, (U.S. Department of Justice)
Community Policing: A Contemporary Perspective, Bucqueroux
and Trojanowicz (Anderson Publishing)
Understanding Community Policing: A Framework for Action, Office of
Justice Programs (Bureau of Justice Assistance)
B. Problem Solving/Crime Prevention
Required Minimum Hours: 1
General Learning Goal: The student will demonstrate an
understanding of current models of crime prevention and problem
solving.
Learning Objective:
1. The student will demonstrate an understanding of the following
crime prevention/problem solving models: SARA, CPTED and the
Crime Triangle.
Recommended Source Material:
Assessing Responses to Problems: An Introductory Guide for Police
Problem-Solvers, Eck (U.S. Department of Justice, Office of
Community Oriented Policing Services)
Community Policing: A Contemporary Perspective, Bucqueroux
and Trojanowicz (Anderson Publishing)
Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design and Community
Policing, Travis (NIJ Research in Action, 1996)
Problem Solving Tips – A Guide to Reducing Crime and Disorder
through Problem Solving Partnerships, Schlermer, Perkins, Phillips,
Rinehart and Townsend (U.S. Dept. of Justice)
Tackling Crime and Other Public-Safety Problems: Case Studies in
Problem Solving, Sampson, Rana and Michael S. Scott (U.S.
Department of Justice)
Using Analysis for Problem Solving – A Guidebook for Law Enforcement
(U.S. Department of Justice)
D-11
Return to Table of Contents
V. PATROL PROCEDURES
REQUIRED HOURS: 20
A. Officer Survival
Required Minimum Hours: 4
General Learning Goal: The student will demonstrate an
understanding of the mental, physical, and tactical preparations
required to survive on the job.
Learning Objectives:
1. The student will demonstrate an understanding of the techniques
for the mental, emotional and physical preparation necessary to
respond to and recover from a critical incident.
2. The student will demonstrate an understanding of the elements of
threat assessment and describe their effective application.
Recommended Source Material:
Street Survival, Adams, McTernan, Remsberg (Calibre Press)
The Tactical Edge: Surviving High Risk Patrol, Remsberg (Calibre
Press)
B. Hazmat/Biohazards Awareness
Required Minimum Hours: 2
General Learning Goal: The student will demonstrate an
understanding of hazmat and biohazard threats.
Learning Objectives:
1. The student will demonstrate an understanding of the safety
measures and protective equipment used to mitigate or prevent
exposure to biohazards or hazardous materials.
2. The student will demonstrate an understanding of the universal
precautions and post-exposure procedures.
Recommended Source Material:
Bloodborne Pathogen Standards (OSHA)
Defending the Homeland: Domestic Intelligence, Law Enforcement, and
Security, White (Wadsworth Publishing)
Preparing for Biological Terrorism, an Emergency Service Guide,
D-12
Return to Table of Contents
Buck, (Thomson Delmar Learning)
Terrorism and Homeland Security, White (Cengage Learning)
Terrorism Handbook for Operational Responders, Bevelacqua
and Stilp (Thomson Delmar)
The Counterterrorism Handbook, Bolz Jr., Dudonis, and Schulz (CRC
Press)
C. Pedestrian Contacts
Required Minimum Hours: 2
General Learning Goal: The student will demonstrate an
understanding of the legal and tactical aspects for safely contacting
pedestrians while minimizing officer risk.
Learning Objectives:
1. The student will demonstrate an understanding of how to
legally and safely approach a pedestrian or suspect while alone
or with another officer through the use of field-based scenarios.
2. The student will demonstrate an understanding of the signs of
deception when attempting to identify subjects.
3. The student will demonstrate an understanding of different
emotional and physical behavioral warning signs and how to
react to them.
4. The student will demonstrate an understanding of tactical and
legal considerations during pedestrian contact scenarios.
5. The student will demonstrate an understanding of the inherent
dangers of foot pursuits and explain the tactics that will reduce
the risk of assault during a foot pursuit.
6. The student will demonstrate an understanding of the proper
utilization of an offensive and defensive posture.
7. The student will demonstrate an understanding of how to
document the contact in an accurate written report.
Recommended Source Material:
Police Operations: Theory and Practice, Hess and Wrobleski (Thomson
Wadsworth)
Police Patrol Operations and Management, Hale (Prentice-Hall)
Street Survival, Adams, McTernan and Remsberg (Calibre Press)
D-13
Return to Table of Contents
Tactics for Criminal Patrol, Remsberg (Calibre Press)
The Tactical Edge: Surviving High Risk Patrol, Remsberg (Calibre
Press)
D. Vehicle Contacts & Vehicle Searches
Required Minimum Hours: 4
General Learning Goal: The student will demonstrate an
understanding of how to conduct unknown risk vehicle contacts, high
risk vehicle contacts, unknown risk contacts that turn into high risk
contacts, how to determine the appropriate tactics for each type of
contact and tactics necessary to conduct a legal, safe and effective
search of a vehicle.
Learning Objectives:
1. The student will demonstrate an understanding of how to set up
unknown risk and high risk traffic contacts using appropriate
tactics and officer safety.
2. The student will demonstrate the ability to change from an
unknown risk vehicle contact to a high risk vehicle contact when
circumstances dictate.
3. Through the use of practical exercises, the student will
demonstrate the ability to select the appropriate tactics and
resources to utilize based upon the environment and
circumstances of the contact.
4. The student will demonstrate an understanding of the
requirements and restrictions for a lawful search of a vehicle
and seizure of evidence in the following situations:
a. With consent
b. Incident to arrest
c. Items in plain view
d. With a search warrant
e. With probable cause
f. Inventory searches
5. Through field exercises, the student will demonstrate an
understanding of the search of a vehicle using appropriate
officer safety considerations to:
a. Remove and control occupants
D-14
Return to Table of Contents
b. Systematically examine the vehicle’s exterior and interior,
identifying common hiding places for contraband
Recommended Source Material:
Criminal Investigation, Bennett and Hess (West)
Police Operations: Theory and Practice, Hess and Wrobleski (Thomson
Wadsworth)
Street Survival, Adams, McTernan, Remsberg (Calibre Press)
Tactics for Criminal Patrol, Remsberg (Calibre Press)
The Tactical Edge: Surviving High Risk Patrol, Remsberg (Calibre
Press)
E. Building Searches
Required Minimum Hours: 4
General Learning Goal: The student will demonstrate an
understanding of tactics needed to safely search buildings.
Learning Objectives:
1. The student will demonstrate an understanding of various
building search tactics.
2. Through field exercises, the student will demonstrate the ability
to adapt searching techniques to various search scenarios.
Recommended Source Material:
Criminal Investigation, Bennett and Hess (West)
Police Operations: Theory and Practice, Hess and Wrobleski (Thomson
Wadsworth)
Street Survival, Adams, McTernan, Remsberg (Calibre Press)
The Tactical Edge: Surviving High Risk Patrol, Remsberg (Calibre
Press)
F. Handling In-Progress Calls
Required Minimum Hours: 4
General Learning Goal: The student will demonstrate an
understanding of hazards involved with in-progress calls and describe
proper procedures in responding to and handling the calls safely.
Learning Objectives:
D-15
Return to Table of Contents
1. The student will demonstrate an understanding of the factors to
be considered in responding safely to in-progress calls,
including:
a. Information and intelligence gathering
b. Response strategy, including route selection
c. Cover/concealment
d. Nature of crime
2. Through field exercises, the student will demonstrate an
understanding of tactical considerations involved in handling in-
progress calls.
3. The student will demonstrate the ability to document the event
in a written report.
Recommended Source Material:
Annual Report of Law Enforcement Officers Killed and Assaulted (FBI)
Street Survival: Tactics for Armed Encounters, Adams, McTernan and
Remsberg (Calibre Press)
The Tactical Edge: Surviving High Risk Patrol, Remsberg (Calibre
Press)
VI. TRAFFIC CONTROL
REQUIRED HOURS: 4
A. Traffic Code
Required Minimum Hours: 2
General Learning Goal: The student will demonstrate an
understanding of Colorado traffic code C.R.S. Title 42.
Learning Objective:
1. The student will demonstrate an understanding of traffic code
violations as defined in C.R.S. Title 42, Articles 2, 3, & 4.
Recommended Source Material:
Colorado Revised Statutes, Title 42
B. Traffic Direction
Required Minimum Hours: 2
D-16
Return to Table of Contents
General Learning Goal: The student will demonstrate an
understanding of vehicle and pedestrian traffic direction and
regulation.
Learning Objectives:
1. The student will demonstrate an understanding of the motor
vehicle laws governing traffic direction.
2. The student will demonstrate an understanding of proper
positioning to maximize visibility while minimizing hazards to
the officer.
3. The student will demonstrate an understanding of the correct
methods for giving the basic traffic direction signals including:
stop, start, and turn, in both daytime and nighttime conditions.
4. The student will participate in three traffic direction scenarios
with or without the use of a vehicle.
Recommended Source Material:
IACP Training Key Number #279, current edition
VII. COMMUNICATIONS
REQUIRED HOURS: 14
A. Stress Management
Required Minimum Hours: 1
General Learning Goal: The student will demonstrate an
understanding of the concept of stress and its sources.
Learning Objectives:
1. The student will demonstrate an understanding of the
emotional/psychological and physical responses to stress and how
they may interfere with a peace officer's performance.
2. The student will demonstrate an understanding of stress
management techniques.
Recommended Source Material:
Police Field Operations, Adams (Prentice-Hall)
The Tactical Edge: Surviving High Risk Patrol, Remsberg
D-17
Return to Table of Contents
(Calibre Press)
B. Introduction to Wellness
Required Minimum Hours: 1
General Learning Goal: The student will demonstrate an
understanding of why wellness is an integral component of the law
enforcement profession, and the necessity for being in good physical
condition.
Learning Objective:
1. The student will demonstrate an understanding of the impact that
police work has on physical condition.
Recommended Source Material:
Cooper Institute Aerobics Program for Total Well Being, Dr. Cooper
(Bantam Books)
Physical Fitness Assessments and Norms (Cooper Institute)
C. Report Writing
Required Minimum Hours: 8
General Learning Goal: The student will demonstrate an
understanding of the basic requirements of report writing.
Learning Objectives:
1. The student will demonstrate an understanding of the
characteristics of effective police reporting and what types of
reports may be required specifically of a reserve officer.
2. The student will demonstrate the ability to observe scenario
situations and transfer them into a clear, complete and concise
written report.
Recommended Source Material:
Colorado Peace Officer’s Legal Source Book (Colorado District Attorneys
Council/Colorado Attorney General)
Criminal Investigation, Bennett and Hess (Thomas West Publishing)
Just the Facts: Investigative Report Writing, Biggs (Pearson Prentice-
Hall Publishing)
Police Field Operations, Adams (Prentice-Hall)
D. Verbal Communication Techniques
D-18
Return to Table of Contents
Required Minimum Hours: 4
General Learning Goal: The student will demonstrate an
understanding of effective communication techniques.
Learning Objective:
1. The student will demonstrate an understanding of techniques for
communicating with individuals or groups and defusing conflicts.
Recommended Source Material:
Crisis Intervention—Contemporary Issues for On-site Interviewers,
Hendricks (Charles C. Thomas Publishers LTD)
Verbal Judo: The Gentle Art of Persuasion, Thompson (William Morrow,
NY)
E-1
Return to Table of Contents
REFRESHER ACADEMIC TRAINING PROGRAM
Effective Date January 1, 2014
MINIMUM REQUIRED HOURS
38
16
16
16
10
96
I. ADMINISTRATION OF JUSTICE
REQUIRED HOURS: 4
A. Authority of the Colorado Peace Officer/ Jurisdictional
Relationships & Agency Authority
Required Minimum Hours: 2
General Learning Goal: The student will demonstrate an
understanding of the authority of Colorado peace officers and the
jurisdiction of law enforcement agencies, the functions of law
enforcement agencies, levels of jurisdiction, and matters of mutual
concern.
Learning Objectives:
1. The student will demonstrate an understanding of the role and
authority of Colorado peace officers.
2. The student will demonstrate an understanding of the basic
capabilities of the CCIC/NCIC systems, and the purpose of each
query.
3. The student will demonstrate an understanding of the
limitations and restrictions on accessibility and release of criminal
justice information and any associated penalties.
4. The student will demonstrate an understanding of the
interrelationships of Colorado law enforcement agencies and
their responsibilities and authority.
5. The student will demonstrate an understanding of the
responsibilities for the three levels of law enforcement listed
below:
E-2
Return to Table of Contents
a. Federal law enforcement agencies
b. State law enforcement agencies
c. Local law enforcement agencies
Recommended Source Material:
CBI - Misuse of CCIC Data Handout, FACs and Powerpoint
(Colorado Bureau of Investigation)
CCIC Training Manual (Colorado Bureau of Investigation)
Colorado Revised Statutes
B. Law Enforcement Ethics
Required Minimum Hours: 2
General Learning Goal: The student will demonstrate an
understanding of ethics in policing and its relationship to the law
enforcement profession.
Learning Objectives:
1. The student will demonstrate an understanding of the elements
contained in "The Law Enforcement Code of Ethics.”
2. The student will demonstrate an understanding of the four
categories of character as they pertain to law enforcement
behavior.
3. The student will demonstrate an understanding of ethical
behavior, morality and character as applied to:
a. Acceptance of gratuities
b. Use of deception and force
c. Treatment of citizens, including suspects and informants
d. Selective enforcement of the law and discretion
e. Preparation of reports and testimony
f. Conduct on and off duty
Recommended Source Material:
Character and Cops: Ethics in Policing, Delattre (American Enterprise
Inc. Press)
II. BASIC LAW
REQUIRED HOURS: 22
A. United States Constitution/ Rules of Evidence/ Arrest, Search &
Seizure
Required Minimum Hours: 4
E-3
Return to Table of Contents
General Learning Goal: The student will demonstrate an
understanding of the concepts of the Bill of Rights, the Fourteenth
Amendment to the United States Constitution, and the rules of
evidence as they pertain to the rights of all citizens.
Learning Objectives:
1. The student will demonstrate an understanding of the concepts
of due process of law, equal protection of the law, and how
violations of constitutional rights impact upon law enforcement.
2. The student will demonstrate an understanding of how
constitutional amendments, specifically the first, fourth, fifth,
sixth, eighth and fourteenth, affect peace officer responsibilities.
3. The student will demonstrate an understanding of the rules of
evidence, elements and provisions of Colorado Revised Statutes,
Title 16, Articles 1, 2, and 3, and Rules 4 and 41 of the Colorado
Rules of Criminal Procedure.
4. The student will demonstrate an understanding of laws and
court decisions as they pertain to evidence:
a. Types of evidence
b. Admissibility
5. The student will demonstrate an understanding of laws and
court decisions as they pertain to searches and seizures of:
a. Persons
b. Vehicles
c. Property
d. Warrants
Recommended Source Material:
Colorado Peace Officer's Handbook (Lexis Nexis Publishing)
Colorado Peace Officer's Legal Source Book (Colorado District
Attorney's Council/Colorado Attorney General)
Crime and Justice in America: A Human Perspective, Territo, Halsted
and Bromley (Pearson, Prentice-Hall)
B. Colorado Criminal Code and Related Federal Statutes
Required Minimum Hours: 12
E-4
Return to Table of Contents
General Learning Goal: The student will demonstrate basic
knowledge of the Colorado Criminal Code.
Learning Objectives:
1. The student will demonstrate an understanding of criminal
violations within the C.R.S.
2. The student will demonstrate an understanding of appropriate
questions regarding inquiries into incidents, to determine if they
are criminal or civil in nature.
3. The student will demonstrate an understanding of elements of
crimes, and distinguish between crime classifications in the
C.R.S., Title 18, except Articles 14 and 15.
Recommended Source Material:
Colorado Revised Statutes, Title 18
C. Colorado Children’s Code
Required Minimum Hours: 2
General Learning Goal: The student will demonstrate an
understanding of the Children's Code, cite and explain the major
provisions relative to the tasks of Colorado peace officers and proper
procedures for arrests, investigations, charging, conviction, and
sentencing.
Learning Objectives:
1. The student will demonstrate an understanding of the steps that must
be followed when a juvenile is taken into custody.
2. The student will demonstrate an understanding of the various
charging options, when juveniles can be charged as adults, what
juvenile offender information and records may be released, and explain
the neglect and dependence section of the Colorado Children's Code.
Recommended Source Material:
Colorado Revised Statutes, Title 19
D. Motor Vehicle Laws
Required Minimum Hours: 2
E-5
Return to Table of Contents
General Learning Goal: The student will demonstrate an
understanding of the elements of traffic code violations as defined in
C.R.S. Title 42, specifically Articles 2, 3, and 4.
Learning Objective:
1. The student will demonstrate an understanding of the model
traffic code, as adopted by local governments.
Recommended Source Material:
Colorado Revised Statutes, Title 42
E. Victims’ Rights and Domestic Violence
Required Minimum Hours: 2
General Learning Goal: The student will demonstrate an
understanding of the laws relating to crime victim compensation,
victim and witness rights, and how to effectively assess and intervene
in domestic violence incidents.
Learning Objectives:
1. The student will demonstrate an understanding of the
provisions of C.R.S. Title 24, Article 4.1, and the procedures for
locating assistance for victims and witnesses of crime.
2. The student will demonstrate an understanding of the elements
of domestic abuse and the duties of peace officers as outlined in
the C.R.S.
3. The student will demonstrate an understanding of the problem
solving responsibilities of a peace officer at the scene of a
domestic dispute consistent with officer safety, child abuse
statutes, criminal statutes involving crimes against persons and
conflict resolution.
Recommended Source Material:
Colorado Peace Officers Handbook (Lexis Nexis Publishing)
Colorado Revised Statutes
Understanding Community Policing: A Framework for Action (Office of
Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Assistance)
E-6
Return to Table of Contents
III. PATROL PROCEDURES
REQUIRED HOURS: 8
A. Officer Survival & Wellness
Required Minimum Hours: 8
General Learning Goal: The student will demonstrate an
understanding of the mental, physical and tactical preparations
required to survive while serving as a Colorado peace officer.
Learning Objectives:
1. The student will demonstrate an understanding of the
techniques for the mental, emotional and physical preparation
necessary to respond to and recover from a critical incident.
2. The student will demonstrate an understanding of the elements
of threat assessment and describe their effective application.
3. The student will demonstrate an understanding of the process of
tactic analysis.
Recommended Source Material:
Street Survival, Adams, McTernan and Remsberg (Calibre Press)
The Tactical Edge: Surviving High Risk Patrol, Remsberg (Calibre
Press)
IV. USE OF FORCE
REQUIRED HOURS: 4
A. Civil and Criminal Liability
Required Minimum Hours: 4
General Learning Goal: The student will demonstrate an
understanding of the concept of "continuum/paradigm of force", the use
of force, reporting the use of excessive force, and the use of deadly force
and related legal issues.
Learning Objectives:
1. The student will demonstrate an understanding of the role of
use of force considerations in the continuum/paradigm of force
including but not limited to C.R.S. 18-1-701 through 710 and 18-
8-801 through 18-8-804.
E-7
Return to Table of Contents
2. The student will demonstrate an understanding of the
alternatives to the use of deadly force based upon a subject's
actions and behavior.
3. The student will demonstrate an understanding of the
physiological and psychological forces that affect a person
threatened with danger.
Recommended Source Material:
Colorado Peace Officers Legal Source Book (Colorado District Attorneys
Council/Colorado Attorney General)
Colorado Revised Statutes
V. PROFESSIONAL SKILLS - REMEDIATION/ QUALIFICATION
REQUIRED HOURS: 48
A. Arrest Control Training Program
Required Minimum Hours: 16
General Learning Goal: The student will explain and demonstrate
the basic principles of arrest control as it applies to physical control,
searching, application of handcuffs, use of an impact instrument,
weapons retention and retrieval, escort control and ground fighting.
Learning Objectives:
1. The student will identify, discuss, explain and demonstrate the
proper application of handcuffs in both low and high risk
situations; explain and demonstrate verbal commands, proper
stance, and maintaining physical control of the subject during
the handcuffing procedure, to include proper application of the
handcuffs.
2. The student will identify, discuss and demonstrate proper
search techniques during low risk and high risk situations, and
explain and demonstrate verbal commands, and control of the
subject during the search process.
3. The student will identify, discuss and demonstrate an escort
control hold prior to applying handcuffs; explain and
demonstrate verbal commands, control of the subject, and
movement of the subject to a secure location; and then
application of the handcuffs or release of the subject for
E-8
Return to Table of Contents
interview or interrogation.
4. The student will identify, discuss and demonstrate how to
maintain control of his/her weapon while the weapon is
holstered, by a subject who is attempting to disarm him/her.
5. The student will identify, discuss and demonstrate how to
regain control of his/her weapon after being disarmed.
6. The student will identify, discuss and demonstrate the proper
use of an impact weapon in defense of an unarmed attack.
7. The student will identify, discuss and demonstrate a basic
knowledge of ground fighting, to include escape and recovery
from an attack when on the ground with a suspect.
B. Law Enforcement Driving
Required Minimum Hours: 16
General Learning Goal: The student will explain the legal aspects
associated with emergency vehicle operation, demonstrate skills
required for operation of a law enforcement vehicle and explain the
factors that affect law enforcement driving.
Learning Objectives:
1. The student will identify, discuss and explain statutory law,
case law and principles of liability governing police vehicle
operations.
2. The student will be able to identify and demonstrate proper non-
emergency driving skills and defensive driving methods.
3. The student will be able to identify, discuss, explain or
demonstrate the various skills and techniques necessary to
safely operate a vehicle on an emergency response or vehicle
pursuit.
C. Firearms Training Program
Required Minimum Hours: 16
General Learning Goal: The student will demonstrate the basic
principles of shooting a handgun.
E-9
Return to Table of Contents
Learning Objectives:
1. The student will demonstrate the basic techniques of
marksmanship and shooting using a handgun that will include,
but not be limited to:
a. Stance
b. Grip
c. Sight picture/sight alignment
d. Trigger manipulation
e. Breath control
f. Follow through/recovery
g. Presentation
2. The student will safely and effectively demonstrate using a
handgun.
a. Ammunition management
b. Weapons status
c. Malfunctions
3. Only one weapon system must be taught and all safety rules
must be adhered to.
4. The student will explain, discuss, and demonstrate the firearms
role regarding use of force and the importance of "mindset".
5. The student will demonstrate commonly recognized survival
based shooting techniques.
VI. SKILLS TESTS AND WRITTEN CERTIFICATION
EXAMINATION
REQUIRED HOURS: 10
A. Arrest Control Performance Test
Required Minimum Hours: 2
1. All students must successfully complete a skills test out
examination in accordance with the discipline being taught. If
the program does not have a student test out then each student
at a minimum must successfully complete the arrest control
skills test as used in the provisional/renewal of certification
process.
B. Law Enforcement Driving Performance Test
Required Minimum Hours: 2.75
E-10
Return to Table of Contents
1. Three-lane perception/reaction to be done under normal driving
conditions (minimum speed - 30 MPH).
a. Electric lights or visual indicator is required
b. Minimum speed 30 MPH
2. Low-speed precision driving course to include backing through a
cone pattern 150-feet in length demonstrating a left and right
pattern through a curved course.
3. Precision maneuverability road course to include a 90-degree
left and right turn, a 180-degree turn, and a high-speed lane
change at 40 to 45 MPH.
4. Braking technique - straight line course (minimum speed- 40
MPH).
C. Firearms Performance Test
Required Minimum Hours: 2.75
1. The student will qualify with a handgun on a range with a score
of one hundred percent (100%) with a maximum of three formal
attempts utilizing the POST approved Handgun Qualification
Course.
2. A formal attempt on the Handgun Qualification Course is an
announced attempt prior to the qualification for record (it is not
a practice attempt).
3. If the student fails all three formal attempts on the Handgun
Qualification Course, the student must successfully complete the
entire Firearms Training Program in a POST approved basic or
reserve academy for peace officer certification.
D. POST Written Certification Examination
Required Minimum Hours: 2.5
1. The student must meet all of the requirements of POST Rule 10,
Rule 11, Rule 13 and Rule 15, and the requirements of the
attended Refresher Academy. Students may take the written
certification exam prior to successful completion of skills
testing. All skills testing and written examinations must be
successfully completed within two years from the end date of the
academy.
E-11
Return to Table of Contents
2. Colorado POST sets a passing score that reflects the level of
knowledge and skills required for minimally competent
performance as an entry-level peace officer in the State of
Colorado. POST uses national testing standards in setting the
passing score which falls on a test score scale that ranges from 0
to 100. This cut score definition will go into effect upon the
implementation of the reformulated test items for the POST
certification exam.
E-12
Return to Table of Contents
F-1
Return to Table of Contents
ARREST CONTROL TRAINING PROGRAM
Effective July 1, 2010
The purpose of the Peace Officer Standards and Training Arrest Control
Curriculum is to provide comprehensive ACT training through the combined use of
a traditional classroom model, supplemented by interactive scenario events,
designed to test and develop the students skill set. Initial skill training will consist
of classroom or lab to provide students with the opportunity to learn and practice
physical skills through instruction, repetition and testing. The next phase of
training is designed to apply those skills taught previously, in a safe but more
challenging environment, dealing with situations that officers might face in the line
of duty. Academy instructors are tasked with including all elements of an adult
learning model, in order to maximize understanding, application and retention
academy material.
Students will meet each learning objective listed. Academies must provide at least
62 hours of arrest control instruction, but academy directors are given discretion to
increase the number of hours in each subsection in order to meet individual needs.
MINIMUM REQUIRED HOURS: 62
I. ARREST CONTROL ORIENTATION
Required Minimum Hours: 1
General Learning Goal: The student will explain safety rules and
procedures including the site safety plan.
Learning objective:
A. All students will advise of any injuries and pre-existing conditions that
would prohibit participation. If necessary, students should complete a
medical record release waiver.
B. Students will receive all applicable training materials based on the
individual program’s standards.
C. The student will explain and discuss the safety rules established
during orientation for conduct in class/labs.
D. All students will perform warm-up exercises and stretching exercises
before performing any lab activities.
E. All students will immediately report any injuries to the instructors.
F-2
Return to Table of Contents
F. All students will receive information on fitness, diet and exercise.
II. USE OF FORCE CONSIDERATIONS
Required Minimum Hours: 2
General Learning Goal: The student will explain the options of
force and its legal issues, as it pertains to non-lethal/less lethal tactics.
Learning objective:
A. The student will explain the role of arrest/control techniques and
tactics in the options of force including but not limited to § 18-1-707
and § 18-8-801 through § 18-8-803, C.R.S.
1. General Control: That degree of influence you have to exert over
a subject to take him/her safely into custody.
2. Statutory requirements
(a) Use of Force: § 18-1-707, C.R.S.
(b) Reporting the use of excessive force
(1) § 18-8-801, CRS: Definitions
(2) § 18-8-802, CRS: Duty to Report
(3) § 18-8-803, CRS: What constitutes excessive force
(c) Civil violations
(1) Title 42, U.S. Code – 1983
3. Documentation of arrests
(a) Department policy on documentation of each arrest
incident
B. The Student will explain the implications Constitutional case law will
have in use of force considerations.
1. Fourth amendment rights (Graham v. Conner)
2. Fourteenth amendment rights (Johnson v. Glick)
C. Documentation of arrests/use of force
1. Instruction should be given on proper documentation on not only
arrest but also cases of use of force. (Example: Departmental
use of force reports)
F-3
Return to Table of Contents
2. Proper documentation in use of force cases should include, but is
not limited to:
(a) Officer arrival
(b) Officer observations
(c) Subjects actions
(d) Type of arrest control or tools used
(e) De-escalation technique and the technique used
(f) Were there injuries and was medical attention sought
III. DE-ESCALATION OF FORCE
Required Minimum Hours: 2
General Learning Goal: The student will explain the concept of "de-
escalation of force" and force options.
Learning objective:
A. The student will explain and discuss necessary verbal skills and the
role they play in the de-escalation of force.
1. Types of skills
B. Verbal
C. Non-verbal
D. Interpersonal communication
1. Listening
2. Physical
Students will be given an over view of Crisis Intervention Techniques and
their uses in arrest control tactics. (Example: C.I.T. should be used with
available cover for safety)
IV. PERSONAL WEAPONS/POTENTIAL HAZARDS
Required Minimum Hours: 1
General Learning Goal: The students will able to readily identify
personal weapon and other dangerous hazards.
F-4
Return to Table of Contents
Learning objectives:
A. Suspects hands, head, knees, elbows and feet
B. Weapons and potential weapons
C. Friends or associates of the suspect
D. Potential escape routes
V. ALTERNATIVES TO THE USE OF DEADLY FORCE
Required Minimum Hours: 2
General Learning Goal: The student will explain and discuss
alternatives to the use of deadly force based on the subject's behavior.
Learning objectives:
A. The student will explain and discuss the force options as it relates to
alternatives to deadly force. The student will explain where less-lethal
devices are situated in force options.
B. The student will receive an overall introduction to less-lethal uses of force.
1. Less-lethal force defined
2. Less-lethal force as it relates to the use of force continuum
C. The student will learn about types of current less-lethal force
alternatives, weapons, and delivery systems currently available and
accepted as an industry standard.
VI. BALANCE AND MOVEMENT
Required Minimum Hours: 1 Lab
General Learning Goal: The student will demonstrate minimum
physical proficiency during the arrest procedure.
Learning objective:
A. The student will demonstrate minimum proficiency in proper balance
and movement prior to and during the arrest procedure.
B. The Student will become aware of footing and conditions that may
limit response to a threat.
F-5
Return to Table of Contents
C. The student will learn to place gun side away from subject, keep
weight evenly distributed, keep body bladed toward the subject, feet
shoulder width apart, stay alert.
VII. SEARCHING AND HANDCUFFING TECHNIQUES
Required Minimum Hours: 8 Lab
General Learning Goal: The student will demonstrate proficiency in
searching and handcuffing techniques. The use of training handcuffs
shall not be permitted in a basic training class except for section XV
Individual Arrest Control Programs.
Learning objective:
A. The student will demonstrate proficiency in systematic searching to
include:
1. Considerations when approaching a suspect and conducting a
visual search.
2. Describe and complete a systematic search, starting with high
risk areas.
3. Demonstrate an understanding of common areas on a suspect’s
body where weapons and contraband can be concealed.
B. The student will demonstrate proficiency in controlled handcuffing
procedures to include:
1. Students will be able to explain the appropriate legal
justifications for handcuffing a subject.
2. Students will demonstrate an understanding of tactical
considerations for handcuffing.
3. The student will be able to demonstrate proper handcuffing
techniques to include compliant handcuffing to controlling
resistive behavior during handcuffing.
4. Students will be able to identify the risk of injury to a subject
from handcuffing.
F-6
Return to Table of Contents
5. Students will have an understanding of proper handcuff
selection and maintenance.
VIII. CONTROL TECHNIQUES
Required Minimum Hours: 4
General Learning Goal: The student will explain and demonstrate
basic techniques for gaining control over suspects.
Learning objective:
A. The student will explain and demonstrate holds including but not
limited to:
1. Control and escort
2. Pre-arrest and on-arrest situations
3. Discussion of team submission techniques
(a) Multi officer techniques for controlling a suspect
(b) Officer surround suspect
(c) “Trigger” word for action
(d) Limb control: handcuff and or hobble
(e) Sit subject up in upright position
(f) Decision as to medical transport or police transport
4. Practical exercises and demonstration of techniques
(a) Tactical positioning
(b) Limb control / take-downs to include legs and arms
(c) Head and neck stabilization
(d) Handcuffing skills
(e) Team contact, control and take-downs
IX. CUSTODIAL CARE, TO INCLUDE SUDDEN CUSTODY DEATH
SYNDROME (SCDS)
Required Minimum Hours: 2
General Learning Goal: The student will understand the basic
symptoms of terms identified with SCDS and demonstrate basic
techniques in dealing with such problems.
F-7
Return to Table of Contents
Learning objective:
A. The student will understand the basic symptoms of SCDS and
demonstrate basic handling techniques, including but not limited to:
1. Introduction and Background of SCDS
2. Associated Syndromes
(a) Cocaine psychosis
(b) Excited Delirium
(c) Respiratory Compromise
3. Identifiable symptoms and behavioral patterns
4. Compliance tactics
5. Restraints
6. Discussion of research
7. Participation of a multiple officer arrest/control method
X. RETENTION AND RETRIEVAL OF WEAPONS/INSTRUMENTS
Required Minimum Hours: 4
General Learning Goal: The student will explain and demonstrate
control and retrieval of duty weapon and other instruments carried.
Learning objective:
A. The student will demonstrate proficiency in control and retrieval of
duty weapons which will include but are not limited to:
1. Handguns
2. Impact instruments
3. Chemical agents
4. Holsters
5. Long guns
F-8
Return to Table of Contents
XI. GROUND TACTICS AND DEFENSE
Required Minimum Hours: 8
General Learning Goal: The student will have a basic
understanding of the physical and psychological aspects of ground
defense. Training will include ground skills training from the chosen
arrest control discipline or skills that the academy has received
approval through submission of their lesson plan to the POST Board.
Learning objective:
A. The student will also be able to explain and demonstrate basic defense
concepts while on the ground, including but not limited to:
1. How to avoid a ground defense situation when possible.
2. Basic principles of fighting to and from the ground.
3. Getting to the ground while keeping injuries to the people
involved to a minimum.
4. Control techniques to and from the ground.
5. Uniform and equipment concerns and access to personal
weapons carried.
6. Considerations of using a weapon from the ground. If weapons
are used, Red guns only.
7. Students will understand and demonstrate techniques of
recovery from ground situations.
XII. NECK RESTRAINTS
Recommended Minimum Hours: 2
General Learning Goal: The student will have an understanding of
the use of neck restraints.
Learning objective:
A. The student will explain and discuss the use of neck restraints.
F-9
Return to Table of Contents
B. The student will explain the differences between respiratory and
vascular neck restraints.
C. Students will demonstrate a brief knowledge of the physiological
factors of the neck restraint.
XIII. IMPACT INSTRUMENTS
Required Minimum Hours: 4
General Learning Goal: The student will explain and demonstrate
the use of impact instruments.
Learning objective:
A. The student will demonstrate minimum proficiency in the appropriate
use of an impact instrument.
B. Students will understand the legal justifications for the use of impact
weapons.
XIV. EDGED WEAPONS
Required Minimum Hours: 1
General Learning Goal: The student will have the basic knowledge
of the inherent dangers of dealing with a person with an edged
weapon.
Learning objective:
A. Basic edged weapon defense
B. Defense options in an edged weapon attack
XV. INDIVIDUAL ARREST CONTROL PROGRAMS
Required Minimum Hours: 8
General Learning Goal: The student will discuss areas and issues of
individual programs and demonstrate their application.
Learning objective:
A. The student will explain and discuss areas and issues pertaining to
specific individual arrest control programs.
F-10
Return to Table of Contents
B. The student will demonstrate practical application of arrest/control
through testing, role-playing (e.g., Redman) or other methods.
XVI. TESTING
Required Minimum Hours: 2
General Learning Goal: The student will demonstrate knowledge
and proficiency of the techniques learned in the individual program.
Learning objective:
A. All students will be required pass a written and physical test out as
designed by individual program or as identified in the Academy
application.
XVII. DRILL TRAINING
Required Minimum Hours: 10 Lab
General Learning Goal: To create fluidity and cohesion between
blocks of instruction at various stages of the arrest control program.
Learning objectives:
A. During the arrest control program drill training will be conducted on
two occasions to incorporate various blocks of instruction. The first
drill conducted at the academies discretion at a mid-point of the
program; the second drill training will be conducted near the end of the
program.
B. Drill Training will be scenario based training which will identify the
blocks of instruction being reviewed. A script will be provided to the
participating student(s). The lead instructor will have predetermined
outcomes which will be discussed with the assisting instructor(s). A
specific instructor will be designated as a referee/safety officer. Each
student will be assessed on the identified skills.
C. All participants shall be given verbal and/or written safety instructions
before each scenario/Drill Training. Scripts of the individual scenarios
shall be available for review for POST representatives during an
inspection. Drill Training will be noted on the original schedule
submitted to POST.
F-11
Return to Table of Contents
XVIII. POST INSPECTIONS
A. Inspections may be conducted at any time during the entire program
and may be either announced or unannounced inspections.
B. In addition to the documentation required by Rules 21 and 24, the
following items must be available during inspections:
1. Daily schedule that includes the proposed and actual/completed
dates, topics of instruction, and number of hours of lecture and
lab per topic, as applicable
2. Current lesson plan being used for the program
3. Manual or supportive material that corroborates the lesson plan
4. Scripts of the individual drill training scenarios
5. Test questions with answer key
6. Practical test and evaluation form
XIX. TRAINING RECOMMENDATIONS
A. Recommended mat area, needed for training: A 14’ x 14’ area is
recommended per pair of students for all lab portions of this course.
F-12
Return to Table of Contents
G-1
Return to Table of Contents
LAW ENFORCEMENT DRIVING PROGRAM
September 20, 2013
MINIMUM REQUIRED HOURS: 44
Lab*
32
Lecture
8
Training (lab or lecture at
lead instructor’s discretion)
4
TOTAL
44
*Includes a minimum of 3 hours night driving
*Driving simulators may be used to supplement but not replace required
track time
General Learning Goal: The student will explain the legal aspects
associated with emergency vehicle operation, demonstrate skills required
for operation of a law enforcement vehicle and explain the factors that
affect law enforcement driving.
I. LEGAL ASPECTS
Learning Objective:
The student will identify, discuss and explain statutory law, case law and
principles of liability governing police vehicle operations.
A. Non-Emergency Driving
1. State statutes requirements
2. Agency policy
3. General, civil liability
B. Emergency Driving
1. State statute requirements: § 42-4-108, CRS
a. § 42-4-213, C.R.S.: Audible and Visual Signals
2. "Due regard for safety" explanation of state law
3. Agency policy
4. General civil liability
G-2
Return to Table of Contents
a. Negligence
5. Examples of current case law
6. Identify means by which an agency or officer can be held liable
C. Pursuit Driving
1. State statute requirements: § 42-4-108, C.R.S.
a. § 42-4-213, C.R.S.: Audible and Visual Signals
2. "Due regard for safety" explanation of state law
3. Agency policy
4. General civil liability
a. Negligence
b. Civil rights violations
c. Unreasonableness
5. Examples of current case law
a. Identify means by which held liable
6. Civil liability
a. Accountable for errors or omissions while operating a police
vehicle
b. "Duty to protect" explanation
7. Liability of supervisors
a. Direct
b. Vicarious
(1) Failure to supervise
(2) Failure to train
(3) Failure to discipline
8. Vicarious liability of agencies
a. Policy subject to liability
b. Deliberate indifference
c. Negative retention
D. Occupant Restraint System
1. Statutory requirements
a. § 42-4-237, C.R.S.: Mandatory use and exemptions
G-3
Return to Table of Contents
b. Advantages of using occupant restraints while operating an
emergency vehicle
(1) Agency policy
(2) Worker's Compensation requirements
E. The responsibility for remaining current with case law pertaining to law
enforcement driving rests with the lead driving instructor of each
academy. Resources: local district attorney, state attorney’s office,
National Traffic Center.
II. NON-EMERGENCY DRIVING SKILLS
Learning Objective:
The student will be able to identify and demonstrate proper non-emergency
driving skills and defensive driving methods.
A. Driver's Attitude and Condition
B. Driver's Skill and Abilities
C. Vehicle's Capability and Condition
1. Make a visual pre-drive inspection of the vehicle
2. Vehicle condition
a. Use by other officer
b. Maintenance of the vehicle
D. Driving Environment
1. Road, weather, and traffic conditions
2. Always being aware of an "out" or escape maneuver/route in an
emergency development
E. Acceleration and Deceleration
1. "The greater the speed, the longer it takes to stop"
2. Brake fade is due to "over-use" of the system
3. Factors affecting a vehicle
G-4
Return to Table of Contents
4. Understeer:
a. The front tires lose traction before the rear tires and gives
the sensation of not steering into the turn - "Plowing".
5. Oversteer:
a. The rear tires lose traction and slip towards the outside of
the curve and cause the rear of the vehicle to take a wider
path through the turn than the front of the vehicle.
F. Steering and Cornering Skills
1. The 9 and 3 hand position on the steering wheel and/or the 8 and
4 hand positions are the only acceptable hand positions. These
positions are to be taught along with the shuffle steering
technique or modified shuffle steering.
2. Line of travel
a. Centripetal force: center seeking force which acts upon a
body in motion in a circular or semi-circular motion that is
directed to the center of curvature or axis of rotation.
b. Centrifugal force: center fleeing force which acts upon a
body in motion in a circular or semi-circular motion that is
directed away from the center of the curvature or axis of
rotation.
G. Skid Avoidance and Control
1. Speed and Traction
2. Road surface
a. Friction
(1) Static: at rest (no motion)
(2) Rolling: one body going one way and the other body
going the opposite direction (develops traction)
(3) Kinetic: the contact between two surfaces that are
sliding together (no traction)
H. Collision Avoidance
1. Escape routes
2. Defensive and alert
I. Accident survival
G-5
Return to Table of Contents
1. Angle of impact
2. Positioning of vehicle
a. Collision zone
3. Collision selection
J. Backing
1. Vehicle backing instruction and exercises will be a part of
academy programs. Acceptable instruction may include the use of
mirrors, no use of mirrors, or a combination.
2. Steering
a. Parallel parking
b. Positioning of hands and body
c. Changing Vehicle Direction
3. "Y"/"J" turns
4. "U" turn
5. Pull in and back out
K. Radio Use
1. Divided attention
III. EMERGENCY RESPONSE AND VEHICLE PURSUIT DRIVING
SKILLS
Learning Objective:
The student will be able to identify, discuss, explain or demonstrate the various
skills and techniques necessary to safely operate a vehicle while on an
emergency response or vehicle pursuit.
A. Legal Limitations
1. Limitations based on State Statutes
a. § 42-4-213, CRS: Audible and visual signals on emergency
vehicles
G-6
Return to Table of Contents
b. § 42-4-108, CRS: Public officer to obey provisions –
exceptions for emergency vehicles
c. § 42-4-805(8), CRS: Pedestrians yielding to an emergency
vehicle
d. § 42-4-705, CRS: Operation on approach of emergency
vehicles
2. Limitations based on departmental policy
B. Driving Position
1. Seat Position
2. Proper steering wheel position
3. Police equipment
4. ALWAYS wear the occupant restraints in the proper manner
C. Steering
1. The 9 and 3 hand position is required instruction; other hand
positions are optional instruction.
2. Instruction is required on the shuffle steering technique, with the
hands not going beyond the twelve o’clock position.
a. “Crossover” or “arm lock” is acceptable in emergency
avoidance situations.
b. Other steering technique instruction is optional.
3. Eye movement.
D. Braking
1. Locked wheel skid: all wheels are locked up and the tires are
skidding on the road surface.
2. Threshold braking: braking the vehicle to the point just before the
wheels lock up.
a. Incipient skid
3. "Rolling friction"
a. Steering
G-7
Return to Table of Contents
4. Anti-lock Braking System (ABS)
E. Acceleration
1. Traction
F. Vehicle Dynamics
1. Friction
a. Static
b. Rolling
c. Kinetic
2. Centripetal Force
3. Centrifugal Force
4. Explanation of differences in various wheel drives, i.e., front wheel
drive and four wheel drive.
5. Liability for specific drive vehicles other than rear wheel drive
rests with the department that employs the recruit.
G. Skid Control
1. Rolling friction
a. Spin out
b. Hydroplaning
H. Cornering
1. Oversteer
2. Understeer
3. Line of travel
a. Speed
b. Position
4. Apex
a. Entrance
b. Exit
I. Emergency Equipment
G-8
Return to Table of Contents
1. Limitations: lights/sirens
2. Effects on Other Drivers
3. Use of the Emergency Radio
J. Speed of the Emergency Vehicle
1. Environmental conditions
a. Weather
b. Traffic
c. Road surface
2. Vehicle condition
K. Night Driving
1. Night driving practice is required after the completion of 12 hours
of daylight track driving time.
2. Night driving shall start no earlier than thirty (30) minutes prior
to sunset.
IV. MENTAL ASPECTS OF NON-EMERGENCY DRIVING
Learning Objective:
The student will identify, discuss and explain mental aspects of non-emergency
driving.
A. Psychological Aspects
1. Routine
a. Same shift, same area
b. Poor posture
c. Poor Driving Habits
2. Emotional State
a. Personal Problems
b. Job Pressures
3. Fatigue
a. Long time spans in the vehicle
G-9
Return to Table of Contents
b. Shift work
c. Off-duty employment/education
d. Lack of rest
e. Conditioning
B. Driving Process
1. Identify
a. Mental
2. Analyze
a. Mental
3. Decide
a. Mental
4. Execute
a. Mental
b. Physical
V. MENTAL ASPECTS OF PURSUIT DRIVING
Learning Objective:
The student will identify, discuss, and explain mental aspects of pursuit
driving.
A. Psychological Mind Set
1. Routine
2. Non-routine
a. Higher speed
b. High stress
3. Physical Response
a. Adrenaline flow
b. Tunnel vision
4. "Have to win"
B. Judgment Considerations
1. Legalities
G-10
Return to Table of Contents
a. Administrative policy
b. Liabilities – recent court decisions
c. State law
2. Win
a. No injuries or damages
b. No complaints or lawsuits
c. Positive or no media coverage
3. Lose
a. Injuries or damages
b. Lawsuits filed
c. Negative media coverage
4. Evaluation
a. Department policy
b. Type of crime
c. Danger to others
d. Weather conditions
e. Road surface
f. Re-valuation
5. Use of force continuum
a. Deadly force
C. Post Pursuit
1. Adrenaline control
2. Injuries/Damage
3. Documentation
VI. MENTAL ASPECTS OF EMERGENCY DRIVING
Learning Objective:
The student will be able to identify, discuss, and explain mental aspects of
emergency driving.
A. Psychological Aspects (Nature of the Call)
1. Routine to non-routine
G-11
Return to Table of Contents
2. Property crime
3. Persons crime
4. Life threatening
a. Weapons
b. Injuries
5. Officer Assistance
a. Emergency
b. Non-emergency
B. Judgment Considerations
1. Administrative policy
a. Marked vehicle/unmarked vehicle
2. State law
a. Emergency equipment
3. Civil liability
4. Nature of the call
5. Re-evaluation
a. Location
b. Traffic
6. Suspects
a. Description
b. Direction of travel
VII. TESTING
A. Skills Performance Tests, required for each student:
1. Three-lane perception/reaction to be done under normal driving
conditions (minimum speed – 30 MPH).
a. Electric lights or visual indicator is required
b. Minimum speed 30 MPH
2. Low-speed precision driving course to include backing through a
cone pattern 150 feet in length demonstrating a left and right
pattern through a curved course.
G-12
Return to Table of Contents
3. Precision maneuverability road course to include a 90-degree left
and right turn, a 180-degree turn, and a high-speed lane change
at 40 to 45 MPH.
4. Braking technique – Straight-line course (minimum speed 40
MPH).
5. Cornering, low speed 25 to 30 MPH; high speed 40 to 45 MPH.
6. Demonstrated ability to operate a hand-held police radio while
driving at speed.
B. The skills performance tests will be skill-based and may be scored
numerically or by a time passing score, seventy percent (70%) or better.
C. Written Exam Required
1. Includes a minimum of 20 questions related specifically to driving
D. Any missed mandatory track time must be made up prior to the
completion of testing.
Recommended Source Material Only:
IADLEST Manual – “Law Enforcement Driver Training Reference Guide
2007”
VIII. POST INSPECTIONS
A. Inspections may be done at any time during the entire program.
B. In addition to the documentation required by Rules 21 and 24, the
following items must be available during inspections:
1. Daily schedule that includes the dates, exercises to be conducted,
and lecture hours per date, as applicable.
2. Test questions with answer key.
3. Grading sheets for the skills performance tests.
4. Diagrams of all cone patterns and exercises conducted during the
program, with measurements.
G-13
Return to Table of Contents
IX. DRIVING TRACK/AREA
A. Driving site must be approved by the SME driving committee.
1. Site approval will be through a video of the facility.
B. The driving site must be free of obstructions that interfere with the safe
operation of vehicles executing driving exercises.
C. The primary driving surface must be asphalt or concrete.
1. Other road surfaces (i.e. gravel, dirt) may be used for special
exercises.
D. Safety of trainees and instructors will be a primary consideration at all
times.
E. Track Time Considerations
1. Ten percent (10%) of track time may be used to set cones for
exercises. If setup time exceeds ten percent (10%), it is to be
deducted from track time.
2. Travel time is not to be included in track time.
X. VEHICLES
A. Only “authorized emergency vehicles” suitable for the maneuvers to be
performed can be used for training purposes.
B. Suitability of vehicles for specific maneuvers must be in accordance with
the vehicle manufacturer.
C. Rental vehicles may be used to supplement authorized emergency
vehicles for defensive driving techniques only.
D. All practice vehicles must start each track day in a safe and operable
condition. Due to unanticipated problems, a ratio of one vehicle to eight
students is acceptable due to breakdowns. More than that is
unacceptable for approved track time.
E. A ratio of more than one vehicle to six students has no effect on track
time.
G-14
Return to Table of Contents
H-1
Return to Table of Contents
FIREARMS TRAINING PROGRAM
Effective December 6, 2013
MINIMUM REQUIRED HOURS: 64
I. FIREARMS SAFETY
Required Minimum Hours: 4
General Learning Goal: The student will handle firearms in a safe
manner.
Learning Objectives:
1. The student will demonstrate the safe handling of handguns, in
all environments (especially the classroom), including, but not
limited to:
a. Describe and demonstrate range safety and protocol
b. Explain safety rules for handguns
c. Discuss and explain common mechanical actions of
firearms
d. Describe and discuss various methods of safely handling
and storing the weapon on/off duty
A. Four Rules of Firearm Safety
1. All weapons must be treated as if they are always loaded
2. Never let the muzzle of a weapon point at anything you are not
willing to destroy
3. Keep your finger off the trigger and out of the trigger guard until
the sights are on the target and you are prepared to shoot
4. Always be certain of the target and beyond
B. The Firearms Pyramid: Safety, Marksmanship, Speed, Tactics (Teach
Safety, Marksmanship, Speed, and Tactics in that Order)
C. Handling of Handguns: Types and Actions
1. Safeties on weapons: Decockers, grip-safeties, thumb-safeties
2. Single-action, single-action only, double-action, double-action only,
single/double-action
H-2
Return to Table of Contents
3. Rendering weapons safe
4. Unfamiliar weapons
D. Positioning of Handguns
5. Holstered and secured, or cased
6. Ready (building-search, low-ready, and cover-search)
7. On target
8. Clearing/malfunctions/reloads (ensure muzzle is pointed down
range even if the shooter must reposition his body slightly)
5. Maintenance (ensure muzzle is pointed in a safe direction, remove
magazine from the weapon and round from chamber before
disassembly)
E. On-Duty Safety
1. Carry condition
2. Weapons handling: Holstered, in vehicles, in gun lockers, inside
buildings, around/with other officers
F. Off-Duty Safety
1. At home safety and security
2. In public
G. Range Safety
1. Protocols, range rules
2. Practices
3. Fluorescent plastic dummy ammunition
4. Range commands
5. Firearms safety plan
H-3
Return to Table of Contents
H. Special Safety Considerations
1. Plainclothes (concealed/secured)
2. In restrooms
3. Alcohol and drug use
4. Ricochets
5. Dry-firing/dry-practice
6. Cleaning
7. Penetration
II. EQUIPMENT SELECTION
Required Minimum Hours: 4
General Learning Goal: The student will explain and discuss
equipment related to carrying and using a firearm.
Learning Objectives:
1. The student will explain and discuss various firearms equipment
and alternatives including, but not limited to:
a. Service weapons
b. Supplemental weapons
c. Auxiliary weapons
d. Firearms related equipment
A. Service Weapon
1. Weapon type (semi-automatic pistol)
2. Caliber
3. Weapon fit/grip/control
4. Action type
a. Single-action
b. Traditional double-action
H-4
Return to Table of Contents
c. Double-action only, safe-action, etc.
5. Accessibility/conceal-ability/comfort
6. Reliability
7. Agency standard
B. Supplemental Weapons (Off-Duty/Backup)
1. Weapon type (semi-automatic/revolver)
2. Caliber
3. Weapon fit/grip/control
4. Action type
a. Single-action
b. Traditional double-action
c. Double-action only, safe-action, etc.
5. Accessibility/conceal-ability/comfort
6. Reliability
7. Agency standard
C. Introduction to Auxiliary Weapons
1. Shotguns
a. Nomenclature of major components
b. Action type
(1) Single shot
(2) Over and under/side by side
(3) Pump action
(4) Semi-automatic
2. Rifles
a. Nomenclature of major components
b. Action type
(1) Single shot
(2) Lever action
(3) Pump action
(4) Bolt action
H-5
Return to Table of Contents
(5) Semi-automatic
(6) Full automatic
(7) Black powder
3. Selective fire weapons
a. Nomenclature of major components
b. Action type
4. Revolvers
a. Nomenclature of major components
b. Action type
(1) Single action
(2) Double action
(3) Black powder
D. Uniform Duty Equipment: Advantages and Disadvantages
1. Holsters
a. Level 1, 2, 3 retention
b. High ride, mid ride, low ride
c. Material: Leather, plastic, nylon
d. Maintenance/inspection
2. Magazine carriers
a. Vertical covered
b. Horizontal covered
c. Vertical open top
d. Maintenance/inspection
3. Belts
a. Inner and outer belts
b. Belt keepers/positioning on belt
E. Non-Uniform Equipment: Advantages and Disadvantages
1. Shoulder holsters
a. Horizontal
b. Vertical (muzzle up and down)
2. Ankle holsters
3. Purses
4. Fanny packs
H-6
Return to Table of Contents
5. Other types of holsters
6. Holster retention
a. Level 1
b. Level 2
c. Level 3
7. Accessibility/conceal-ability/comfort
8. Equipment security
a. Plastic clip attachments
b. Paddle attachments
c. Leather with belt loops
9. Magazine carriers: Plastic/leather/nylon
10. Identification/badge: Position in relation to weapon
F. Handgun Accessories: Advantages and Disadvantages
1. Modification to manufacture equipment
a. Warranty
b. Agency standard
2. Trigger modification/adapters
3. Sights: Night, laser, laser grips, etc.
4. Grips: Rubber/plastic/wood
G. Auxiliary Lighting
1. Types of flashlights
a. Battery and re-chargeable
b. Size (two, three, four cell, etc.)
c. Plastic and metal
d. Weapon mounted (Streamlight, Sure Fire, etc. and weapons
with and without rails)
2. Flashlight carriers
a. Ring holders
b. Leather holders (smaller flashlights)
c. Pouches for weapon mounted lights
d. Holsters that accommodate weapon mounted lights
H-7
Return to Table of Contents
H. Magazines
1. Duty
a. Factory and after market
b. Number carried
c. Compatibility with back-up weapons
d. Agency standard
2. Off-duty
a. Factory and after market
b. Number carried
c. Agency standard
III. WEAPON MAINTENANCE
Required Minimum Hours: 2
General Learning Goal: The student will demonstrate how to clean
and service a handgun.
Learning Objectives:
1. The student will demonstrate care and cleaning of a weapon
including, but not limited to:
a. Nomenclature
b. Maintenance of weapon and ammunition
c. Field stripping
A. Nomenclature
1. Identify the major components of the handgun
B. Clearing
1. How to safely clear the law enforcement handgun
2. Remove ammunition from cleaning area
C. Field Stripping
1. Semi-automatics
a. Take down the slide, barrel, and recoil spring assembly
b. Frame
c. Magazine
H-8
Return to Table of Contents
D. Cleaning Equipment/Supplies
1. Solvents
a. Toxic
b. Non-toxic (water based)
2. Barrel/bore
a. Bore brushes: Bronze, nylon, stainless steel (differences,
advantages, cautions)
b. Bore jag
c. Patches
3. Other
a. Scrub brushes: Bronze, nylon, stainless steel (differences,
advantages, cautions)
b. Q-tips
c. Pipe cleaners
d. Shop rag
e. Latex, rubber gloves
E. Cleaning
1. Semi-automatics
a. Frame
b. Slide: No solvent on night sights
c. Barrel
d. Magazine
F. Re-Assembly
G. Lubrication
1. Types of lubricant
a. Quality gun lubricant
b. DO NOT USE WD-40
c. Critical areas for lubrication
d. Critical areas NOT to lubricate
2. Function checks (use dummy rounds)
a. Lock back (empty magazine)
b. Feeding
c. Chambering
d. Extracting
e. Ejecting
H-9
Return to Table of Contents
f. Magazine drop
g. Firing Pin/Pencil Test (COMPLETELY UNLOAD
HANDGUN, drop slide, point muzzle up, insert pencil with
eraser end in barrel, press trigger, pencil should exit barrel)
3. Magazines: Check for serviceability
H. Ammunition
1. Abuse
2. Penetrating solvents
3. Rotation
4. Remanufactured
5. Check rounds before loading into magazine
IV. BASIC PRINCIPLES OF FIRING A LAW ENFORCEMENT
HANDGUN
Required Minimum Hours: 10
General Learning Goal: The student will demonstrate the basic
principles of shooting a handgun.
Learning Objectives:
1. The student will demonstrate the basic techniques of
marksmanship and shooting using a handgun that will include,
but not be limited to:
a. Stance
b. Grip
c. Presentation (draw)
d. Sight alignment/sight picture
e. Trigger manipulation (trigger press)
f. Breath control
g. Follow through/recovery
A. Weapons
1. Weapon fit
2. Safety check
H-10
Return to Table of Contents
B. Six Basic Fundamentals of Marksmanship
1. Stance
a. Stability
b. Mobility
c. Balance
(1) Types of stance
(a) Isosceles – Feet shoulder width apart, toes
pointing toward target. Body squared up to
(facing) target, arms extended straight
towards target, and elbows are not bent
(b) Weaver (Interview) – Feet shoulder width
apart at 45 degrees to target, arms flexed,
elbows down
(c) Modified (Combat Stance) – The front of the
strong foot on line with the back of the
support foot, feet at least shoulder width
apart, slightly more bend in the knees,
leaning more at the waist towards the threat,
upper body squared up, and arms extended
straight towards the target
2. Grip
a. Gun hand position (pressure applied front and rear)
b. Support hand position (pressure applied side to side)
c. Proper arm tension – Elbows straight using Isosceles,
elbows bent using Weaver
d. Isometric tension of hands – Push/pull using Weaver
e. Amount of hand tension (firm grip)
f. Trigger finger position
3. Sight picture/sight alignment
a. Sight alignment – The alignment of the sights, both front
and rear, with the eyes of the shooter
b. Sight picture – The relationship between the sights, target,
and the eyes of the shooter
c. Use of eyes
(1) Both eyes
(2) Dominant eye
(a) Determination
4. Trigger manipulation (trigger press)
a. Definition: The smooth continuous, straight back
manipulation of the trigger sufficient to discharge the
weapon without disturbing the sight picture/sight
alignment (referred to as a “press”)
H-11
Return to Table of Contents
b. Trigger re-set: Once the trigger has been pressed and the
gun has discharged, the trigger will only be allowed to go
forward just enough to reset the sear
c. Finger position
5. Breath control
a. Rapid fire on short strings of shots
b. Deliberate slow fire
6. Follow through/recovery
a. Follow through: Maintaining other marksmanship
fundamentals through the firing cycle
b. Recovery: Acquiring a new sight picture after every shot
with a proper trigger reset
C. Presentation
1. Basic draw of the weapon
a. Gun hand/proper grip begins with gun in holster
b. Withdraw straight up
c. Rotate weapon – Muzzle forward
d. Support hand joins strong hand for two-handed grip
e. Extend weapon towards target
e. Target acquisition
2. Close combat draw
a. Gun hand/proper grip begins with gun in holster
b. Withdraw straight up
c. Rotate weapon – Muzzle forward
d. Weapon retention/close to body
e. Support hand – Clear from weapon (guarded position)
f. Target acquisition
3. Holster the weapon
a. Basic draw technique in reverse
b. Support hand – Clear from muzzle when placing weapon in
holster
c. Eyes – Scan 360 degrees before holstering; do not look at
gun and holster while holstering. Keep your head and eyes
up
H-12
Return to Table of Contents
V. WEAPON MANAGEMENT
Required Minimum Hours: 4
General Learning Goal: The student will safely and effectively
demonstrate proper weapons management using a handgun.
Learning objectives:
1. The student will demonstrate correct loading/reloading and
unloading which includes, but is not limited to:
a. Ammunition management
b. Weapon status
c. Malfunctions
Semi-Automatic Pistol: Advantages and Disadvantages
A. Unloading Semi-Automatic Pistols
1. Unloading
a. Point the muzzle in a safe direction
b. Remove the magazine from the pistol
c. Work the slide backwards to eject any round in the
chamber
(1) Do not attempt to catch or prevent the round from
falling to the ground
(2) Allow the round to fall to the ground
d. Use the slide stop to lock the slide back. Visually and
physically inspect the chamber
e. Any instructions related to manufacture or agency
procedures
B. Loading Semi-Automatic Pistols
1. Point the muzzle in a safe direction
2. With the slide locked back
a. Insert a loaded magazine into the magazine well and push
firmly until it locks into place
b. Release the slide by either using the slide release lever or
grabbing the serrated portion of the slide and pulling it
back to chamber a round
H-13
Return to Table of Contents
3. With the slide forward in battery
a. Insert a loaded magazine into the magazine well and push
firmly until it locks into place
b. Grasp the slide by the serrated portion and pull it all the
way back
c. Release the slide and let the spring action carry the slide
forward
d. Engage any appropriate safety or de-cocking lever
C. Tactical Reloading a Semi-Automatic Pistol: Advantages and
Disadvantages
1. When
2. Left/right hand procedure
3. Benefits of going for fresh magazine first vs. the partial magazine
first
a. Fresh magazine first: Used in cases where there is a
magazine disconnect in the handgun. The advantage is
that the gun will be able to fire the last few rounds as long
as the magazine is seated in the gun. The disadvantage is
that the officer will be handling two magazines in one hand
under stress
b. Taking old magazine first: Used in most other cases. The
advantage is that the motion more closely resembles the
motion of a combat reload (commonality of training). The
disadvantage is that the officer only has one round to shoot
during the transition
c. Stowage of partial magazine
D. Combat Reloading a Semi-Automatic Pistol: Advantages and
Disadvantages
1. When
2. Left/right hand procedure
E. Malfunction Clearance
1. TAP-RACK-ASSESS (failure to fire, failure to eject)
H-14
Return to Table of Contents
2. Unload gun and then reload gun (failure to extract)
a. Strip magazine or lock slide to the rear before stripping
magazine
b. Work slide 2-3 times to eject shell casing
c. Place magazine into magazine well
d. Rack slide and assess threat
e. Other techniques may be taught at the lead instructor’s
discretion
F. Malfunction Causes
1. Feedway stoppages
a. Improper ammunition
b. Magazine not seated properly
c. Faulty magazine
d. Obstructed chamber
e. Slide stop early
2. Failure to fire
a. Improper ammunition
b. Misfire or empty chamber
c. Magazine not seated properly
d. Broken firing pin/pin spring
e. Slide not in battery
3. Failure to extract (double feed)
a. Improper ammunition
b. Dirty extractor
c. Dirty chamber
d. Broken/worn extractor
e. Stuck case
4. Failure to eject (stovepipe)
a. Improper ammunition
b. Magazine not seated
c. Weapon dirty/not lubricated
d. Broken ejector
e. Broken extractor
f. Limp wrist
g. Other
H-15
Return to Table of Contents
G. Weapon Status
1. Press check
a. Keep muzzle directed away from body parts
b. Visual vs. physical press check
2. In the holster
3. Out of the holster
VI. DECISIONAL SHOOTING
Required Minimum Hours: 6
General Learning Goal: The student will explain, discuss and
demonstrate the firearms role regarding the legal use of force.
Learning Objectives:
1. The student will identify and describe the physiological and
psychological forces that affect a person threatened with danger
including, but not limited to:
a. Legal shooting decisions
b. Shooter’s responsibilities
c. Mind set conditions
d. Articulation of decisions
Method of Instruction:
1. A minimum of 5 live fire decisional shooting exercises must be
conducted per student
2. A minimum of 2 force on force decisional shooting scenarios must
be conducted per student
3. Ratio of one to one instructor to student ratio required during all
live fire decisional shooting exercises and force on force decisional
scenarios
A. Discuss the Following Points Prior to Any Live Fire or Force on Force
Decisional Scenarios
1. The use of deadly force is authorized by law in the performance of
an officer’s duties. Review the current statute 18-1-707(2), C.R.S.
H-16
Return to Table of Contents
2. Decisions to shoot must be based on the lawful use of deadly force;
considerations are:
a. Jeopardy: Your perception of imminent danger or suffering
serious bodily injury to self or others
b. Opportunity: Suspects range; distance related to weapon
c. Ability: Your perception is the key
3. Responsibilities of the shooters:
a. The shooters are 100% responsible for 100% of the rounds
the shooters fire 100% of the time
b. The shooters must be able to articulate the elements of
Jeopardy, Opportunity and Ability
c. An officer is not authorized to use deadly force on a subject
just because he/she is a fleeing felon
d. The shooters must be able to articulate their actions
through the totality of the circumstances
(1) What did the officer know prior to the shooting
(2) What could the officer have known prior to the
shooting
e. The shooters’ actions must be objectively reasonable by
established case law
4. Mind set conditions
a. Awareness and readiness
b. Transition zones – Can be described using color codes of
danger
(1) White – No perception of danger
(2) Yellow – Relaxed awareness whenever armed
(3) Orange – Alerted possible danger: High level of
sensory awareness
(4) Red – Armed encounter – You are in jeopardy, react
(5) Black – Panic, hyper-vigilance, ill prepared
c. Effects of hesitation/panic
5. Edged and blunt weapon considerations
B. Live Fire Decisional Shoot Exercises
1. Shoot targets must have weapons clearly visible
2. The students are required to articulate their decisions on each
exercise
H-17
Return to Table of Contents
C. Force on Force Decisional Shoot Scenarios
1. A safety officer must be designated and safety procedures in place
to ensure that no live ammunition is on any student or instructor
2. Any medium that forces the student to react to a real person’s
actions or force can be used. Examples are paintball, Simunitions
and Airsoft
3. If the manufacturer of the medium has written safety guidelines,
they will be adhered to
4. These scenarios should be scheduled to include items taught in
building search, DIM LIGHT SHOOTING and TACTICAL
SITUATIONS
5. The students are required to articulate their actions from the
start of the scenario to its conclusion (totality of the
circumstances)
VII. TACTICAL SITUATIONS
Required Minimum Hours: 24
General Learning Goal: The student will demonstrate commonly
recognized survival based shooting techniques.
Learning Objectives:
1. The student will demonstrate shooting positions, tactics, and
shooting under unusual conditions including, but not limited to:
a. Shot placement
b. Cover/concealment
c. Positional shooting
d. Movement shooting
e. Shooting from and around a vehicle or simulated vehicle
f. Multiple targets and selection
g. Close combat
h. One hand shooting, reloading, and malfunction clearing
(strong and support hand)
i. Deadly force/less lethal force transitions
j. Long range shooting
H-18
Return to Table of Contents
Method of Instruction:
1. A minimum of three live fire multiple threat exercises must be
conducted per student
2. An instructor to student ratio of one to four is required during live
fire exercises
3. The lead instructor will emphasize the four rules of firearms
safety
4. This ratio shall not include the instructor running the range
exercise
A. Shot Placement
1. Knowledge of the effects of terminal ballistics as they relate to:
a. Central nervous system (head)
b. Loss of blood/oxygen (center mass)
c. Upper chest (more likely to hit something vital)
d. Mobility of the threat (pelvic)
e. Targets of opportunity
2. Effect of barriers and shot placement
B. Cover/Concealment
1. Definitions
a. Cover: Anything that stops, turns, or impedes direct or
indirect fire
b. Concealment: Keeps you from being seen
2. Cover
a. Objects
b. Interior walls and doors
c. Exterior walls and doors
d. Weapon/ballistic performance, i.e., handgun, shotgun, rifle
e. Just as important in periods of limited visibility
f. Emphasize standing back from cover because it allows the
shooter to transition from the left to right side of the cover
without depressing or elevating the muzzle; it increases the
shooter’s field of vision, and exposes less of the shooter’s
body to the threat
g. When attaining a sight picture from behind cover, ensure
the muzzle is clear of the cover
H-19
Return to Table of Contents
h. Consideration must be given to suspect’s location
3. Concealment
a. Tactical deployment and approach
b. Darkness
C. Positional Shooting: Advantages and Disadvantages
1. Kneeling
a. Speed kneeling/unsupported
b. Supported/braced
c. Double kneeling
2. Prone
a. Prone
b. Rollover prone
c. Perpendicular prone (similar to rollover prone but the
shooter’s body is parallel to cover such as a curb, pipe, low
wall, etc.)
3. Supine
a. Shoot from the supine position
b. Fight to a kneeling position
c. Fight to a standing position
d. Supine position training can be conducted using an empty
and safe gun or with Simunitions/Airsoft
4. Squatting
5. Sitting
D. Movement Shooting: Advantages and Disadvantages
1. Pivots and turns
2. Off-set shooting (angle shooting)
3. Moving threats
a. Threats moving laterally
b. Threats moving towards shooter
c. Threats moving away from shooter
4. Moving shooter (shooting and movement at the same time)
a. Lateral movement shoulders squared up towards the threat
H-20
Return to Table of Contents
b. Diagonal movement towards and away from the threat
c. Forward movement from the 25 yard line to the 5 yard line
(active shooter engagement drills)
d. Rear movement away from the threat
5. Moving threats and moving shooter
a. When feasible, team up students with a partner so that
students can move as a team
b. When shooting while advancing, have students move in
teams (response to active shooter)
c. Emphasis should be placed on students communicating
with each other and ensuring muzzle discipline
E. Shooting From and Around a Vehicle
1. From within a vehicle, students should engage threat(s) to the
front and be prepared to move to cover adjacent to or behind the
vehicle with and without a partner
a. Seat belt must be disengaged and cleared away from the
duty belt
b. Focus must be on the threat
c. Ensure vehicle is placed into park
d. Handgun must be removed safely from the holster without
the muzzle covering the student or his partner
e. Ensure weapon safely clears the steering wheel
f. Communication is critical when students are covering and
moving
2. Each student should perform these exercises as an individual
officer and/or with a partner (can be conducted with an empty and
safe gun or Simunition/Airsoft)
F. Multiple Threats
1. Assessment: During an intense, uncertain, and rapidly evolving
deadly encounter, officers will address threats as they are
perceived
2. Tactical considerations
a. Awareness and avoidance are the best option
b. Maintain space between you and threats
c. Retain ability to maneuver
d. Make your shots count
e. Use cover if available
f. Be prepared to fight to the finish
g. Withdraw if tactical situation warrants it
H-21
Return to Table of Contents
G. Close Combat/Close Quarters
1. Close combat
a. Reaction time
b. Weapon retention
c. Stepping to the left or right while drawing
d. Disarming or blocking threat first vs. drawing weapon first
2. Close quarters
a. Use of sights vs. point shooting
b. Presentation
c. Stepping to the left or right while drawing
d. Keep moving
H. One Hand Shooting (Strong/Support): Advantages and Disadvantages
1. Reason to use one hand
a. Injury
b. Other hand dedicated to other effort
2. Marksmanship: Strong/support
3. Presentation: Strong/support
4. Reloading: Strong/support (back-up gun considerations)
5. Malfunction clearances: Strong/support (back-up gun
considerations)
6. Students must demonstrate proficiency in one-handed proper
weapon presentation, reloading, and malfunction clearances with
both the strong and support hand during drills without any
assistance
I. Deadly Force/Less Lethal Force Transitions
1. Transition from deadly force (handgun) to less lethal (baton,
TASER, O.C. spray, handcuffs, empty hands)
2. Transition from less lethal (baton, TASER, O.C. spray, handcuffs,
empty hands) to deadly force (handgun)
H-22
Return to Table of Contents
J. Long Range Shooting (25 Yards and Beyond): Advantages and
Disadvantages
1. Distance vs. survivability
2. Range of handgun and officer responsibility
3. Tactic
a. Cover
b. Principles of marksmanship
c. Threat of rifle/shotgun slugs
d. Shooting positions
e. Advantages and disadvantages of using cover to provide a
stable braced position
K. Scanning, Searching, and Ready Position
VIII. DIM LIGHT SHOOTING
Required Minimum Hours: 8
General Learning Goal: The student will safely and effectively utilize
and fire a weapon under dim light conditions.
Learning Objectives:
1. The student will demonstrate techniques and tactics utilized in
dim light shooting including, but not limited to:
a. Shooting without a flashlight
b. Flashlight techniques
c. Cover/concealment
d. Movement
e. Reloading
f. Malfunction clearances
g. Target indicators
Method of Instruction:
1. Prerequisite: Forty (40) hours of the firearms program must be
completed prior to the dim light shooting (8 hours of classroom
and 32 hours of range instruction)
2. For dim light shooting that requires movement, the instructor to
student ratio shall be 1:4 with an emphasis on the four rules of
H-23
Return to Table of Contents
firearms safety. This ratio shall not include the instructor
running the range exercise
A. How Light Affects the Eyes (Knowing How the Eyes are Affected by
Light is Important Because Low Light/Dim Light Conditions Do NOT
Relieve an Officer from the Requirement to Identify a Threat)
1. Rods and cones
2. Eye adjustment to light and darkness
a. The eye pupil requires about 5 seconds to constrict when
going from darkness to light
b. The eye pupil requires about 3 minutes to dilate when
going from light to darkness
(1) Give your eyes time to adjust to available light.
(DON'T RUSH IN)
(2) When using a flashlight, quick flashes will hurt your
vision less than a continuous beam
(3) Your flashlight, if shined in the suspect's eyes, will
temporarily and partially blind and disorient him
(4) The beam of a flashlight can cause permanent
damage if shined directly into the open eyes for
several seconds
3. Glasses
a. Transitional lenses
b. Tinted
B. Seven Primary Target Indicators
1. Sound (be as quiet as possible and listen carefully)
a. Test yourself in duty uniform and jump up and down
b. How much noise do you make
c. What can you do to eliminate the noise
2. Movement (eyes are naturally attracted to movement)
3. Reflection (examples include glasses, face of a watch, cell phone,
badge)
4. Contrast (difference in color/shade/or hue)
5. Outline (perfect examples are doorways, windows, hallways,
stairwells, ridgelines)
H-24
Return to Table of Contents
6. Smell (examples include the smell of alcohol, cigarettes, body odor,
hairspray, cologne)
7. Light (examples include the flashing or glowing light on cell
phone, pager, or iPod, the glow of night sights, the beam of your
flashlight)
C. Dim Light Techniques Without a Flashlight: Advantages and
Disadvantages
1. Let your eyes adjust while standing in the dark, preferably from
behind cover
2. A light colored building will silhouette you as much as a light
3. Use shadows
4. Use cover/concealment
a. Different in the dark than during daylight
b. Flashlight must protrude past your cover for maximum
illumination on the threat and to prevent back splash light
from illuminating the officer
5. Work corners
6. Use/stay away from light
7. Don't silhouette yourself or backlight other officers
8. Doorways
9. Lights (turn them on or leave them off)
10. Grip (use standard two handed hold)
11. Aim (may require the use of ambient light to get the proper sight
picture or sight alignment; use of sights vs. point shooting)
12. Practice
13. Target identification
14. Shoot and move (if not already behind cover)
H-25
Return to Table of Contents
15. Night sights, lasers and other dim light aids/optics
16. Scanning/off-set vision
17. Must be able to navigate, locate, identify and engage
D. Types of Flashlights (Advantages/Disadvantages):
1. Weapon-mounted vs. hand-held
2. Type of beam
a. Flood
b. Stream
c. Adjustable beam
d. LED vs. incandescent
e. Strobe
f. Colors
3. Flashlight sizes
a. Width determined by battery size
b. Length and power
c. Batteries (rechargeable vs. disposable)
4. Switches
a. Side button
b. End button
c. Momentary
E. Using the Flashlight While Shooting or Searching
(Advantages/Disadvantages)
1. Method(s) of holding; techniques
a. Harries method
(1) Flashlight is in support hand and under the gun
hand wrist with the backs of the hands pressed
together
(2) If the flashlight is too long, it may rest on the
forearm of the gun hand
(3) In this position, the button is best activated with the
finger if using a side button flashlight, or the thumb
if using an end button flashlight
b. Chapman method (flashlight is in support hand and
pressed along the support side of the gun hand)
H-26
Return to Table of Contents
c. Rogers or syringe method (flashlight is held between the
fingers and the thumb or the base of the palm when
activating the end button)
d. One-handed
(1) FBI
(2) Neck-index
(3) Other
F. Activating the Flashlight and Shooting
1. Identify your target
2. Momentary light may need to stay on in order to observe suspect
movement or weapons; even if shots are necessary, it may be best
to keep light on the threat so as to not give the suspect the
advantage of darkness
3. Illuminate/assess/shoot/move/cover
G. Reloading
1. Light on/off
2. Cover/concealment – Ensure sights, muzzle, and light are clear of
the cover
3. Combat reload
4. Tactical reload
H. Malfunction Clearances: What Do You Do With the Flashlight
I. Exercises:
1. Minimum 50 rounds without a flashlight
2. Minimum 50 rounds with a flashlight
IX. OFF DUTY/PLAIN CLOTHES
Required Minimum Hours: 1
General Learning Goal: The student will explain and discuss tactical
considerations when off duty, in plain clothes or working under cover.
H-27
Return to Table of Contents
Learning Objectives:
1. The student will identify and discuss the legal and tactical
considerations when taking police action while off duty, in plain
clothes or working under cover. Considerations will include, but
not be limited to:
a. Peace officers responsibility while off duty
b. Responsibilities of the off duty/UC officer
c. Department regulations concerning off duty police actions
d. Off duty equipment
A. C.R.S. 16-2.5-101 Peace Officer – Defined – General Authority
1. In part, a peace officer “has the authority to enforce all laws of the
state of Colorado while acting within the scope of his or her
authority and in the performance of his or her duties.”
2. “A peace officer certified by the peace officer standards and
training board shall have the authority to carry firearms at all
times, concealed or otherwise, subject to the written firearms
policy created by the agency employing the peace officer.”
B. Responsibilities of the Off Duty, Plain Clothed or Undercover Officer
1. Tactical considerations before taking action
a. Not readily recognized as a peace officer
b. No radio or vest
c. Probably lesser gun than duty weapon
d. Department policy
e. Better to be a good witness
f. Loud verbal commands identifying yourself to officers and
witnesses
g. Family/friends considerations
2. It is the responsibility of the off duty, plain clothed or undercover
officer NOT to be shot by uniform officers
3. Responding uniform officers are in charge. Comply with all
commands given
C. Equipment Considerations
H-28
Return to Table of Contents
1. Department policy on required equipment to be carried off duty or
in plain Clothes
2. Badge and/or ID that can be easily held up or displayed for
responding officers and citizens
3. Additional ammunition
4. Cell phone
X. HANDGUN QUALIFICATION COURSE
Required Minimum Hours: 1
General Learning Goal: The student will qualify with a handgun at a
range using the POST approved course.
Learning objectives:
1. The student will pass the POST approved Handgun Qualification
Course.
Method of Instruction:
1. The student will be allowed a maximum of four (4) formal
attempts to pass the Course.
2. A formal attempt on the Handgun Qualification Course is an
announced attempt prior to the qualification for record (it is not
a practice attempt).
3. The remediation procedures for a failed formal attempt are as
follows:
a. 1
st
failure: a minimum of four (4) hours required (no
maximum) of remediation between the first and second
formal attempts.
b. 2
nd
failure: a minimum of eight (8) hours required (no
maximum) of remediation between the second and third
formal attempts.
c. 3
rd
failure: a minimum of four (4) hours and a maximum
of twenty-four (24) hours of remediation between the third
and fourth formal attempts must be provided after a third
failure.
H-29
Return to Table of Contents
d. The remediation curriculum will be left to the discretion
of the academy director and lead firearms instructor for
the affected academy.
e. Failure of a fourth formal attempt will require the
student to successfully complete the entire firearms
training program at a POST-approved basic or reserve
academy.
4. Materials needed
a. Instructors: Timing device, signaling device
b. Students: Firearm, duty gear, reloading device, eye/ear
protection
5. Required ratio
a. Ratio of 1 to 4 instructor to students
b. This ratio shall not include the instructor running
the qualification course
6. Throughout the training, students will load and unload as
instructed and begin each stage with the weapon holstered.
Course Information:
A. Target: The target used for formal qualification attempts will be the
Colorado POST target (a modified TQ 15). The target has no scoring
rings and a head shot is designated by a dotted line at the chin line. The
target depicts a handgun pointing directly at the shooter attempting the
qualification course.
This qualification course is a pass/fail course and all rounds must be
fired and must be on the silhouette to pass. The stipulated head shot
must be in the head on or above the chin line of the target. Failure to
accurately place the head shot in the head will result in a DNQ. Any
rounds not accounted for on the target will result in a DNQ.
B. General: At the discretion of the instructor alibis are allowed for
immediate action malfunctions.
1. The course must be fired in the given order. All rounds MUST be
fired exactly as described and within the time parameters for each
stage. Failure to fire all 25 rounds as described will result in a
“Does Not Qualify” (DNQ).
H-30
Return to Table of Contents
2. Verbal challenges are optional, verbiage and usage is at the
academy/agency discretion.
3. "Draw" is defined as starting with the weapon in a secured
holster.
4. For the purpose of this qualification course, "ready" is defined as
the muzzle of the weapon pointed below the target with the
trigger finger outside the trigger guard and indexed along the side
of the slide/frame.
5. For the purpose of this qualification course, "cover" is defined by
the facilities available at the range and according to the
instructions of the instructor, but must use an actual
barricade/barrel/object.
6. There are no alibis for failure to obtain time limits.
7. For the purpose of this qualification course, cuffing may be done
with actual handcuffs OR with a similar size object (block of wood,
empty 50 round ammo box, etc.).
8. For the purpose of this qualification course, “head shot” is defined
as the head above the neckline. A “no shoot” on the head shot is a
DNQ.
9. For the purpose of this qualification course, the flashlight in Stage
4 must be handheld and will be in addition to a pistol mounted
light. The student must use an acceptable handheld flashlight
method for qualification as taught in the firearms program.
10. Ammunition management is the shooter’s responsibility.
H-31
Return to Table of Contents
C. COURSE
STAGE
DISTANCE
# ROUNDS
TIME
POSITION
1
3 yd. line
2 body
4 sec.
Standing, holstered, centered
Draw & fire while taking 1 step right
2 body
4 sec.
Standing, holstered, centered
Draw & fire while taking 1 step left
2
7 yd. line
3 body
5 sec.
Standing, ready
Fire while advancing to 3 yd. line
3
1 yd. line
2 body
4 sec.
Standing, holstered, simulating
cuffing
Draw & fire while taking 3 steps to
the rear
4
5 yd. line
2 body
3 sec.
Standing, ready, with handheld
flashlight in support hand
2 body
3 sec.
Standing, ready
One hand, strong hand only
5
7 yd. line
2 body
6 sec.
FAILURE TO FIRE
Empty chamber, loaded magazine
Standing, holstered
1 step right or left while clearing
6
10 yd. line
2 body
1 body
8 sec.
LOCK BACK – COMBAT RELOAD
Loaded chamber, 1 round in magazine
Standing, at a ready position
Fire two rounds then take 1 step right
or left while reloading
After reloading, fire third round
7
15 yd. line
2 body
15
sec.
DOUBLE FEED
Standing, ready
1 step left or right while clearing or
move to a covered standing or
kneeling position while clearing
8
25 yd. line
2 body
15
sec.
Standing, holstered
Position of choice – standing or
kneeling while using cover
When the target faces away or after
the 15 seconds, perform tactical reload
(not timed)
9
1 yd. line
2 body
1 head
5 sec.
Standing, holstered
2 shots to the body and 1 shot to the
head while taking 3 steps to rear
H-32
Return to Table of Contents
TOTAL NUMBER OF BODY SHOTS: 24
TOTAL NUMBER OF HEAD SHOTS: 1
TOTAL NUMBER OF ROUNDS FIRED: 25
REQUIRED NUMBER OF ROUNDS ON SILHOUETTE TO QUALIFY: 25
EXPLANATION OF EACH STAGE OF FIRE
Stage 1, 3 yards The shooter stands in front of target with the weapon loaded,
charged and secured in the holster. On the command to fire the
shooter draws while taking 1 step to the right and fires 2 rounds
to the body of the target. Time allowed is 4 seconds. The
shooter stands in front of target with the weapon loaded,
charged, and secured in the holster. On the command to fire,
the shooter draws while taking 1 step to the left and fires 2
rounds to the body of the target. Time allowed is 4 seconds.
Stage 2, 7 yards The shooter stands in front of the target with the weapon
loaded, charged, and at the ready position. On the command to
fire the shooter fires 3 rounds to the body while advancing to the
3 yard line. The time allowed is 5 seconds.
Stage 3, 1 yard The shooter stands in front of the target with the weapon
loaded, charged, and secured in the holster. The shooter will
simulate handcuffing by having handcuffs in one hand with the
other hand out in front ready to defend. On the command to
fire, the shooter will drop the handcuffs, draw, assume a two
handed shooting position, and fire 2 rounds to the body while
taking 3 steps to the rear. Time allowed is 4 seconds.
Stage 4, 5 yards The shooter stands in front of the target with the weapon
loaded, charged, and at the ready position with the flashlight
held in the support hand. On the command to fire, the shooter
will fire 2 rounds to the body using an acceptable handheld
flashlight method. Time allowed is 3 seconds. The shooter
stands in front of the target with the weapon loaded, charged,
and at the ready position. On the command to fire, the shooter
will fire 2 rounds to the body one handed, strong hand only.
Time allowed is 3 seconds.
Stage 5, 7 yards PRIOR TO BEGINNING THIS STAGE, WEAPON WILL BE
CONFIGURED SO THAT THE CHAMBER OF THE WEAPON
IS EMPTY WITH A LOADED MAGAZINE SEATED IN THE
WEAPON.
H-33
Return to Table of Contents
The shooter stands in front of the target with the weapon
secured in the holster. On the command to fire, the shooter will
draw and attempt to fire the weapon. The shooter will apply
immediate action while stepping to the left or right (direction
will be determined by the lead instructor) and fire 2 rounds to
the body. Time allowed is 6 seconds.
Stage 6, 10 yards PRIOR TO BEGINNING THIS STAGE, THE WEAPON WILL
BE CONFIGURED SO THAT THE CHAMBER IS LOADED
WITH ONLY 1 ROUND IN THE MAGAZINE (THIS WILL
ENSURE THE SLIDE WILL LOCK BACK TO THE REAR
AFTER FIRING 2 ROUNDS).
The shooter stands in front of the target with the weapon
loaded, charged, and held at a ready position. On the command
to fire, the shooter will fire 2 rounds to the body. After the slide
locks to the rear, the shooter will perform a combat reload while
stepping to the right or left (direction will be determined by the
lead instructor) and fire 1 round to the body. Time allowed is 8
seconds.
Stage 7, 15 yards PRIOR TO BEGINNING THIS STAGE, THE WEAPON WILL
BE CONFIGURED SO THAT THE WEAPON HAS A DOUBLE
FEED (FAILURE TO EXTRACT). THERE WILL BE AN
EMPTY CASING OR FLUORESCENT COLORED “DUMMY
ROUND” IN THE CHAMBER AND A LOADED MAGAZINE
SEATED IN THE WEAPON WITH THE SLIDE FORWARD SO
THAT THE TOP ROUND IN THE MAGAZINE PRESSES
AGAINST THE CASING IN THE CHAMBER.
The shooter stands in front of the target with the weapon at the
ready position. On the command to fire, the shooter will
attempt to fire the weapon. The shooter will clear the
malfunction while taking 1 step to the right or left (direction will
be determined by lead instructor) and fire 2 rounds to the body.
If cover is available, the shooter will move to a covered kneeling
position or a covered standing position while clearing the
malfunction. Time allowed is 15 seconds.
Stage 8, 25 yards The shooter stands in front of the target with the weapon
loaded, charged, and weapon secured in the holster. On the
command to fire, the shooter will draw while moving to cover
and fire 2 rounds to the body. The shooter has the option to fire
from a covered standing or covered kneeling position. The
H-34
Return to Table of Contents
shooter has the option to fire from a braced position using his
cover. Time allowed is 15 seconds. When the target faces away,
or after the 15 seconds, the shooter will perform a tactical reload
(not timed).
Stage 9, 1 yard PRIOR TO BEGINNING THIS STAGE, ENSURE ANY SHOTS
TO THE HEAD OF THE TARGET ARE MARKED.
The shooter stands in front of the target with the weapon
loaded, charged, and weapon secured in the holster. On the
command to fire, the shooter will draw and fire 2 rounds to the
body then 1 round to the head while taking 3 steps to the rear.
Time allowed is 5 seconds.
XI. POST INSPECTIONS
A. Inspections may be done at any time during the entire program and may
either be announced or unannounced.
B. In addition to the documentation required by Rules 21 and 24, the
following items must be available during inspections:
1. Daily schedule that includes the dates or day of the program,
training to be conducted, and lecture hours per date or day of the
program, as applicable.
2. Current lesson plan being used by the academy.
3. First aid kit and appropriate written safety plan.
4. Range flags, lights or signs to indicate that the range is in use.
5. Appropriate high visibility, fluorescent dummy ammunition.
I-1
Return to Table of Contents
ANTI-BIAS TRAINING PROGRAM
Approved By the POST Board on July 30, 2001
Required Hours – Agency or Academy Determination
A. The Patterns of Bias Based Policing
General Learning Goal: The student will have a basic knowledge of
the patterns of Profiling and Bias Based Policing.
1. Knowledge of the Colorado statutory provisions pertaining to
Profiling and Bias Based Policing.
2. Knowledge of the Fourteenth Amendment and the interpretive
case law.
3. Understanding of the meaning of basic words related to “bias”.
4. Understanding the various perspectives of communities of color.
5. Discussion of the impact of consequences on the community.
6. Knowledge of the negative impact on the reputation of the peace
officer, the officer’s department and the profession.
B. The Practices of Bias Based Policing
General Learning Goal: The student will gain the knowledge of the
practices and perceptions of Profiling and Bias Based Policing.
1. Knowledge of the history of Profiling and Bias Based Policing.
2. Knowledge of national and local incidents that illustrate
profiling.
C. The Protocols Which Prevent Profiling
General Learning Goal: The student will understand the concepts
and practices that prevent Profiling and Bias Based Policing.
1. The student will be able to identify examples of civil rights
violations.
2. Emphasis will be placed upon examples of bias, profiling, civil
rights, “isms”, and hate crimes.
I-2
Return to Table of Contents
3. The student will recognize how anti-bias training benefits the
communities served by law enforcement agencies.
4. The student will learn how community policing partners with
Anti-Bias Based Policing.
5. The student will learn the ramifications of police not policing
themselves.
Recommended Source Material Only:
Colorado POST Cultural Diversity, Bias and 4
th
Amendment
Curriculum
Community Policing - A Contemporary Perspective, Chapter 2
Crime and Justice in America, Chapter 7
Driving While Black by Kenneth Meeks
Racially Biased Policing, A Principled Response - COPS
The Fourteenth Amendment to the Constitution of the United States
J-1
Return to Table of Contents
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER INSPECTOR
TRAINING PROGRAM
Revised December2013
REQUIRED MINIMUM HOURS: 17
A. LEGAL ASPECTS OF VIN INSPECTION
1. Knowledge of Colorado statutory provisions pertaining to VIN
inspections.
2. Knowledge of statutory provisions authorizing and regulating the
impounding of vehicles.
B. USE OF THE NATIONAL INSURANCE CRIME BUREAU (NICB)
PASSENGER AND COMMERCIAL VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION
MANUALS
1. Knowledge of how to use the National Insurance Crime Bureau (NICB)
Passenger and Commercial Vehicle Identification Manuals.
2. Knowledge of what types of information can be gained from the NICB
Manuals.
C. CONDUCTING A VIN INSPECTION
1. Knowledge of how to locate the public VIN.
2. Knowledge of how to interpret the VIN.
3. Knowledge of how to reconstruct the VIN.
4. Knowledge of how to recognize an altered VIN plate.
5. Knowledge of how to recognize a false VIN plate.
6. Knowledge of resources which can used to locate the confidential VIN.
7. Knowledge of how a criminal salvage switch operation works.
8. Knowledge of how to use the NCIC/CCIC systems to assist in VIN
inspections.
J-2
Return to Table of Contents
9. Knowledge of which organizations can be of assistance in inspecting
VINs.
D. REPORTING
Knowledge of how to complete the necessary reports and report forms related to
VIN inspections.
NOTE: All instructors for this program must submit an updated resume
indicating their qualifications with the program application.
K-1
Return to Table of Contents
BAIL RECOVERY TRAINING PROGRAM
Revised December 21, 2012
MINIMUM REQUIRED HOURS: 16
A. INTRODUCTION TO BAIL RECOVERY
Recommended Hours: 3
General Learning Goal: The student will have basic knowledge of the
Colorado Revised Statutes pertaining to bail recovery.
Learning Objectives:
1. The student will be able to recognize and describe the provisions
of § 20-1-103, § 24-31-303 (1) (h) and § 18-13-230 C.R.S.
2. The student will be familiar with Taylor v. Taintor, 16 Wall. 366,
83 US. 287 (1873).
B. PRINCIPLES OF CRIMINAL CULPABILITY
Recommended Hours: 3
General Learning Goal: The student will explain the concept of
Criminal Culpability.
Learning Objectives:
1. The student will explain and describe the definitions and elements
of Title 18, Article 1, Parts 5 and 6, C.R.S.
2. The student will understand the provisions of C.R.S. 18-1.3-406,
C.R.S., subparagraphs (I) and (II) as they relate to violent crimes.
3. The student will describe and explain the provisions of C.R.S. 18-
1-704 through 18-1-707(7) as they pertain to the use of physical
and deadly force.
C. COLORADO CRIMINAL CODE
Recommended Hours: 6
General Learning Goal: The student will have basic knowledge of the
Colorado Criminal Code.
K-2
Return to Table of Contents
Learning Objectives:
1. The student will be able to identify the elements of the following
statutes as they pertain to potential violations by bail recovery
agents:
a. Definitions, § 18-1-901 (3)(c), (d), (e), (g), (h), (m) and (p),
C.R.S.
b. Murder, § 18-3-102 and 103, C.R.S.
c. Manslaughter, § 18-3-104, C.R.S.
d. Criminally Negligent Homicide, § 18-3-105, C.R.S.
e. Assault in first degree, § 18-3-202, C.R.S.
f. Assault in second degree, § 18-3-203, C.R.S.
g. Assault in third degree, § 18-3-204, C.R.S.
h. Menacing, § 18-3-206, C.R.S.
i. Reckless endangerment, § 18-3-208, C.R.S.
j. False imprisonment, § 18-3-303, C.R.S.
k. Criminal mischief, § 18-4-501, C.R.S.
l. First degree criminal trespass, § 18-4-502, C.R.S.
m. Second degree criminal trespass, § 18-4-503, C.R.S.
D. FIREARMS AND WEAPONS
Recommended Hours: 2
General Learning Goal: The student will have basic knowledge of
offenses relating to firearms and weapons.
Learning objective:
1. The student will be able to explain the definitions and identify the
elements of the offense for the following Colorado Revised
Statutes:
a. Definitions, § 18-12-101, C.R.S.
b. Title 18, Article 12, except 18-12-108.5 through 18-12-108.7,
C.R.S.
E. SEIZURE - ENTRY
Recommended Hours: 2
General Learning Goal: The student will understand the concept of
probable cause.
Learning objective:
1. The student will explain the concept of Probable Cause and
K-3
Return to Table of Contents
Totality of Circumstances as established in Colorado court
decisions.
K-4
Return to Table of Contents
L-1
Return to Table of Contents
INSTRUCTOR
TRAINING
PROGRAMS
L-2
Return to Table of Contents
L-3
Return to Table of Contents
INSTRUCTION METHODOLOGY PROGRAM
Effective March 1, 2011
REQUIRED MINIMUM HOURS: 40
A. Curriculum
1. To be approved, an Instruction Methodology Program must be a
minimum of forty (40) hours of instructor-facilitated training within a
classroom environment and must include the following:
a. Principles of learning
b. Writing performance objectives
c. Developing lesson plans
d. Training methods
e. Use and development of audio-visual aids
f. Presentation and facilitation Skills
g. Training liability
h. Instructor standards
B. Instructors
1. Instructors teaching in an instruction methodology program must meet
one of the following criteria:
a. Master's degree or higher in education, psychology, human
resource development, or some other related field and one (1) year
of full-time training experience or its equivalent; or
b. Bachelor's degree in education, psychology, human resource
development, or some other related field and three (3) years of
full-time training experience or its equivalent; or
c. One hundred and twenty (120) hours of instruction experience
and five (5) years of full-time training experience or its equivalent.
Instructor training received must include the following subjects:
(1) Principles of adult learning techniques
(2) Constructing performance objectives
(3) Lesson plans
(4) Training methods
(5) Use of audio-visual aids
(6) Presentation and facilitation skills
(7) Training liability
(8) Instructor standards
C. Each student will be assessed on their knowledge of the concepts taught,
application of concepts and performance in developing and presenting a module
L-4
Return to Table of Contents
of instruction. The presentations and lesson plans will be critiqued and
evaluated as a portion of the final score in the course.
M-1
Return to Table of Contents
ARREST CONTROL INSTRUCTOR PROGRAM
Revised July 1997
REQUIRED MINIMUM HOURS: 40
I. CURRICULUM
General Learning Goal: This program is intended to develop
instructor skills required to train law enforcement basic students in the
knowledge, skills, and abilities necessary to effectively maintain control
of a suspect when making an arrest, as well as the effective and proper
use of a police baton. De-escalation tactics and threat assessment
techniques must be stressed throughout the program.
A. Force Continuum/Paradigm
1. Knowledge of the use of force options available to peace officer,
which minimally include:
a. Officer presence
b. Verbal persuasion
c. Hands-on arrest control
d. Chemical/electronic devices
e. Control devices/impact instruments
f. Neck restraints
g. Deadly force
B. Civil and Criminal Liability
1. Knowledge of the principles of civil/criminal liability as pertaining
to police training and use of physical force.
2. Knowledge of the importance of maintaining proper course
documentation as:
a. Lesson plans
b. Attendance records
c. Examination scores (pre and post)
d. Performance evaluations
e. Remedial records
3. Knowledge of the principles of civil liability as pertaining to the
use of force by the individual peace officer.
4. Knowledge of the documentation process as pertaining to the use
of force by the individual peace officer.
M-2
Return to Table of Contents
C. Footwork and Movement
1. Knowledge of the importance of proper balance and movement
prior to, and during, the arrest process as to:
a. Proper stance
b. Proper orientation to subject
D. Searching Techniques
1. Knowledge and ability to perform searching of an individual in the
following situations:
a. Frisk
b. Low risk search
c. High risk search
2. Knowledge and ability to control weapons detected during the
search process of an individual.
E. Handcuffing Techniques
1. Knowledge and ability to perform handcuffing in the following
situations:
a. Low risk arrest
b. High risk arrest
c. Alternative restraining devices as:
(1) Hobbles
(2) Soft restraints
(3) Handcuffing devices
(4) Others
F. Control Holds and "Come-Alongs"
1. Knowledge and ability to apply control holds and/or "come-along"
holds to subjects in pre and non-arrest situations.
G. Weapon Control and Retrieval
1. Knowledge and ability to maintain control/retrieval of duty
weapons as:
a. Handgun
b. Baton
c. Shotgun
d. Chemical & electronic devices
e. Others
M-3
Return to Table of Contents
H. Intermediate Range Control Devices
1. Knowledge and ability to effectively use a control device:
a. Side-handle baton OR
b. Straight baton OR
c. OPN
d. Other approved devices
I. Defense Against Weaponless Attacks
1. Knowledge and ability to effectively defend against a weaponless
attack by a suspect prior to and during the arrest process.
J. Instruction Procedures
1. Knowledge of the various methods in instructing physical arrest
control techniques.
2. Knowledge of effective methods in instruction of marginal
retentive students.
3. Knowledge of proper documentation of the training experience.
K. Student Evaluation
1. Knowledge of the principles of testing and evaluating physo-motor
skills in the area of arrest control techniques.
L. De-Escalation
1. Knowledge and principles of verbal and non-verbal skills to de-
escalate a confrontation.
II. INSTRUCTORS
A. Each instructor must:
1. Have taught a minimum of 40 hours of an arrest control
instructor program within the past 12 months;
2. Furnish documentation reflecting authorization to instruct
instructors from his/her particular arrest control discipline; and
M-4
Return to Table of Contents
3. Have five (5) years of relevant experience in the use of the arrest
control discipline OR taught a minimum of 300 hours within the
past three years within that arrest control discipline.
B. Notes:
1. "Arrest control" means actions taken by a peace officer to legally
take physical custody of an alleged law violator.
2. "Direct supervision" means an on-site observation of the attendee
that includes:
a. A review of arrest control lesson plan(s);
b. Presentation methods in the classroom and "hands-on"
demonstration/practice area; and
c. Testing/evaluation of the students.
3. "Threat assessment" means a peace officer's awareness of a
response to situations involving suspect/citizen approach and
contact; to maintain optimum levels of readiness and safety
should the contact situation degenerate.
N-1
Return to Table of Contents
LAW ENFORCEMENT DRIVING
INSTRUCTOR PROGRAM
Effective June 1, 2004
REQUIRED MINIMUM HOURS: 40
(12 hours classroom, 28 hours driving track)*
Of the 12 classroom hours:
4 are recommended in the area of civil liability;
5 are recommended in development of skills, knowledge and abilities;
and
3 are recommended for law enforcement vehicle operation under various
conditions.
Of the 28 hours of "hands-on" driving track instruction:
4 should be on skills, knowledge, and ability development; and
24 should be devoted to law enforcement vehicle operation under various
conditions.
PRETEST IS REQUIRED.
All instructor level students attending a POST approved law enforcement
driving instructor program are required to pass a pretest. The pretest is
administered on the first day of the program and consists of the four (4)
blocks of testing as described in the Colorado POST Law Enforcement
Driving Skills Test. All four (4) blocks of testing must be passed according to
the evaluation standards that define “pass” for each block of testing.
I. CURRICULUM
A. Legal Aspects
1. Identify statutory law, case law, various departmental policies,
and principles of liability governing police vehicle operation under
the following various conditions:
a. Non-emergency driving
b. Emergency driving
c. Vehicle pursuit
2. Identify areas in which liability exists for law enforcement
agencies and employees as to injuries arising from law
enforcement driving activities.
N-2
Return to Table of Contents
B. Operating Skills
1. Demonstrate effective and consistent operation of a law
enforcement vehicle under the following conditions:
a. Non-emergency driving
b. Emergency driving
c. Vehicle pursuit
2. Ability to convey proper skills, knowledge, and abilities pertaining
to:
a. Identifying factors for driver's training and the unique
characteristics of law enforcement driving.
b. Identifying factors that affect law enforcement driving as:
(1) Driving habits
(2) Vehicle defects and inspections
(3) Environmental conditions
(4) Vehicle dynamics
(5) Driver attitude
(6) Stress (judgment and perception)
(7) Route selection
c. Recognition of the limitations of law enforcement vehicle
emergency equipment.
d. Proper use of radio equipment during operation of a law
enforcement vehicle
e. Recognition of vehicle capabilities and operator capabilities
f. Identification of factors which impact on initiating and
terminating a vehicle pursuit
g. Identification and demonstration of proper strategies and
techniques to be used in vehicle pursuit
h. Test development, which will effectively evaluate critical
elements of the Colorado Revised Statutes and applicable
laws pertaining to the operation of law enforcement
vehicles
i. Instruction on the development of an effective pre/post test
that demonstrates the attendees driving techniques for:
(1) Non-emergency driving
(2) Emergency driving
(3) Vehicle pursuit
j. Exposure to a variety of driving tests
k. Classroom exposure to front-wheel/rear-wheel drive
vehicles as to:
(1) Vehicle dynamics
(2) Driving techniques
N-3
Return to Table of Contents
II. COMPLETION REQUIREMENTS
A. Tests
1. Areas that must be tested are:
a. Legal issues pertaining to operating an emergency vehicle
and operator liability;
b. Law enforcement driving skills and vehicle dynamics;
c. Law enforcement driving knowledge and concepts
d. Design and development of an effective driving course that
measures trainee skills as to:
(1) Non-emergency driving
(2) Emergency driving
(3) Vehicle pursuit
e. Knowledge and demonstration of operating techniques for
non-emergency driving, emergency driving, and vehicle
pursuit pertaining to:
(1) Vehicle control techniques
(2) Skid avoidance and control
(3) Steering techniques
(4) Cornering techniques
(5) Braking techniques
(6) Acceleration and deceleration techniques
(7) Backing methods
(8) Collision avoidance techniques
(9) Changing vehicle direction/"turnabouts"
B. Scores
1. Each attendee must score 80% or higher on the academic portion
of the course; and
2. Each attendee must score 80% or higher on the "hands
on"/practical portion of the course to successfully graduate the
course.
III. INSTRUCTORS
A. Requirements
1. Each instructor must have:
a. One year as a POST approved full instructor or equivalent
in law enforcement driving; and
b. A valid driver's license; and
N-4
Return to Table of Contents
c. Documentation of at least forty (40) hours of basic driving
instructor contact hours and eight (8) hours of
continuing/in-service education classes or equivalent every
three (3) years to maintain driving instructor level.
B. Experience
1. At least one of the listed instructors must have had five (5) years
or more experience in law enforcement.
O-1
Return to Table of Contents
HANDGUN INSTRUCTOR PROGRAM
Effective March 1, 2013
REQUIRED MINIMUM HOURS: 40
I. CURRICULUM
General Learning Goal: The student will demonstrate the required
knowledge and skill set to be a POST approved handgun instructor.
Learning Objectives:
1. The student will demonstrate the required knowledge and skill
set for the following subjects:
a. Firearms safety
b. POST requirements
c. Training aid information
d. Nomenclature/functioning and maintenance of LE
handguns
e. Equipment selection
f. Shooting fundamentals
g. Tactical situations
h. Decisional shooting
i. Dim light shooting
j. Off duty/plain clothes
k. Training liability
l. Ballistics
m. Lesson plan construction
n. Live fire exercise and course of fire development
o. Coaching the shooter
p. Program development and management
Student Completion Requirements:
1. The student must successfully pass the Handgun Qualification
Course with a score of 100% on the first day of the Handgun
Instructor Program (conduct the first attempt after the students
receive the firearms safety class).
2. There will be a maximum of two attempts to qualify.
3. Failure to qualify will result in dismissal from the Handgun
Instructor Program.
O-2
Return to Table of Contents
4. The student must attend all 40 hours of the Handgun Instructor
Program.
5. The student must abide by the four rules of firearms safety at all
times (failure to do so will result in dismissal).
6. Only approved duty weapons of the student’s agency will be
authorized in the Handgun Instructor Program.
Instructor Prerequisites to Instruct Any Portion of the Handgun
Instructor Program:
1. Each instructor must have a minimum of five (5) years full-time
peace officer experience.
2. Each instructor must have a minimum of three (3) years’
experience as a full skills instructor.
3. Each instructor must have 160 hours of documented firearms
instruction in Colorado POST approved basic or reserve
academies.
A. Firearms Safety
1. Four rules of firearms safety
a. All weapons must be treated as if they are always loaded
b. Never let the muzzle of a weapon point at anything you are
not willing to destroy
c. Keep your finger off the trigger and out of the trigger guard
until the sights are on the target and you are prepared to
shoot
d. Always be certain of the target and beyond
2. Safety on the firing rage
a. Fluorescent plastic dummy ammunition
b. Range commands
3. Safety on duty
4. Safety off duty
O-3
Return to Table of Contents
5. Safety considerations in the classroom
6. Safety and storage in the home
7. Eye and ear protection
B. POST Requirements
1. Firearms training program hours
2. Firearms training content
a. Firearms safety
b. Equipment selection
c. Weapon maintenance
d. Basic principles of firing a LE handgun
e. Weapon management
f. Decisional shooting
g. Tactical situations
h. Dim light shooting
i. Off duty/plain clothes carry
j. Handgun Qualification Course
3. Required instructor/student ratios
4. Instructor definitions
a. Assistant skills
b. Full skills
c. Lead instructor
C. Training Aid Information
1. Handouts
2. “Hands on” props
a. Actual weapons
b. Equipment
c. “Safe” equipment: Weapons and ammunition
3. Teaching aids
a. Blackboard/whiteboard
b. Photographs
c. Power Point
d. Shoot/no-shoot decisional films and videos
O-4
Return to Table of Contents
e. Target types
f. Force on Force mediums
D. Nomenclature/Functioning and Maintaining LE Handguns
1. Revolver
a. Makes and models
(1) Discuss various makes for LE
(2) Frame sizes
(3) Single action (function)
(4) Double action (function)
b. Nomenclature of revolver (includes speed loaders and
speed strips)
(1) Identify parts and their functions
c. Safety features of revolvers
d. Alterations to revolvers
(1) Adhere to manufacturer’s specifications
(2) Use only factory certified armorer or certified
gunsmith
e. Function checks for revolvers
(1) Visual inspection for cleanliness, maintenance and
lubrication
(2) Manufacturer’s recommended function checks
taught in armorer’s courses
f. Weapon maintenance for revolvers
(1) Field stripping
(2) Manufacturer recommended cleaning procedures
2. Semi-automatic
a. Make and models
(1) Discuss various makes for LE
(2) Sizes
(3) Single action
(4) Traditional double action
(5) Double action only
b. Nomenclature of a semi-automatic (include magazines)
(1) Identify parts and their function
c. Functioning of a semi-automatic
(1) Feed
(2) Fire
(3) Extract
(4) Eject
d. Safety features of a semi-automatic
e. Alterations to a semi-automatic
O-5
Return to Table of Contents
(1) Adhere to manufacturer’s specifications
(2) Use only factory certified armorer or certified
gunsmith
f. Function checks for semi-automatics
(1) Visual inspection for cleanliness, maintenance and
lubrication
(2) Manufacturer’s recommended function checks
taught in armorer’s courses
g. Weapon maintenance for semi-automatics
(1) Field stripping
(2) Manufacturer recommended cleaning procedures
E. Equipment Selection
1. Weapon fit
2. Grip options for revolvers and semi-automatics
3. Sights
4. Duty, off-duty, and back-up holsters
F. Shooting Fundamentals (Fundamentals Will be Shown for Both
Revolver and Semi-Automatic)
1. Basic principles
a. Stance
b. Grip
c. Sight picture/sight alignment
d. Trigger manipulation
e. Breath control
f. Follow through and recovery
g. Presentation/basic draw
2. Weapon management
a. Loading and unloading
b. Weapon status
c. Reloading a semi-automatic
(1) Tactical
(2) Combat
d. Reloading a revolver
(1) Speed loader
(2) Speed strip
e. Malfunctions
O-6
Return to Table of Contents
(1) Failure to feed
(2) Failure to fire
(3) Failure to extract
(4) Failure to eject
G. Tactical Situations
1. Shot placement
2. Cover/concealment
3. Positional shooting
a. Standing
b. Kneeling
c. Prone
d. Supine
e. Sitting
f. Squatting
4. Movement shooting
5. Shooting from and around a vehicle
6. Multiple threats
7. Close combat/close quarters
8. One handed shooting (strong and support)
a. Shooting
b. Weapon management
9. Deadly force/ less lethal force transitions
10. Long range shooting
11. Scanning, searching, and ready positions
H. Decisional Shooting
1. Legal use of force
a. CRS 18-1-707
b. Ability, opportunity, jeopardy
c. Color transition zones (awareness spectrum)
d. Shooter’s responsibilities
O-7
Return to Table of Contents
e. Articulation of decisions
2. Factors influencing use of force
a. Officer’s size vs. threat’s size and strength
b. Officer’s experience vs. threat’s experience
c. Multiple threats
d. Officer’s fitness, injury, or exhaustion
3. Force on force training (reality based training)
I. Dim Light Shooting
1. How light affects the eyes
2. Seven primary target indicators
a. Sound
b. Movement
c. Reflection
d. Contrast
e. Outline
f. Smell
g. Light
3. Dim light techniques without flashlights
4. Types of flashlights including weapon mounted
5. Using a flashlight while shooting or searching
a. Harries
b. Chapman
c. Rogers
d. One-handed
(1) FBI
(2) Neck-index
(3) Other
6. Weapon management
7. Tactical situations
J. Off Duty/Plain Clothes
1. Statutory authority
O-8
Return to Table of Contents
2. Agency policy and rules
3. Training
4. Mindset
5. Tactics
K. Liability
1. Case law
a. Canton v. Harris (municipality may be sued for failure to
train its officers)
b. Zuchel v. Denver (failure to train shows gross negligence
and indifference to citizens)
c. Brown v. Gray (if required to be armed at all times, must
be trained for off duty situations)
d. Sager vs. Woodland Park (responsible for all training
material including videos)
2. Safety
a. Content of instruction
b. Documentation of safety instruction
3. Qualification vs. training
4. Qualification considerations
a. Frequency for duty and off duty weapons
b. Test of relevant skills
c. Agency standards
d. Scoring
(1) Percentage
(2) Pass/fail
e. Remedial
f. Documentation
5. Training considerations
a. Agency policies, SOPs, rules and regulations
b. Recent, relevant and realistic
c. Frequency
d. Remedial
e. Documentation
L. Introduction to Ballistics
O-9
Return to Table of Contents
1. Internal ballistics
2. External ballistics
3. Terminal ballistics
4. FBI protocol
M. Basic Lesson Plan Construction (POST Rule 21)
1. Course title
2. Number of hours
3. Learning goals/course of objectives
4. Method of instruction
5. Instructional content/outline
6. Copy of all training material
N. Live Fire Exercises/Courses of Fire Development
1. Safety considerations
2. Recent, relevant, realistic
3. Agency standards
O. Coaching the Shooter (Emphasis throughout Entire Program)
P. Program Development and Management
1. Program analysis and objectives
2. Administration
a. Documentation to include lesson plans, training,
qualifications, training plans, and remediation
b. Instructor credentials
3. Range management
a. Staffing
O-10
Return to Table of Contents
b. Facility safety to include impact zones, safety rules, range
commands, ear/eye/weather protection, safety plans, and
medical emergency preparedness
4. Continuous review of program
O-11
Return to Table of Contents
II. HANDGUN QUALIFICATION COURSE
STAG
E
DISTANC
E
#
ROUNDS
TIM
E
POSITION
1
3 yd. line
2 body
4 sec.
Standing, holstered, centered
Draw & fire while taking 1 step right
2 body
4 sec.
Standing, holstered, centered
Draw & fire while taking 1 step left
2
7 yd. line
3 body
5 sec.
Standing, ready
Fire while advancing to 3 yd. line
3
1 yd. line
2 body
4 sec.
Standing, holstered, simulating
cuffing
Draw & fire while taking 3 steps to
the rear
4
5 yd. line
2 body
3 sec.
Standing, ready, with handheld
flashlight in support hand
2 body
3 sec.
Standing, ready
One hand, strong hand only
5
7 yd. line
2 body
6 sec.
FAILURE TO FIRE
Empty chamber, loaded magazine
Standing, holstered
1 step right or left while clearing
6
10 yd. line
2 body
1 body
8 sec.
LOCK BACK – COMBAT RELOAD
Loaded chamber, 1 round in magazine
Standing, at a ready position
Fire two rounds then take 1 step right
or left while reloading
After reloading, fire third round
7
15 yd. line
2 body
15
sec.
DOUBLE FEED
Standing, ready
1 step left or right while clearing or
move to a covered standing or
kneeling position while clearing
8
25 yd. line
2 body
15
sec.
Standing, holstered
Position of choice – standing or
kneeling while using cover
When the target faces away or after
the 15 seconds, perform tactical reload
(not timed)
9
1 yd. line
2 body
1 head
5 sec.
Standing, holstered
2 shots to the body and 1 shot to the
head while taking 3 steps to rear
O-12
Return to Table of Contents
TOTAL NUMBER OF BODY SHOTS: 24
TOTAL NUMBER OF HEAD SHOTS: 1
TOTAL NUMBER OF ROUNDS FIRED: 25
REQUIRED NUMBER OF ROUNDS ON SILHOUETTE TO QUALIFY: 25
P-1
Return to Table of Contents
CURRICULUM
BIBLIOGRAPHY
P-2
Return to Table of Contents
P-3
Return to Table of Contents
Curriculum Bibliography
Revised December 2013
Required Source Material:
Americans with Disabilities Act
Vía internet: http://www.ada.gov
Civil Rights and Criminal Justice: Primer on Sexual Harassment, Research in
Action
Paula N. Ruben.
National Institute of Justice: October 1995.
Order from the National Criminal Justice Reference Service: 1.800.851.3420 or via
e-mail: askncjre@ncjre.aspensys.com
Via internet: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles/harass.pdf
Colorado Constitutional Amendment Rights of Victims (Amendment 16a)
Colorado Revised Statutes. Constitution of Colorado, Article II, Section 16a
Cross references: For statutory provisions relating to victim's rights set out in this
section, see § 24-4.1-302.5, § 24-4.1-303 and § 24-31-106.
Via internet: http://www.lexisnexis.com/hottopics/Colorado/
Colorado Peace Officers Handbook
With CD-ROM 2011 edition
Via internet:
http://www.lexisnexis.com/store/catalog/booktemplate/productdetail.jsp?pageName=
relatedProducts&skuId=SKU49796&catId=cat4060002&prodId=49796
Colorado Peace Officer's Legal Source Book
Colorado District Attorney's Council/Colorado Attorney General, Denver, Colorado
Order by calling 303.830.9115
Colorado Revised Statutes, Colorado Constitution and United States
Constitution/Bill of Rights
Via internet: http://www.lexisnexis.com/hottopics/Colorado/
Colorado Revised Statutes, § 12-46-101 through § 12-46-107 and § 12-47-101
§ 12-47-907.
Colorado Revised Statutes, Title 16, Articles 2, 2.5, 3, 4, 5, 7.
Colorado Revised Statutes, § 18-6-800.3 through § 18-6-803.8.
Colorado Revised Statutes, § 18-8-801 through 18-8-804.
Colorado Revised Statute, § 18-9-121.
Colorado Revised Statutes, § 18-18-101 through 18-18-432.
P-4
Return to Table of Contents
Colorado Revised Statutes, Title 19.
Colorado Revised Statutes, § 24-4.1-301 through § 24-4.1-304
Colorado Revised Statutes, § 24-10-101 through § 24-10-114.5.
Colorado Revised Statutes, Title 42, Articles 2, 3, and 4 specifically.
FBI/U.S. Department of Justice Civil Rights Program.
Via internet: www.justice.gov
Contact FBI Training Coordinator at 303.629.7171 for training course information
and training availability.
Sexual Harassment, Federal Code of Regulations, 29 C.F.R., Section 1604.11.
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 29, Volume 4.
Via internet: http://www.gpo.gov/fdsys/pkg/CFR-2011-title29-vol4/pdf/CFR-2011-
title29-vol4-sec1604-11.pdf
Title 18, USC, Section 241. United States Code, Title 18 – Crimes and Criminal
Procedure, Part I – Crimes, Chapter 13 – Civil Rights
Via internet: http://www.fbi.gov/about-us/investigate/civilrights/federal-statutes or
http://uscode.house.gov/search/criteria.shtml
Title 18, USC, Section 242. Title 18 – Crimes and Criminal Procedure, Part I –
Crimes, Chapter 13 – Civil Rights, Section 242 – Deprivation of Rights Under Color
of Law
Via internet: http://www.fbi.gov/about-us/investigate/civilrights/federal-statutes or
http://uscode.house.gov/search/criteria.shtml
Title 42, USC, Sections 1981, 1982, 1983, 1985. Title 42 – The Public Health and
Welfare, Chapter 21 – Civil Rights, Section 1983
Via internet: http://uscode.house.gov/search/criteria.shtml
Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964
Via internet: http://www.justice.gov/crt/about/emp/documents/Title_VII_Statute.pdf
Recommended Source Material:
CCIC Training Manual
Colorado Bureau of Investigation, Program Support Unit at 303.239.4222. Please
contact CBI, as POST does not sell this manual.
A Guide to the Development of Special Weapons and Tactics Teams
John A. Kolman. National Tactical Officers Association
Via internet: http://www.ntoa.org
P-5
Return to Table of Contents
Accident Investigation Manual
Colorado State Patrol Academy
This handout may be purchased from the Colorado State Patrol.
Contact Information
Via internet: http://www.colorado.gov/cs/Satellite/StatePatrol-
Main/CBON/1251593174986
Annual Report of Law Enforcement Officers Killed and Assaulted.
Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI).
Via internet: http://www.fbi.gov
Arresting Police Video.
Included as a handout in the “POST Anti-Bias Train the Trainer” Course.
Assessing Responses to Problems: An Introductory Guide for Police Problem-Solvers
U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Community Oriented Policing Services.
John Eck 2011
Via internet: http://www.cops.usdoj.gov.
Bloodborne Pathogen Standards
OSHA Standards.
Via internet: http://www.osha.gov/SLTC/bloodbornepathogens/index.html.
Case Studies – Facilitation Format
Included in the POST Anti Bias Training for Law Enforcement Course Outline
a. Being in the Wrong Neighborhood.
b. Driving the Wrong Car.
c. Suspicious Car.
CBI – Misuse of CCIC Data: Handout, FAC, and Powerpoint.
Colorado Bureau of Investigation
Contact Program Support Agent in Charge at 303.239.4238.
Character and Cops: Ethics in Policing
Edward J. Delattre.
Current edition
American Enterprise Inc. Press. ISBN:9780844742175
Via internet: https://rowman.com/isbn/0844772267
Collaboration Toolkit: How to Build, Fix, and Sustain Productive Partnerships:
Tammy A. Rinehart, Anna T. Laszlo, Gwen O. Briscoe, Ph.D., 2001.
U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Community Oriented Policing Services
Via Internet: http://www.cops.usdoj.gov/Publications/collaborationtoolkit.pdf
P-6
Return to Table of Contents
Colorado Civil Process: Law, Practice and Procedures
Howard I. Rosenberg
County Sheriffs of Colorado
Colorado Coalition against Domestic Violence Publication
May be obtained through COVA
Via internet: www.coloradocrimevictims.com
Colorado Courts at a Glance
Colorado Judicial Branch, Office of the Court Administrator, Denver, CO: Supreme
Court of Colorado. Order from the Office of the State Court Administrator:
303.861.1111.
Via Internet: www.courts.state.co.us
Colorado’s Guide for Implementing the Core Protections of the Juvenile Justice and
Delinquency Prevention Act of 2002: Safe and Appropriate Holding of Juveniles in
Secure Settings and Facilities
Revised July 2006
Via internet: http://cospl.coalliance.org/fedora/repository/co:4572
Colorado Rules of Evidence
Colorado Revised Statutes
Via internet: http://www.lexisnexis.com/hottopics/Colorado/
Colorado Standards for the SFST Program
Via Internet: http://www.coloradodot.info/programs/alcohol-and-impaired-
driving/law-enforcement/colorado-sfst-and-aride-programs.html
Colorado Sudden Infant Syndrome (SIDS) Program Brochures
Titled “Giving Comfort, Providing Hope”’ (2012) and “Safe Sleep” (2010)
Obtain by calling 303.320.777 or
Via Internet: http://www.angeleyes.org/
Community Policing: A Contemporary Perspective
Bonnie Bucqueroux and Robert Trojanowicz
Current Edition. Cincinnati, OH: Anderson Publishing. ISBN: 0-87084-876.3
Via internet:
http://books.google.com/books/about/Community_policing.html?id=s9APAQAAMAA
J
P-7
Return to Table of Contents
Cooper Institute Aerobics Program for Total Well Being
Dr. Kenneth H. Cooper
Bantam Books ISBN-10: 0553346776 ISBN-13: 978-0553346770
Via internet:
http://books.google.com/books?id=HMW90HSYoUkC&sitesec=buy&source=gbs_atb
Corps Business: The 30 Management Principles of the U.S. Marines
David H. Freedman
HarperBusiness ISBN-10: 0066619793 ISBN-13: 978-0066619798
Via internet:
http://books.google.com/books?id=gWKg2t1gLOoC&sitesec=buy&source=gbs_buy_r
Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design and Community Policing
Jeremy Travis
NIJ Research in Action (1996)
Via internet: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles/crimepre.pdf
Criminal Investigation
Wayne W. Bennett and Karen M. Hess
Current edition St. Paul, MN: West Publishing
ISBN-10: 1133018920 ISBN-13: 9781133018926
Via internet:
http://www.cengage.com/search/productOverview.do?N=16&Ntk=P_Isbn13&Ntt=97
81133018926
Criminal Justice
James A. Fagin
Prentice Hall Current edition
ISBN-10: 0131389017 ISBN-13: 978-0205478934
Via internet: http://www.pearsonhighered.com/educator/product/CJ-
2011/9780131389014.page
Crime and Justice in America: A Human Perspective
Leonard Territo, James B. Halsted, and Max L. Bromley
Current Edition
ISBN-10: 0130981680 ISBN-13: 9780130981684
Via internet: http://www.pearsonhighered.com/educator/product/Crime-and-Justice-
in-America-A-Human-Perspective/9780130981684.page
Criminal Justice: Introductory Cases & Materials
Jerome H Skolnick, Malcolm M Feeley, Candace McCoy
Foundation Press ISBN-10: 1587785269 ISBN-13: 9781587785269
Via internet: http://store.westlaw.com/skolnick-feeley-mccoys-criminal-justice-
introductory-cases-materials-6th/128160/22098957/productdetail
P-8
Return to Table of Contents
Crisis Intervention Training Program.
Colorado Regional Community Policing Institute
Via internet: http://dcj.state.co.us/crcpi/
Crisis Intervention – Contemporary Issue for On-Site Interveners
James E. Hendricks, Ph.D. Charles C.
Thomas Publishers, LTD ISBN: 978-0-398-07946-8
Via internet: http://www.ccthomas.com/details.cfm?P_ISBN13=9780398079468
Defending the Homeland: Domestic Intelligence, Law Enforcement, and Security
(Contemporary Issues in Crime and Justice Series) 2003
Jonathan R. White
Wadsworth Publishing ISBN-10: 0534621694 ISBN-13: 978-0534621698
Via internet:
http://www.cengagebrain.com/shop/en/US/storefront/US;CMGTJSESSIONID=Qy8k
QTTbt8c3Vx32Fh5ggv8lldWyN77QMvrJvVlL6CvcjynQS1nj!894788531!-
1527406856?cmd=CLHeaderSearch&entryPoint=storefront&messageType=CLHead
erSearch&fieldValue=defending+the+homeland
Department of Homeland Security Websites
Via internet: http://www.dhs.gov.
Department of Justice Websites
Via internet: http://www.justice.gov/
Diversity Iceberg.
Included as a handout in the “POST Anti-Bias Train the Trainer” Course.
D.U.I./D.U.I.D. Enforcement Manual for the State of Colorado
Current edition
Colorado Department of Transportation, Colorado Division of Highway Safety,
303.757.9464
Via internet: http://cospl.coalliance.org/fez/eserv/co:9555/tra32en22008internet.pdf
Or http://wilkinson.opac.marmot.org/
Emergency Response Guidebook
U.S. Department of Transportation, Research and Special Programs Administration
2012 or current edition.
Via internet: http://www.jjkeller.com/webapp/wcs/stores/servlet/product_2012-
Emergency-Response-Guidebook-(ERG)_10151_-1_10551_99613
Emergency Response to Terrorism
United States Department of Justice
Via internet: www.usdoj.gov and www.ojp.gov/resguide/chap11.htm.
P-9
Return to Table of Contents
Emotional Survival for Law Enforcement
Kevin M. Gilmartin, Ph.D.
E-S Press ISBN-10: 0971725403 ISBN-13: 978-0971725409
Via internet: http://emotionalsurvival.com/articles.htm
FBI Crisis Negotiations
Federal Bureau of Investigation
Contact FBI Training Coordinator Joel Nishida at 303.629.7171 for training course
information and availability.
FBI Hostage Rescue Course
Federal Bureau of Investigation
Contact FBI Training Coordinator Joel Nishida at 303.629.7171 for training course
information and availability
First Responding Officers – What Every Law Enforcement Officer Should Know
about DNA Evidence
Via internet: http://www.dna.gov/training/letraining
Guidelines for the Documentation, Collection, and Preservation of Evidence
Contact Special Agent in Charge Ronald Arndt of the Colorado Bureau of
Investigation at 303-239-4303
Hazardous Materials: Regulations, Response & Site Operations
Paul W. Gantt 2nd Edition
Cengage Learning ISBN-10: 1418049921 ISBN-13: 9781418049928
Via internet:
http://www.cengage.com/search/productOverview.do?Ntt=Hazardous+Materials+Re
sponse+and+Operations.||82403542016714179001374718679847479228&N=11&N
tk=all%7C%7CP_EPI
Hazardous Materials Field Guide
Armando S. Bevelacqua Richard H. Stilp
2nd Edition Orlando Fire Department
Cengage Learning ISBN-10: 1418038288 ISBN-13: 978141803828
Via internet:
http://www.cengage.com/search/productOverview.do?Ntt=Hazardous+Materials+Fie
ld+Guide||1051615463189942649817730349081395324390&N=11&Ntk=all%7C%7
CP_EPI
I-200 Incident Command System: National Training Curriculum.
National Wildfire Coordinating Group
Trainers can be contacted through local fire departments and sheriff's offices
Via internet: www.fema.gov/NIMS as a live training or online format
P-10
Return to Table of Contents
IACP Advanced Hostage Rescue Course
International Association of Chiefs of Police
Order from IACP
Via internet: http://www.theiacp.org/IACP-Training-Keys
IACP SWAT Supervisor and Manager Training Manual
International Association of Chiefs of Police
Order from IACP
Via internet: http://www.theiacp.org/IACP-Training-Keys
IACP Training Key Number 279
(1979 or current edition)
International Association of Chiefs of Police
Order from IACP
Via internet: http://www.theiacp.org/IACP-Training-Keys
Identity Theft
Recommended Source Materials may be obtained through the Federal Trade
Commission: http://www.ftc.gov/bcp/edu/microsites/idtheft or Colorado Attorney
General's Office: http://www.ago.state.co.us/idtheft/welcome.htm.
Introduction to Criminal Justice
Larry J. Siegel, John L. Worrall 13th Edition
ISBN-10: 0495913383 ISBN-13: 9780495913382
Via internet:
http://www.cengage.com/search/productOverview.do?Ntt=introduction+to+criminal+
justice||21317300541221896202020331184568563081&N=0&Ntk=all%7C%7CP_E
PI
Investigating Officer's Traffic Accident Report Manual.
Colorado State Traffic Records Advisory Committee: Colorado Department of
Revenue
Current edition
Via internet: http://www.colorado.gov/cs/Satellite/StatePatrol-
Main/CBON/1251593175377
Investigator's Traffic Accident Report
Form DR447 and Form DR447A.
State of Colorado, current edition
Order from Colorado Department of Revenue – Driver Support Services Barb
Weekland at 303.205.5823
Via internet: http://www.colorado.gov/cs/Satellite/StatePatrol-
Main/CBON/1251593175377
P-11
Return to Table of Contents
Just the Facts: Investigative Report Writing
Michael Biggs
Prentice-Hall Publishing Current edition
ISBN-10: 013213280X ISBN-13: 9780132132800
Via internet: http://www.pearsonhighered.com/educator/product/Just-the-Facts-
Investigative-Report-Writing/9780132132800.page
Lakewood Police Department Rapid Deployment Training Manual
Lakewood Police Department, Lakewood, Colorado
Via Internet: http://www.lakewood.org/police/
Law Enforcement Driver Training Reference Guide 2007
IADLEST
Via Internet: http://www.pursuitpolicy.org/?p=408
Law Enforcement Role in Terrorism
Central National Medical Response Team
Also, National Disaster Medical System
Via internet: http://ndms.dhhs.gov and http://www.tpepregistration.com/
Los Angeles Police Department Rapid Deployment Seminar
Los Angeles Police Department, Los Angeles, California.
Vía internet: http://www.lapdonline.org/
Managing Police Stress
Wayne D. Ford, Ph.D.
The Management Advantage
ISBN-13: 978-1879876026
Via internet: http://www.management-advantage.com/products/policestress-
book.htm
National Incident Management System
FEMA – NIMS Resource Center
Via internet: http://www.fema.gov/national-incident-management-system
NHTSA 24 SFST Student manual
(2006 or newer)
Via internet: http://www.coloradodot.info/programs/alcohol-and-impaired-
driving/law-enforcement/sfsttraining.html
National Tactical Officers Association (NTOA) Hostage Rescue Procedures and
various other resources.
Via internet: http://www.ntoa.org or 1-800-279-9127.
P-12
Return to Table of Contents
National Tactical Officers Association (NTOA) Hostage-Taking and Crisis
Negotiations and various other resources
Via internet: http://www.ntoa.org or 1-800-279-9127.
Officer's Arrest Handbook
John A. Stephen
Lexis Publishing ISBN: 9780327017738
Via internet:
http://www.lexisnexis.com/store/catalog/booktemplate/productdetail.jsp?pageName=
relatedProducts&skuId=SKU41719&catId=116&prodId=41719
Police Field Operations
Thomas F. Adams. (7th Edition)
ISBN-10: 0132193701 | ISBN-13: 978-0132193702
Via Internet: http://www.pearsonhighered.com/educator/product/Police-Field-
Operations/9780132193702.page
Partnering for America: the FBI with State, Local, Campus and Tribal Law
Enforcement Video
FBI and IADLEST
Video is available free of charge from FBI/IADLEST or
Contact POST at (303)866-5692
Physical Fitness Assessments and Norms
Cooper Institute
Via internet: http://www.cooperinstitute.org/law-fire-military
Police Ethics: The Corruption of a Noble Cause
John P. Crank and Michael A. Caldero
Lexis Publishing ISBN-10: 1593456107 ISBN-13: 978-1593456108
Available from several online sources
Police Field Operations
Thomas F. Adams. (7
th
Edition)
ISBM-10: 0132193701 | ISBN-13: 978-0132193702
Via Internet: http://www.pearsonhighered.com/educator/product/Police-Field-
Operations/9780132193702.page
Police Operations: Theory and Practice
Karen M. Hess and Henry M. Wrobleski
Thompson and Wadsworth Publishing Current Edition
ISBN-10: 1285052625 ISBN-13: 9781285052625 .
Via internet:
http://www.cengage.com/search/productOverview.do?Ntt=Police+Operations%3A++
P-13
Return to Table of Contents
Theory+and+Practice||41327342220331756951405328801272658093&N=16&Ntk=
all%7C%7CP_EPI
Police Patrol Operations and Management
Charles D. Hale
Prentice-Hall Publishing Current edition
ISBN-10: 0131126342
Via internet: http://www.pearsonhighered.com/educator/product/Police-Patrol-
Operations-and-Management/9780131126343.page
Preparing for Terrorism: The Public Safety Communicator’s Guide
George Buck, Lori Buck, Barry Mogil
Cengage Learning First edition ISBN-13: 9781401871314
Via internet :
http://www.cengage.com/search/productOverview.do?Ntt=Preparing+for+Terrorism
||168474579213302590683352416821450018669&N=16&Ns=P_CopyRight_Year%
7C1&Ntk=all%7C%7CP_EPI
Preparing for Biological Terrorism, an Emergency Service Guide
George Buck
Thomson/Delmar Learning First Edition
ISBN-10: 1401809871 ISBN-13: 9781401809874
Via internet:
http://www.cengage.com/search/productOverview.do?Ntt=preparing+for+biological|
|174627108113957199111218323996429154810&N=16&Ntk=all%7C%7CP_EPI
Problem-Solving Tips – A Guide to Reducing Crime and Disorder Through Problem
Solving Partnerships
This guide was compiled by former COPS staff members Karin Schmerler, Matt
Perkins, Scott Phillips, Tammy Rinehart and Meg Townsend
April 1998 (Revised: June 2002)
Via internet: http://www.cops.usdoj.gov/pdf/e05021544.pdf
U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Community Oriented Policing Services
Via internet: http://www.cops.usdoj.gov/Publications/
Semper Fi: Business Leadership the Marine Corps Way
Dan Carrison and RonWalsh
AMACOM ISBN-10: 0814472729 ISBN-13: 978-0814472729
Via internet: http://www.semperficonsulting.com/
SIDS and SUID, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention
P-14
Return to Table of Contents
Department of Health and Human Services
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention
Via internet: http://www.cdc.gov/sids/
Standard Field Sobriety Testing
Via internet: http://www.coloradodot.info/programs/alcohol-and-impaired-
driving/documents/Field_Sobriety_test_standards.pdf
Or
https://sobrietytesting.org/main/login.cfm
State and Local Anti-Terrorism Training Program
Bureau of Justice Assistance
Institute for International Research
Via internet: https://www.bja.gov/default.aspx
State of Colorado Demographics, United States Census
Via internet: http://quickfacts.census.gov/qfd/states/08000.html
Street Survival: Tactics for Armed Encounters
Ronald J Adams, Thomas M. McTernan, Charles Remsberg
Calibre Press1st edition (1980)
Via internet: http://www.policeonebooks.com/street-survival-tactics-for-armed-
encounters-by-chuck-remsberg.html
SWAT Battle Tactics
Pat Casino and John McSweeney
National Tactical Officers Association
Via internet: http://www.ntoa.org
Tactics for Criminal Patrol
Charles Remsberg
Calibre Press, current edition:
ISBN: 0-935878-05-X
Via internet: http://www.policeonebooks.com/tactics-for-criminal-patrol-by-chuck-
remsberg.html
Tackling Crime and Other Public-Safety Problems: Case Studies in Problem
Solving
Sampson, Rana and Michael S. Scott
U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 1999
Via internet: http://www.cops.usdoj.gov/RIC/ResourceDetail.aspx?RID=202.
Terrorism and Homeland Security
P-15
Return to Table of Contents
Jonathan White
Cengage Learning 7
th
Edition. 2012.
ISBN-10: 0495913367 ISBN-13: 978-0495913368
Via internet:
http://www.cengage.com/search/productOverview.do?Ntt=Terrorism+and+Homelan
d+Security||17008409834993315452947983321547500449&N=16&Ntk=all%7C%7
CP_EPI
Terrorism Handbook for Operational Responders
Armando Bevelacqua and Richard Stilp
Cengage Learning 3
rd
Edition 2012 ISBN: 9781428311459.
Via internet:
http://www.cengage.com/search/productOverview.do?Ntt=Terrorism+Handbook+for
||294714290118207500137032620244372303&N=16&Ns=P_CopyRight_Year%7C1
&Ntk=all%7C%7CP_EPI
The Counterterrorism Handbook
Frank Bolz, Jr., J. Dudonis, and David P. Schulz
CRC Press
ISBN: 9781439846704
Via internet: http://www.crcpress.com./product/isbn/9781439846704
The Leadership Secrets of Colin Powell
Oren Harari,
McGraw-Hill Publishing
ISBN: 0071388591
Available from several online sources
The Tactical Edge: Surviving High Risk Patrol
Charles Remsberg
Calibre Press current edition
Northbrook, IL ISBN: 0-935878-05-X
Via internet: http://www.policeonebooks.com/the-tactical-edge-surviving-highrisk-
patrol-by-chuck-remsberg.html
Understanding Community Policing: A Framework for Action
1994 Monograph
Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Assistance, Washington, D.C.
Via internet: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles/commp.pdf
Using Analysis for Problem-Solving – A Guidebook for Law Enforcement
2006.U.S. Department of Justice
P-16
Return to Table of Contents
Office of Community Oriented Policing Services.
Via internet: http://www.cops.usdoj.gov/RIC/ResourceDetail.aspx?RID=223
Verbal Judo: The Gentle Art of Persuasion
George Thompson, Ph.D. New York, NY. William Morrow
Quill ISBN: 0-688-13786-5
Via internet: https://verbaljudo.3dcartstores.com/Verbal-Judo--The-Gentle-Art-of-
Persuasion-_p_10.html or http://www.harpercollins.com/books/Verbal-Judo-George-
Thompson-Phd/?isbn=9780060577650
Q-1
Return to Table of Contents
OTHER
Q-2
Return to Table of Contents
Q-3
Return to Table of Contents
MISDEMEANORS WHICH WILL AFFECT CERTIFICATION
Effective 8/7/2013
C.R.S.
Cite
18-3-204
Assault in the third degree
18-3-402
Sexual Assault
18-3-404
Unlawful sexual contact
18-3-405.5
Sexual assault on a client by a psychotherapist
18-3-412.5
Failure to register as a sex offender
18-6-
403(3)(b.5)
Sexual exploitation of a child (as it existed prior to July 1, 2006)
18-7-201
Prostitution prohibited
18-7-202
Soliciting for prostitution
18-7-203
Pandering
18-7-204
Keeping a place of prostitution
18-7-302
Indecent exposure
18-7-601
Dispensing violent films to minors
18-8-102
Obstructing government operations
18-8-103
Resisting arrest
18-8-104
Obstructing a peace officer, firefighter, emergency medical services
provider, rescue specialist, or volunteer
18-8-108
Compounding
18-8-109
Concealing death
18-8-111
False reporting to authorities
18-8-113
Impersonating a public servant
18-8-114
Abuse of public records
18-8-201
Aiding escape
18-8-204.2
Possession of contraband in the second degree
18-8-208
Escapes
18-8-208.1
Attempt to escape
Q-4
Return to Table of Contents
C.R.S.
Cite
18-8-212
Violation of bail bond conditions
18-8-304
Soliciting unlawful compensation
18-8-305
Trading in public office
18-8-308
Failing to disclose a conflict of interest
18-8-403
Official oppression
18-8-404
First degree official misconduct
18-8-503
Perjury in the second degree
18-8-611
Simulating legal process
18-8-612
Failure to obey a juror summons
18-8-613
Willful misrepresentation of material fact on juror questionnaire
18-8-614
Willful harassment of juror by employer
18-8-802
Duty to report use of force by peace officers
18-9-111
Harassment
18-9-121
Bias-motivated crimes
18-18-404
Unlawful use of a controlled substance
18-18-405
Unlawful distribution, manufacturing, dispensing, or sale
18-18-406
Offenses relating to marijuana and marijuana concentrate
18-18-411
Keeping, maintaining, controlling, renting, or making available
property for unlawful distribution or manufacture of controlled
substances
Q-5
Return to Table of Contents
_____________________________________________________________________________________
BEFORE THE PEACE OFFICER STANDARDS AND TRAINING BOARD
DEPARTMENT OF LAW, STATE OF COLORADO
No. 04-01
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Declaratory Order
_____________________________________________________________________________________
In re:
The Peace Officer Standards and Training Board, Peace Officer
Levels Recodification Subcommittee
_____________________________________________________________________________________
House Bill 03-1266 was a direct response to a problem identified by the Colorado State
Legislature in House Bill 02-1313. Specifically, in House Bill 02-1313, the legislature
declared (Page 3, HB02-1313) ‘that the current levels of peace officers established pursuant to
section § 18-1-901, C.R.S. need to be reevaluated to ensure that persons in each category are
properly categorized. Accordingly, the POST Board has reevaluated such current levels of
peace officer.
The Committee found that there was great disparity in protections for peace officers. It was
the consensus of the committee that the peace officers levels system be abolished and a
system developed that identified each peace officer job description/position and that position’s
intended authority. As a result of the committee’s actions House Bill 03-1266 was proposed
and passed into law. The Bill accomplished the following:
Abolished the level (stratification) system of officer classification;
Identified by name all peace officer categories currently found in statute in Colorado;
Identified appropriate enabling legislation (where applicable);
Provided the same legal protections for all peace officers in Colorado;
Clearly delineated the authority for each identified peace officer;
Identified (based on the current level system) peace officers who must be POST certified;
Allows future expansion or deletion with minimal conforming legislation;
Importantly, the changes should have no state or local fiscal impact;
Where appropriate, impacted statutes were reviewed and amended as needed;
There were no changes in authority currently granted peace officers and no new groups
were added that were not currently identified in statute.
House Bill 03-1266 makes a number of important changes to POST’s organic act for the
purposes of this Petition. First, the Bill clarifies who shall be certified as a peace officer.
Second, the Bill recognizes those peace officer positions that may be certified allowing a
voluntary choice that individual officers and law enforcement agencies may make if they so
Q-6
Return to Table of Contents
wish. And, the Bill recognizes peace officer positions in which the officers serving in those
positions derive authority as a peace officer through particular and specific enabling
legislation.
The committee met on August 25, 2003, to discuss the intent of HB03-1266; past practices of
the POST Board in recognizing peace officer job titles; and, recognized service in those
positions as qualifying for continuing service recognition to keep an officer’s Colorado POST
peace officer certificate current. The committee accomplished a review and discussion of the
POST Board’s 1998 Declaratory Order 98-045, based upon Senate Bill 98-20. The 1998
Declaratory Order directed POST Staff to recognize the continuing service of all Level Ia and
Level II peace officers as meeting the standard of service to maintain a peace officer’s
certificate as current and active. Historically, and since enactment of Declaratory Order 98-
045 , the Board has always treated continued service as a Level I, Level Ia, Level II, and
Level IIIa peace officer equivalent for the purposes of meeting the continuing certification
service requirements. The central point of committee discussion, and the resulting resolution
of the committee, was to recognize the accomplishments of those attaining Colorado peace
officer certification. And, to recognize appointment as a peace officer within Title 16, Article
2.5 of the Colorado Revised Statutes as continuing service for the purposes of holding a peace
officer certificate in current status.
On September 26, 2003, the members of the POST Peace Officer Levels Recodification
Committee made the following recommendations to the POST Board:
POST shall recognize the service of Colorado certified peace officers identified in
§ 16-2.5-103 through 143, C.R.S. (2003). Recognition of continuing service is for the
purposes of maintaining the peace officer’s certification in current status.
Allow persons currently working in a defined “Peace Officer” position within § 16-
2.5-103 through 143, C.R.S. (2003), to become POST certified upon successful
completion of an approved POST Basic Peace Officer Academy, and after passing
the POST Certification Examination.
At that time, the Colorado Peace Officer Standards and Training Board voted unanimously to
accept the recommendations of the POST Peace Officer Levels Recodification Committee.
In light of the foregoing analysis and recommendation, a basic peace officer certificate will not
have expired if the certificate holder has served at least six months in the preceding three
year period as a peace officer identified in § 16-2.5-103 through 143, C.R.S. (2003).
Dated this 11
th
day of February 2004.
KEN SALAZAR
ATTORNEY GENERAL AND POST CHAIRPERSON
Return to Table of Contents
FORMS
Return to Table of Contents
APPLICATION FOR
BASIC PEACE OFFICER
CERTIFICATION
FORM
1
Colorado Department of Law
Criminal Justice Section, POST Board
1300 Broadway 9
th
Floor
Denver, CO 80203
post@state.co.us
720-508-6721 FAX 866-858-7486
January 2014
Last Name First Full Middle
Home Address City State Zip
Mailing Address (if different from above) City State Zip
Aliases: __________________________________________________________
E-mail: ____________________________________________________________
Home Telephone: _____________________ Cell Phone: ____________________
Colorado Drivers License ___________________ Gender: M F
Date of Birth: _____________________ SSN:_____________________________
1. _________________ I have successfully completed or will complete on _______ a POST approved basic training
academy. (Attach copy of academy certificate of completion.)
2.
I possess a high school diploma or its equivalent. (Attach copy of diploma or certificate.)
3.
I possess current first aid and CPR certification. (Attach copies showing front and back of each card.)
4. My fingerprints were submitted on a POST fingerprint card to the Colorado Bureau of Investigation.
5. I have not been convicted of any felony or any misdemeanor as referenced in § 24-31-305(1.5), C.R.S.
6.
I am not under investigation or pending investigation for any felony or any misdemeanor as referenced in
§ 24-31-305(1.5), C.R.S.
I have not been certified as a peace officer in another state(s). State(s):7. ________________ I have _____
8.
I have I have not served in the U.S. Military and have not been released or discharged under dishonorable
conditions. (Attach copy of DD-214 Showing Character of Service.)
9.
I am a United States citizen or legal permanent resident who is lawfully present in the United States pursuant to
Federal Law and § 24-76.5-103, C.R.S.
10. I possess a valid driver's license or a Colorado Identification card or a United States military card.
(Attach copy)
UNDER PENALTIES OF PERJURY, I DECLARE THAT I HAVE EXAMINED THIS AFFIDAVIT AND ACCOMPANYING
DOCUMENTS, AND TO THE BEST OF MY KNOWLEDGE AND BELIEF, THEY ARE TRUE, CORRECT, AND
COMPLETE. I FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGE THAT ANY FALSE STATEMENT, MISSTATEMENT, OR INACCURACY
MAY RESULT IN REVOCATION OF MY CERTIFICATION, AS WELL AS CRIMINAL PROSECUTION.
_______________________________________________________________ Date: _______-_______-_________
Applicant's Signature
Subscribed and sworn to before me this _________ day of ________________________, _________________
My Commission Expires: ______ - ______ - _______ _______________________________________________
NOTARY PUBLIC
NOTE: All personal information
provided to POST is confidential
and will not be released to the
public, pursuant to
§ 24-72-204, C.R.S.
APPLICATION FOR
RESERVE CERTIFICATION
FORM
2
Colorado Department of Law
Criminal Justice Section, POST Board
1300 Broadway 9
th
Floor
Denver, CO 80203
post@state.co.us
720-508-6721 FAX 866-858-7486
January 2014
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Last Name First Full Middle
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Address City State Zip
______________________________________________________________________________
Aliases
Email:_______________________________________________________________________
Home Telephone: __________________________ Cell: _____________________________
Colorado Drivers License ________________________ SSN: ______________________
Date of Birth: ____________________________
Gender: M
F
(Attach copy of academy certificate of completion.)1.
I have successfully completed a POST approved training program.
Full Basic Academy Reserve Academy
I also successfully completed the POST approved training in the following skill areas. 2.
(Attach copies of skills training certificates.)
Arrest Control (required) Firearms (required) Driving (optional)
3. I possess a high school diploma or its equivalent. (Attach copy of diploma or certificate.)
4.
I possess current first aid and cardiopulmonary resuscitation certification (Attach copy showing front and back of each card.)
5.
I have submitted my fingerprints on a POST fingerprint card to the Colorado Bureau of Investigation.
6. I have not been convicted of any felony or any misdemeanor as referenced in § 24-31-305(1.5), C.R.S.
7.
I am not under investigation or pending investigation for any felony or any misdemeanor as referenced in
§ 24-31-305(1.5), C.R.S.
I have
8.
have not served in the U.S. Military and have not been released or discharged under dishonorable conditions.
(Attach copy of DD-214 Showing Character of Service.)
9. I am a United States Citizen or Legal Permanent Resident and I am lawfully present in the United States
Pursuant to Federal Law and § 24-76.5-103, C.R.S., (2007).
10. I possess a valid Colorado driver’s license or identification card or a United States military card. (Attach copy)
UNDER PENALTIES OF PERJURY, I DECLARE THAT I HAVE EXAMINED THIS AFFIDAVIT AND ACCOMPANYING DOCUMENTS, AND TO THE BEST OF MY
KNOWLEDGE AND BELIEF, THEY ARE TRUE, CORRECT, AND COMPLETE. I FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGE THAT ANY FALSE STATEMENT, MISSTATEMENT,
OR INACCURACY MAY RESULT IN REVOCATION OF MY CERTIFICATION, AS WELL AS CRIMINAL PROSECUTION.
_______________________________________________________________
Date: _______ - _______ - _________
Applicant's Signature
Subscribed and sworn to before me this
_______ day of ____________________, ________________
My Commission Expires: ______--______--__________ _______________________________________________
NOTARY PUBLIC
NOTE: All personal information
provided to POST is confidential
and will not be released to the public,
pursuant to § 24-72-204, C.R.S.
APPLICATION FOR
PROVISIONAL CERTIFICATION
FORM
3
Colorado Department of Law
Criminal Justice Section, POST Board
1300 Broadway 9
th
Floor
Denver, CO 80203
post@state.co.us
720-508-6721 FAX 866-858-7486
January 2014
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Last Name First Full Middle
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Home Address City State Zip
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Mailing Address (if different from above) City State Zip
Aliases:________________________________ Cell Phone: _____________________________
Email: _________________________________________________________________________
Home Telephone: ________________________ SSN: ______________________________
Date of Birth: ________________________ Sex: M F
1. I am eligible for provisional certification in Colorado on the basis of my being fully certified in another state for a minimum of three
years, and have worked at least one year with one agency in the past three years.
2.
My law enforcement appointments within the past three years are as follows:
___________________________________________________________________________________________________
Agency City State
From: _____________________ To:______________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________________
Agency City State
From: ______________________ To: ______________________
3.
I possess a high school diploma or its equivalent. (Attach copy of diploma or certificate.)
4.
I possess current first aid and cardiopulmonary resuscitation certification. (Attach copies showing front and back of each card.)
5.
I have submitted my fingerprints on a POST fingerprint card to the Colorado Bureau of Investigation.
6.
I have not been convicted of any felony or any misdemeanor as referenced in § 24-31-305(1.5), C.R.S. (2005).
7.
I am not under investigation or pending investigation for any felony or any misdemeanor as referenced in
§ 24-31-305(1.5), C.R.S. (2005).
I have 8. have not served in the United States military and have have not been released or discharged under dishonorable
conditions. (Attach copy of DD-214 showing Character of Service)
9.
I am a United States citizen or legal permanent resident and I am lawfully present in the United States pursuant to Federal Law
and §24-76.5-103, C.R.S.
UNDER PENALTIES OF PERJURY, I DECLARE THAT I HAVE EXAMINED THIS AFFIDAVIT AND ACCOMPANYING DOCUMENTS, AND TO THE
BEST OF MY KNOWLEDGE AND BELIEF, THEY ARE TRUE, CORRECT, AND COMPLETE. I FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGE THAT ANY FALSE
STATEMENT, MISSTATEMENT, OR INACCURACY MAY RESULT IN REVOCATION OF MY CERTIFICATION, AS WELL AS CRIMINAL PROSECUTION.
____________________________________________________________ Date: ________ - ________ - ___________
Applicant's Signature
Subscribed and sworn to before me this ___________ day of ____________________________________, ___________________
My Commission Expires: _____--_____--________ ______ _____________________________________________
NOTARY PUBLIC
NOTE: All personal information
provided to POST is confidential
and will not be released to the
public, pursuant to
§ 24-72-204, C.R.S.
Application For
Renewal of Basic
Certification
FORM
4
Colorado Department of Law
Criminal Justice Section, POST Board
1300 Broadway 9
th
Floor
Denver, CO 80203
post@state.co.us
720-508-6721 FAX 866-858-7486
January 2014
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Last Name First Full Middle
________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Home Address City State Zip
________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Mailing Address (if different from above) City State Zip
______________________________________________________________
Aliases
Home phone: _______________________ Cell phone: ____________________
Date of Birth: ______________________ Gender: M
F
Colorado Basic Certificate or PID# __
_______________
________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1. My most recent Colorado law enforcement employment:
A
gency ______________________________________ From: _______________To: ________________
2. I possess current first aid and CPR certification. (Attach copy of front and back of each card.)
3.
My fingerprints have been submitted on a POST fingerprint card to the Colorado Bureau of Investigation.
(Fingerprints must be current within one year of certification.)
4. I have not been convicted of any felony or any misdemeanor referenced in § 24-31-305(1.5), C.R.S.
5.
I am not under investigation or pending investigation for any felony or any misdemeanor referenced in
§ 24-31-305(1.5), C.R.S.
6.
I have I have not served in the U.S. Military and have not been released or discharged under dishonorable
conditions. (Attach copy of DD-214 Showing Character of Service.)
7.
I am a United States citizen or legal permanent resident who is lawfully present in the United States pursuant to
Federal Law and § 24-76.5-103, C.R.S.
8. I possess a valid Colorado driver’s license or identification card or a United States military card . (Att
ach copy)
Under penalties of perjury, I declare that I have examined this affidavit and accompanying documents
and, to the best of my knowledge and belief, they are true, correct and complete. I further acknowledge
that any false statement, misstatement, or inaccuracy may result in revocation of my certification, as
well as criminal prosecution.
__________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________
Applicant's Signature Date
Subscribed and sworn to before me this _______ day of ___________________________ , _________.
My Commission Expires: _____--_____--________ _______________________________________________
NOTARY PUBLIC
NOTE: All personal information
provided to POST is confidential
and will not be released to the public,
pursuant to § 24-72-204, C.R.S.
CHANGE OF NAME,
ADDRESS OR TELEPHONE
FORM
5
Colorado Department of Law
Criminal Justice Section, POST Board
1300 Broadway 9
th
Floor
Denver, CO 80203
post@state.co.us
720-508-6721 FAX 866-858-7486
January 2014
Name: ___________________________________________________________________________________________
(as it appears on certificate) Last First Middle
Change is for (check all that apply):
Name
Home Address
Mailing Address
Telephone Number
POST PID # ______________
Date of Birth: ________________________
Gender: M F
Colorado Basic or Reserve Certificate Number ________________
Complete all information below for the reported change(s), as applicable:
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
New Last Name First Full Middle
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
New Home Address City State Zip
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
New Mailing Address (if different from above) City State Zip
New: Home Telephone: _______________________________ Cell Phone: _______________________________
UNDER PENALTIES OF PERJURY, I DECLARE THAT I HAVE EXAMINED THIS AFFIDAVIT AND ACCOMPANYING
DOCUMENTS, AND TO THE BEST OF MY KNOWLEDGE AND BELIEF, THEY ARE TRUE, CORRECT, AND COMPLETE.
I FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGE THAT ANY FALSE STATEMENT, MISSTATEMENT, OR INACCURACY MAY RESULT IN
REVOCATION OF MY CERTIFICATION, AS WELL AS CRIMINAL PROSECUTION.
_______________________________________________________________ Date: _______-_______-_______
Applicant's Signature
NOTE: All personal information
provided to POST is confidential and
will not be released to the public,
pursuant to § 24-72-204, C.R.S.
Notice of
PEACE OFFICER
APPOINTMENT/SEPARATION
FORM
6
Colorado Department of Law
Criminal Justice Section, POST Board
1300 Broadway, 9
th
Floor
Denver, CO 80203
post@state.co.us
720-508-6721 FAX 866-858-7486
January 2014
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Last Name First Full Middle
________________________________________________________________________________________________
Home Address City State Zip
____________________________________________
____________________________________________
_______
Mailing Address (if different from above) City State Zip
Aliases:_______________
_______________
___________________________________________________________
Home Telephone: ___________________ Cell Phone: ______________________
POST PID # ____________ Colorado Basic or Reserve Certificate #___________
Date of Birth: ___________________ Gender:
M F
Date of Issuance of Basic Certification ___________________________
C.R.S. Authority for Appointment: § 16-2.5- _______
This appointed individual has undergone both a physical and psychological evaluation to determine such person’s fitness to serve
as a provisionally authorized peace officer, certified peace officer or a reserve peace officer. Such evaluations shall have been
performed within one year prior to the date of appointment by a physician and either a psychologist or psychiatrist licensed by the
State of Colorado per § 24-31-303(5)(b), C.R.S. Psych/Medical evaluations are only required prior to the first appointment in the
State of Colorado. Evaluations are at agency’s discretion after the first appointment.
Appointment Separation
Certified Peace Officer Chief/Sheriff Retired
Reserve Peace Officer Deceased
Provisional Peace Officer Authority
Date of appointment or separation: ______________________
Agency:_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
Street City State Zip
________________________________________________ _______________________________
Contact Name (Print Name) Contact Telephone #
UNDER PENALTIES OF PERJURY, I DECLARE THAT I HAVE EXAMINED THIS AFFIDAVIT AND ACCOMPANYING
DOCUMENTS, AND TO THE BEST OF MY KNOWLEDGE AND BELIEF, THEY ARE TRUE, CORRECT, AND COMPLETE.
I FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGE THAT ANY FALSE STATEMENT, MISSTATEMENT, OR INACCURACY MAY RESULT IN
REVOCATION OF MY CERTIFICATION, AS WELL AS CRIMINAL PROSECUTION.
___________________________________________________________ Date: __________________________
Signature of Agency Head or Designee
______________________________________________________
Print Name
103- Deputy Sheriff
NOTE: All personal information
provided to POST is confidential
and will not be released to the
public, pursuant to
§ 24-72-204, C.R.S.
APPLICATION FOR
ACADEMY APPROVAL
January 2014
FORM
7
Colorado Department of Law
Criminal Justice Section, POST Board
1300 Broadway, 9th Floor
Denver CO 80203
post@state.co.us
720-508-6721 FAX 866-858-7486
NOTE: A separate form 7 is required for each
scheduled training class of the approved academy.
Application for (check only one)
Basic Training Academy
Reserve Training Academy
Is Law Enforcement Driving included? Yes No
Refresher Academy
Lateral Academy
Skills Only Training Academy
_______________________________________________________ ____________________________
Academy Name Academy Class # (if any)
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Address
___________________________________________
Academy Director’s Name Contact Name (if different)
E-mail: ____________________________________ E-mail:
Telephone: ________________________________ Telephone: __________________________
Expected # of trainees: ______________
Start Date: _____________________ End Date: _____________________
The arrest control discipline for this academy is:
I certify that I will comply with the requirements of the POST Rules. I understand that failure to
comply with any of the requirements set out in the POST Rules may be cause for the POST
Board to revoke approval of this academy.
Electronic submission of this document via a recognized agency‐sponsored email account, or by an account of the person submitting the
document, satisfies the legal requirements relative to an official signature. There is no need to submit this document in any other
format, including a paper document bearing a written signature.
_____________________________________________ Date: ________________________
Academy Director’s Signature
Colorado Department of Law
Criminal Justice Section, POST Board
1300 Broadway, 9th Floor
Denver CO 80203
post@state.co.us
720-508-6721 FAX 866-858-7486
APPLICATION FOR
ACADEMY INSTRUCTOR
TRAINING PROGRAM
APPROVAL
January 2014
NOTE: A separate Form 8 is required for each
scheduled training class of the approved program
FORM
8
Application for (check only one):
Instruction Methodology Program
Handgun Instructor Program
Law Enforcement Driving Instructor Program
Arrest Control Instructor Program: Discipline ___________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________
POST Approved Provider (Agency/Academy)
_____________________________________________________________________________
Address
_____________________________________ ______________________________________
Program Director’s Name Contact Person (if different)
E-mail: _______________________________ E-mail: _____________________________
Telephone: ___________________________ Telephone: __________________________
Expected # of trainees: ___________
Start Date: _____________________ End Date: ____________________
___________________________________________________________________________
Training site and address, if different from above
I certify that I will comply with the requirements of POST Rules. I understand that failure to comply with any of the
requirements set out in POST Rules may be cause for the POST Board to revoke approval of this program.
Electronic submission of this document via a recognized agency‐sponsored email account, or by an account of the person submitting the
document, satisfies the legal requirements relative to an official signature. There is no need to submit this document in any other format,
including a paper document bearing a written signature.
_______________________________________________ Date: ________________________
Program Director’s Signature
POST USE ONLY
Approved By:_______________________________________________ Date: __________________
Course Number: __________ Email/Letter Sent:___________ Added to Calendar:____________
APPLICATION FOR
VIN INSPECTOR
CERTIFICATION
FORM
9
Colorado Department of Law
Criminal Justice Section, POST Board
1300 Broadway, 9th Floor
Denver CO 80203
post@state.co.us
720-508-6721 FAX 866-858-7486
January 2014
__________________________________________________________________________________________
Last Name First Full Middle
__________________________________________________________________________________________
Home Address City State Zip
__________________________________________________________________________________________
Mailing Address (if different from above) City State Zip
Aliases:______________________________________________________
Home Telephone:
_______________________ Gender:
M F
Date of Birth: ____________________ SSN: ____________________
If certified officer:
POST PID # ____________________
Colorado Basic or Reserve Certificate No. __________________
1. The above applicant has successfully completed a POST approved Vehicle Identification Number Inspector Program.
(Attach copy of certificate of completion.)
2. I have attached a certified check or money order, made payable to Colorado POST in the amount of $25.00.
3.
The above applicant is currently appointed by (law enforcement agency):
_________________________________________________________________________________________
Street City State Zip
____________________________________________________ Date: _____________________________
Signature of Agency Head or Designee
Print Name __________________________________________
NOTE: All personal information
provided to POST is confidential and
will not be released to the public,
pursuant to § 24-72-204, C.R.S.
APPLICATION FOR
VIN INSPECTOR
TRAINING PROGRAM
APPROVAL
FORM
9A
Colorado Department of Law
Criminal Justice Section, POST Board
1300 Broadway, 9th Floor
Denver CO 80203
post@state.co.us
720-508-6721 FAX 866-858-7486
January 2014
_________________________________________________________________________________
POST Approved Provider (Agency/Academy)
_________________________________________________________________________________
Address
___________________________________ _______________________________________
Program Director’s Name Contact Person (if different)
E-mail: _________________________________ E-mail: _____________________________
Telephone: ____________________________ Telephone: __________________________
Expected # of trainees: ___________
Start Date: ___________________________ End Date: _________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
Training site and address, if different from above
I certify that I will comply with the requirements of POST Rules. I understand that failure
to comply with any of the requirements set out in POST Rules may be cause for the
POST Board to revoke approval of this program.
__________________________________________________ Date: _______________________
Program Director’s Signature
POST USE ONLY
Approved By:________________________________________________ Date: __________________
Course Number: __________ Email/Letter Sent:____________ Added to Calendar:_____________
INSTRUCTOR/COURSE
EVALUATION
FORM
10
Colorado Department of Law
Criminal Justice Section, POST Board
1300 Broadway, 9th Floor
Denver CO 80203
post@state.co.us
720-508-6721 FAX 866-858-7486
January 2014
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
Agency/Academy Name
________________________________________________________________________________________
Course Name
________________________________________________________________________________________
Instructor Name
Date(s) Presented_____________________________________________________________________________
Very Very
Poor Poor Average Good Excellent
A. Voice projection
B. Voice clarity
C. Responded to questions
D. Showed interest in his/her instruction
E. Prepared and organized for the class
F. Presented so the content could be understood
G. Presented to follow the course student handout
H. Quality of handouts
I. Use of audio-visual aids and films/videos
J. Use of demonstrations and role playing
K. Overall content
COURSE EVALUATION
FORM
10A
Colorado Department of Law
Criminal Justice Section, POST Board
1300 Broadway, 9th Floor
Denver CO 80203
post@state.co.us
720-508-6721 FAX 866-858-7486
January 2014
Recommended by the Curriculum SME Committee
Class: Date(s): Location:
Instructor(s):
Instructions:
Please take a moment and rate the class you attended by completing the form below. The highest possible rating for
each category is 10 and the lowest is 1. We would also like to encourage you to give a brief explanation or comment for
your response in the space provided. If you need more room please use the space provided on the back page of this
form.
1. Organization of Class/Subject
Greeting? Review of previous lesson? Well planned
presentation? Stated Objective? Summary?
2. Instructor Knowledge
Adequately prepared? Knew topic matter? Followed the
lesson plan? Met Purpose/Objectives of the class?
3. Teaching Techniques
Application of teaching methodologies? Variety of Visual
aids? Eye Contact? Handout materials?
4. Classroom Management
Stayed on task? Kept classroom discussions to the point?
Instructor was fair and friendly, yet in control? Managed
time?
5. Ability to Motivate
Enthusiastic? Appropriate use of humor? Maintained
interest of the students? Kept students involved?
6. Speech
Spoke clearly and distinctly? Inflection? Projection?
Grammar? Communicates well?
7. Professionalism
Demeanor or Conduct? Appearance? Classroom
presence? Body language? Posture?
8. Classroom Participation
Student’s participation was encouraged? Response to
Questions? Perceptive and supportive of students needs
and ideas?
9. Lessons Taught on Appropriate Level
Was the lesson over the heads of the students? Did the
lesson insult the intelligence of the students?
10. Overall Comments or Concerns
Did students grasp the material? Can you apply the
Knowledge/skills taught? Suggestions to improve?
11. Comments or suggestions to improve this course. Please use the back page of this form for additional comments.
ACADEMY EVALUATION
Recommended by the Curriculum SME
Committee
FORM
10B
Colorado Department of Law
Criminal Justice Section, POST Board
1300 Broadway, 9th Floor
Denver CO 80203
post@state.co.us
720-508-6721 FAX 866-858-7486
January 2014
Please take a few minutes to complete this evaluation of our Academy. Your honest opinion on these
matters will be appreciated and your suggestions on what should be changed, modified, continued or
discontinued will be valued.
(Rate 1= poor 5= excellent)
A. Training Administrative Staff
Comments:
1 2 3 4 5
B. Quality of Instructors
Comments:
C. Value of Course Material
Comments:
D. Overall Academy Rating
Comments:
E. Rate the Weekly and Final Examinations
Comments:
F. Academy Weaknesses:
Comments:
G. Academy Strengths:
Comments:
H. Training that was most difficult for me: ______________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
Why: ____________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
I. What I liked most about the Academy: ______________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
Why: ____________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
J. What I liked least about the Academy: ______________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
Why: ____________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
K. How I learned about the Academy: _________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
L. What made you decide to come to attend this academy or work for this agency?
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
M. Overall feelings about the Office: __________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
N. If I could change one thing it would be: _____________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
ENROLLMENT ADVISORY
FORM
(aka Academy Enrollment Advisory)
January 2014
FORM
11E
Colorado Department of Law
Criminal Justice Section, POST Board
1300 Broadway, 9th Floor
Denver CO 80203
post@state.co.us
720-508-6721 FAX 866-858-7486
NOTE: This form shall be completed on the first day of the
academy and maintained at the academy.
____________________________________________________________________________________________________
(PRINT) Trainee’s Last Name First Name Full Middle Name
____________________________________________________________________________________________________
Academy Name
Start ___________________ End ____________________ _________________________________________________________
Dates of the Academy (PRINT) Name of Academy Director
PART I – TRAINEE STATEMENT
Initials
_____ Pursuant to § 24-31-304, C.R.S., all persons seeking to enroll in a training academy shall submit their fingerprints to the
training academy prior to enrolling in the academy
.
_____ A training academy shall not enroll any person who has been convicted of an offense that would result in the denial
of certification pursuant to § 24-31-305(1.5), C.R.S. or released or discharged from the Armed Forces of the United
States under Dishonorable conditions. The only exception shall be if the Board has granted the person an exemption
from denial of enrollment.
_____ It is unlawful for any person to possess a firearm who has been convicted in any court of a crime of domestic violence
OR is subject to a court order that restrains such person from harassing, stalking, or threatening an intimate partner OR
is subject to a court order that prohibits such person from possessing a firearm.
_____ Successful completion of the training academy does not guarantee that the trainee will either receive POST certification
or be appointed as a peace officer.
_____ I CERTIFY THAT I HAVE READ THE ABOVE STATEMENTS AND THAT THESE LAWS AND CONDITIONS
HAVE BEEN EXPLAINED TO ME. I HAVE INITIALED EACH ONE, AND BY SIGNING BELOW, INDICATE
THAT I AM FULLY AWARE OF EACH ONE.
Signature of Trainee Date
PART II – ACADEMY DIRECTOR STATEMENT
The above-referenced academy has ensured that the trainee’s fingerprints have been submitted to CBI prior to the enrollment date of
the academy. The academy has made every effort to comply with the requirements of POST Rule 14 and § 24-31-304, C.R.S.
UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY, I DECLARE THAT I HAVE EXAMINED THIS AFFIDAVIT, AND TO THE BEST OF
MY KNOWLEDGE AND BELIEF, IT IS TRUE, CORRECT, AND COMPLETE. I FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGE THAT
ANY FALSE STATEMENT, MISSTATEMENT, OR INACCURACY MAY RESULT IN REVOCATION OF THE
INDIVIDUALS CERTIFICATION, AS WELL AS CRIMINAL PROSECUTION.
Signature of Academy Director or Designee Date
Date Received by POST
Application for
GROUP/POSITION PEACE
OFFICER AUTHORITY AND
STATUS –
SUNRISE PROVISION
FORM
12
Colorado Department of Law
Criminal Justice Section, POST Board
1300 Broadway, 9th Floor
Denver CO 80203
post@state.co.us
720-508-6721 FAX 866-858-7486
January 2014
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________
Position/Group, Class and Job Title
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________
Mailing Address City State Zip
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Contact Person Title
Telephone: _________________________
FAX: ________________________ E-mail: _________________________________
§ 16-2.5-201, C.R.S, No later than July 1 of any year, a group, or political subdivision of
the state that seeks peace officer status either for the group or for a specific position shall
submit to the POST Board, for its review, a proposal containing the following information
.
Check and attach Justification for all requirements
Complete description of the position or description of the group.
Estimate of the number of persons holding such position.
Description of the specific need for peace officer authority and protections required for the position/group.
The direct benefit to the public that would result from granting peace officer authority and status.
The certification costs associated to the granting of the status.
A resolution or letter of support from the chief executive officer of the unit of government or political subdivision employing
the group or overseeing the proposed position.
All POST required criteria listed in Rule 22 (a)(I)(A) through (G), (b)(III), and (b)(IV).
A "Draft" copy of the proposed legislation for the position/group (using the POST template form).
UNDER PENALTIES OF PERJURY, I DECLARE THAT I HAVE EXAMINED THIS AFFIDAVIT AND ACCOMPANYING
DOCUMENTS, AND TO THE BEST OF MY KNOWLEDGE AND BELIEF, THEY ARE TRUE, CORRECT, AND COMPLETE.
I FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGE THAT ANY FALSE STATEMENT, MISSTATEMENT, OR INACCURACY MAY RESULT IN
CRIMINAL PROSECUTION.
_______________________________________________________________ Date: _________________________
Signature of CEO
Print Name____________________________________________________
Colorado Peace Officer Standards and Training Board (POST)
ADA Accommodations Form
Colorado Department of Law, Criminal Justice Section – Colorado POST
Ralph L. Carr Colorado Judicial Center, 1300 Broadway, 9
th
Floor, Denver, CO 80203
*Complete this form ONLY if you are requesting special accommodations for the POST Peace Officer Certification
Examination.
The Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) requires that reasonable accommodations be provided to qualified individuals
with disabilities. This law defines disabilities as physical or mental impairments that substantially limit one or more of a
person’s major life activities (e.g., walking, hearing, speaking, seeing, reading or writing). POST will provide reasonable and
appropriate accommodations to qualified applicants who have documented disabilities and demonstrate a need for
accommodation during the POST Certification Examination (test).
INSTRUCTIONS: To support a request for test accommodations, please complete and mail this form to POST You may also be required
to provide current (not more than 3 years old) written supporting documentation from a qualified health professional that addresses the
issues listed in PART II.
PART I. To be completed by the applicant
Legal Last Name First Middle Maiden or Other Names
Address (Street, Apt #, City, State, Zip Code)
Social Security Number Home Phone Number
1. Specifically describe the accommodation you seek under the 1990 Americans with Disabilities Act.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. Specifically identify the physical or mental disability(s) that your believe requires this accommodation under the
1990 Americans with Disabilities Act.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. Signature __________________________________________ Date _________________
PART II. Information to be provided by a qualified health professional and attached to this form (if required)
1. Include a statement of the specific diagnosis of the disability.
2. Cite the diagnostic criteria and tests given, with dates (no more than 3 years since administration) results, and
interpretations. Cite how the results support the diagnosis.
3. Describe the applicant’s functional limitations due to the disability, and the impact of those limitations on physical,
perceptual and cognitive abilities.
4. Recommend specific accommodation(s) for each accommodation, provide a rationale as to how it will reduce the
impact of the functional limitation(s).
5. State your professional credentials, training, work experience and any licenses you hold that support your
qualifications to diagnose and/or treat this applicant’s disabilities.
6. If no prior accommodations have been made of this applicant, explain why. If accommodations have been made for
this applicant, state what was done and provide past documentation of prior accommodations.
SCHEDULING REQUEST FOR POST EXAM
Academy Use Only
The Academy must be approved before an exam date will be scheduled.
This form must accompany the academy application.
Aims CC
Adams County SO
Arapahoe CC
Aurora PD
CMC Glenwood Springs
Colorado Springs PD
CC of Aurora
CSP Academy
Delta- Montrose
Denver PD
HRPSTI
El Paso County SO
Otero Jr. College
Jefferson County SO
Pikes Peak CC
Jefferson County SO/Lakewood PD
Pueblo CC
Lakewood PD
Red Rocks CC
Pueblo PD
Trinidad State Jr. College – Alamosa
SW Colorado CC - Mancos
Western CO Peace Officers Academy
Weld County SO
Academy Staff contact for exam date confirmation:
NAME:_______________________________ Email:________________________________
Requested Exam Date: ______________________ Time: ___________________________
Alternate Exam Date: _______________________ Time: ___________________________
POST USE ONLY
Academy dates
Academy Approved on:
Scheduled Exam Date:
Roster Due Date:
__________________________________
Received:
____________________________________ _____________
Download
Save PDF to desktop
Email
Email completed PDF
Send for Signing
Email for others to sign
Print
Print document
Choose a Field
Click on a field and
select the person that should complete it
Want to add a signature?
You can add a signature field
and assign it to someone else
to sign
Choose a Field
Click on a field and
select the person that should complete it

126261 2014 Manual (Colorado DORA)

This document is locked as it has been sent for signing.

You have successfully completed this document.

Other parties need to complete fields in the document. You will recieve an email notification when the document has been completed by all parties.

This document has been signed by all parties.

Completed 20 July 2020

Message

View Audit Log
Print With Audit Log
Duplicate Document